Author: davenkross2026

  • 05/20/2026 – The Sugar Doctor’s WARNING – The Healthy Foods Quietly Destroying Your Body! – Dr. David Unwin

    Your waist should be less than half your height. So half of that string should go around the fattest bit of your belly. And this is a really simple test for everybody at home. I mean, it’s not. Yeah, you’ve just done it. You pass. But fat on your belly is more worrying than fat on your legs or on your arms. And unfortunately, we’ve started to normalize things like the dad bod without realizing that isn’t how you’re supposed to be. And maybe a third of all the people in the world with type 2 diabetes don’t even know they have it. But every year that you have poorly controlled type 2 diabetes, you’re losing 100 days of life. And it’s because people don’t know the truth being fooled with the packeting and advertising. So let’s talk about the food we have on this table because this is how much sugar I would have thought was in all of these things here. Cereal, a potato, white rice, a banana, and a chocolate bar. So now I’m going to give you the correct figure. The corn flakes is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8. That chocolate bar is 7 and 1/2. The banana that’s six. And then the potato is actually Oh my gosh. And then 150 g of boiled rice is Oh, I thought rice was healthy. But each of us has a number of different health futures. And what I’m interested in is how do I get you to pick a lifestyle that will get you the future you want? Because my job is about behavior change. The floor is yours. All right. So, off we go. This is super interesting to me. My team gave me this report to show me how many of you that watch this show subscribe. And some of you have told us according to this that you are unsubscribed from the channel randomly. So favor to ask all of you. Please could you check right now if you’ve hit the subscribe button. If you are a regular view of the show and you like what we do here, we’re approaching quite a significant landmark on this show in terms of a subscriber number. So, if there was one simple free thing that you could do to help us, my team, everyone here, to keep this show free, to keep it improving year over year and week over week, it is just to hit that subscribe button and to double check if you’ve hit it. Only thing I’ll ever ask of you. Do we have a deal? If you do it, I’ll tell you what I’ll do. I’ll make sure every single week, every single month, we fight harder and harder and harder and harder to bring you the guests and conversations that you want to hear. I’ve stayed true to that promise since the very beginning of the Dio, and I will not let you down. Please help us. Really appreciate it. Let’s get on with the show.

    Dr. David Unwin, you were named in 2018 among the top 10 most influential doctors in the United Kingdom. Um, you’ve got an incredible list of accomplishments and you’re held in the highest regard, maybe of all the doctors I’ve ever had the chance to speak to by many people that I’ve spoken to. We were talking before we started recording about what’s on your mind and what’s been bothering you. And so the floor is yours. What is front of mind for you, Dr. David? What’s front of mind for me is the the idea that each of us has a number of different health futures. So you have so in your future uh I don’t know there could be cancer. There could uh be multiple sclerosis or there there could be many futures. What I’m interested in is how do I get you to pick a lifestyle that will get you the future you want? And I think that’s very difficult in the world now to know what is the best lifestyle because you’re given so much conflicting advice. And the particular focus for me in terms of picking health futures is around young people because they’ve got the longest time to make a difference. And it’s getting harder and harder and harder to make good health choices in your lifestyle. It’s really hard. I’d say it’s a pandemic of poor metabolic health. Yesterday in clinic, I saw two people under the age of 25 who had poorly controlled diabetes and one of them was too heavy for me actually to weigh. And this situation is completely new. So when I when I was a young doctor uh and just starting off in practice, that was in 1986. Wow. A long time ago, just north of Liverpool in the practice, I’m still there now. Obesity was rare and we didn’t have a single case of type 2 diabetes in anybody under 55. Not a single case. It was quite unknown. And in fact, type 2 diabetes had a different name. We’ve had to change the name because of the epidemic. Used to be called maturity onset diabetes. That meant old people, right? Now we call it type two diabetes because we have to include so many young people. It’s really really serious because people are losing their life expectancy and I’m witnessing this. We’re all sleepwalking into a metabolic disaster and the people praying the greatest price in my opinion are young people and it’s a scandal and I’m hopping mad really. I think we’ve started to normalize the dad bod, you know, the big tummy and haha without realizing that maybe that isn’t how you’re supposed to be. So that that’s what’s on my mind. Young people and their future and they don’t even know. You say young people there. Yeah. Because they’ve got the biggest opportunity to change the trajectory of their future. Yes. But for the audiences listening that might be in their 50s now. Is this advice also applicable? Absolutely. So, we know from g government figures, UK government figures that for every year that you have poorly controlled type 2 diabetes, you’re losing 100 days of life. That’s about a third of a year, isn’t it? So, whatever age you are, if you uh have poorly controlled diabetes, you’re losing life expectancy. and and maybe a third of all the people in the world with type 2 diabetes don’t even know they have it because they haven’t taken a test. So, they don’t know. What do you think kills people with type 2 diabetes? Um, is it some cardiovascular issue? Yeah. Well done. Well done. You see, you’ve not been to medical school that most doctors, that’s what they’d say because we know that a high blood sugar over time damages your arteries. So, it’s a cumulative thing over time. But what you may not know is that actually a rising cause of mortality for people with diabetes is cancer. Oh, really? Yeah. So eight forms of cancer are strongly associated uh with diabetes. I want to just define that term diabetes because I think I went through a lot of my life assuming that diabetes was a disease that some people are born with and because I didn’t have it I thought I don’t need to worry about that. That’s really important. Yeah. So first of all there’s type 1 diabetes and type two. But before I can explain about diabetes I need to explain about insulin. This is absolutely key to our whole discussion. So I’ve already said that a high blood sugar damages your arteries. And in fact there’s work to show that a very high blood sugar damages the non-stick lining of your arteries within 6 hours. Oh wow. Really quick. It’s called the glycoalix. The non-stick lining. And uh damage is occurring very quickly. So I’m going to ask you a really stupid question. When you say high blood sugar, I get high blood sugar when I eat lots of sugar. Okay. So, first of all, we’re actually talking about glucose. Yeah. And sugar can mean table sugar or it could mean many different things, but we’re actually talking about blood glucose, which comes from lots of foods, which comes from many foods. Carbohydrate heavy foods. Yes. Yes, it does. It does. So, that that’s right. But you have the hormone insulin to defend you from poor dietary choices. So the question is, what does insulin do with the sugar you just ate? And here’s the answer. Insulin, the hormone insulin produced by your pancreas gland. It pushes the sugar and it pushes it out of the bloodstream inside cells where it can be used for energy for you to run around. But what if you take in uh more carbohydrate than you need to run around? Well, then that sugar is turned to fat inside cells because it’s safer for you to turn that sugar into fat than it is is to have it damaging your arteries. So, I am somebody with type 2 diabetes. So, we can talk about me. So, I had a really heavy biscuit habit. uh I was senior partner of the practice and it’s stressful and I had patients used to bring me biscuits all the time as a gift cuz they you know they want the doctor to be happy. So in the drawer in the top of my desk was packets and packets of biscuits. So, I’m taking in more sugar and I didn’t run around and gradually my waist got bigger. And what was actually happening was as I took in more sugar than I needed to run around, my insulin was working to get rid of that sugar and it was giving me two things. One, a belly. Mhm. So my you know and I thought it’s just middle-aged spread you know and the other was I didn’t know but my liver was filling with fat and that’s um that is very common now. So we have well it’s a third of everybody in the developed world has fatty liver now. Here we got the wonderful props. Let’s talk about these. Great. So fatty liver. This is the healthy liver here. And you see the color. Look at this one. It’s yellow. It’s the wrong color. And it’s because of fat. So in that case, like has happened to me over years, my liver began to fill with fat because it was essentially overworked and glucose was being stored there. Yes. So I was taking in too much glucose. Insulin was doing its good job of taking it out of my bloodstream and forcing it inside cells in my belly but unfortunately in my liver. Okay. And so there’s a progressive laying down of fat in the liver. So if we look at actually some qua liver. So this is the put on your seat belts now cuz this is somebody’s uh somebody’s actual liver. So then that’s the normal liver. But look at this. It’s larger. That’s a real human liver. Yes, these are human livers and that’s as it should be. But this, look at this liver. It’s larger. And it’s larger because there’s so much fat in it. Now, the twist in the story is fatty liver interferes with the good work of insulin. So, you develop a thing called insulin resistance, which means your insulin is no longer as powerful as it was. It’s beginning to become difficult for you to deal with carbohydrate and sugar because your insulin isn’t working as well. And the only way to deal with that is the next twist in the story. You have to start producing more insulin. Do you see? Because it doesn’t work as well. Yeah. So, your pancreas has to crank up the supply. We need more insulin. So, now you have two things. You have insulin resistance. Your insulin isn’t working as well, but at the same time, you’re trying to produce more insulin in the pancreas. This bit’s called the long silent scream from the liver. This is work by Professor Roy Taylor, a friend of mine at Newcastle University, and he pointed out that you you’ve got fatty liver for about 10 years. You don’t even know. You wouldn’t know that your liver’s gone fatty and yellow like that. But unfortunately, this is another twist. Fat is being laid down in the pancreas gland, the very gland that your life depends upon producing insulin. And your ability to produce enough insulin collapses. And at that point, you can’t regulate blood sugar anymore. But upstream of that, you have a problem. You’ve got that. But you don’t even know. You You’re talking about what’s in my mind. Why are we waiting until you actually have all the problems of type 2 diabetes? So since 2013, I’ve got hundreds of patients and I’m monitoring the baseline and latest follow-up. So what happens to them? It’s really important. And now I have a a huge data set that I can interrogate and answer questions. So number one question let’s think about pre-diabetes. So this is in the long silent screen. Well I can tell you that the people with pre-diabetes in my practice north of Liverpool 93% of them will get a completely normal blood sugar if they go low carbon. 93% resolution and that will last for years because I’ve checked. Okay. How about we wait for the 10 years and Stephen until Steven you’ve got type 2 diabetes and then you go low carb at that point if I can get you early I’ve got a 73% chance of you having a normal blood sugar let’s wait another few years because you don’t want to give up bread and you don’t want to give up chips and pizza fair enough I’ll wait but you know if we wait 5 years you only stand a 50% chance so do you see it goes 93 three over 70%, 50%. So the chances of me not needing drugs and be able to do a good job for you are diminishing. So really it’s a stitch in time. Mhm. And so much of this you don’t even know. You don’t even know it’s going on. One of the things that shocks me is um is how little we know about what’s in our food. Yes. You know, cuz I think we all know that like biscuits are a food that has a high glycemic index. Well done. Which is a term that I’ve learned from this podcast, which means some carbohydrates are more sugary than others. And then so that’s the glycemic index. What that is doing is comparing different carbohydrates with pure glucose. Okay? So you see pure glucose is 100 and then other sugars come further down. But there is there’s something better than the glycemic index and that’s called the glycemic load. The glycemic load takes portions of food and predicts how will that portion of food actually affect your blood sugar. And am I right in thinking the glycemic load would factor in the amount of nutrients in the food that so like protein, fiber? Yeah. Because if you took watermelon, well, it’s mainly water, isn’t it? Mhm. So you have to factor in you can have quite a lot of watermelon. uh to equal a chocolate bar. Mhm. So the density you’re all you’re looking at the density of sugar in it as well. Okay. So that’s why the glycemic load is better. Was there was there a moment in your career where you started to question what you had been told. Yeah. You know, so you start as a young doctor. I wanted to be part of a small community and stay there and make a difference. And then comes the sad bit really. So I for the first 25 years I was trying to do what’s in the guidelines. I was trying to be a good doctor. But what I noticed I noticed two things. Number one, I noticed what I’ve already said to you that the health of the population I cared for was deteriorating. It wasn’t getting better. So if I’m the doctor in charge of the practice looking after these people and health is deteriorating, am I not responsible? And where’s where is all this difference I was hoping to make? It just wasn’t panning out. At the same time, I’d always in my heart felt that prescribing lots of drugs felt a bit wrong. It felt like a mini failure because how is somebody well if they’re taking six tablets a day? Was there one particular patient that you met? There were two two things happened. Both to do with very powerful women. The first powerful woman was a lady I’d known for over 10 years. She and her husband I’d cared for them both. They both had poorly controlled diabetes and they were both very heavy at the time. I could monitor how my how compliant my patients were with their medication. And if I’m to be truthful, in part that was how I was paid. So part of my payment was to do with other patients having in this case metformin, the most commonly used drug for type 2 diabetes. Part of your payment? Yeah. Yeah. How would you? Because there’s a you’re supposed to the the government approve of the fact that we give drugs that are needed for type 2 diabetes so that you’re given a sort of quot it’s regarded as good practice that such a a certain percentage of your patients will be on metformin. What? Yeah, it’s true. So is it fair to say that you were somewhat incentivized to give people metformin? Yes, that would be true. But I think we should also be fair to say that the body of evidence at the time would say uh that it’s good practice to give metformin to people with type 2 diabetes and conversely poor practice not to use metformin but we’ll develop that. So the the backdrop is we’re we’re monitoring the patients who stop taking their metformin because that uh is number one poor practice and number two actually cost me. So, I wrote to the person, “Dear Mrs. So and so, I’m concerned that uh you’re not you don’t seem to be taking your metformin. Please make an appointment with me at your earliest convenience.” Very British, very polite. Anyway, nothing prepared me for what was going to happen that morning, and it’s changed my entire life on that point. So, the lady, let’s call her Mrs. Jones, that wasn’t her name. She marches in and uh she said to me, “You think you’re going to tell me off, don’t you, Dr. Enwin?” Well, I’ve got news for you. I’m going to tell you off. I was scared like, “What’s going on?” She’s never been like this before. She was a a polite person. Anyway, she went on to explain. She said, “When you do my blood tests, you will find that my blood glucose is completely normal despite not taking your metformin.” And she said, “I’m wondering if you’re actually qualified as a doctor because in the last 10 years, did you ever once tell me that bread was sugar or breakfast cereals were sugar?” I had to learn online uh that bread is sugar, that rice is sugar, that breakfast cereals are sugar, and when I cut those foods, I don’t need your metformin now. And she went she made it worse. She said, “This is school boy biology. You should have learned that when you were 16.” I was dead scared because you know complaints as a GP, it’s really bad. They go on for years and years. But mainly I was scared because every word she said was true. And one thing I had learned about when you’re an older doctor is you’ve got to listen to people properly. If they’re complaining, don’t deny it. Don’t defend yourself. Take it. So I said, “Okay, I’ve got I want to learn what you you know, if this is true, will you meet me again? Let’s do the blood test.” So we did the blood test. It was true. It was the first case of drug-free type 2 diabetes I had ever seen. I’d never seen a single case in 25 years where people came off medication. I was fascinated because she’d done it like a miracle. But there was another detail I just share with you. She was one of 40,000 people online learning from each other how to do it. And when I looked, they were being rubbished by the health care professionals. So people like me were telling them, “You’ll die. What you’re doing is dangerous.” And I was ashamed, really ashamed, and it’s complete coincidence. But in the same month, uh, we have to introduce my wife, Jen. Is there a photo? Come on, let’s see Jen. This is Jen. Oh, she’s probably the cleverest woman in the world. She’s so clever. I love that woman. So, Jen, uh, so her back, she is a, um, a clinical health psychologist and she specializes, she’s fascinated by the role of hope in disease and the difference it can make. And she spent her life researching the difference that hope makes to clinical outcomes. So, it just so happened that she was in a supermarket and she saw some a discounted diet book. That one. That’s the book. Escape the diet by Dr. John. Yeah. Dr. John Brier. What a lovely guy. So, Jen bought that book just around the time I’m telling her about this patient. So she said, “You have to read this book about the low a low carbohydrate approach to um insulin resistance to type 2 diabetes.” And in the book, everything that my patient had told me was there and but it was done in a medical way for and I understood. She said, “David, why why are you sort of failing? Why don’t you do one thing before you retire? Why can’t you do a cheerful something you really believe in? Why don’t you have a go at this low carb yourself? Yeah. She said, “Why don’t you and me go on this diet for see if some patients would volunteer and do it with us?” And I mentioned it to the partners and they said, “No, these are other doctors.” Yeah. So I’m senior partner. I’m supposedly the boss. Uh but at the time low carb was not respectable and they didn’t like it. And they said we don’t want you to do this. And partly because they said well how it you know is that a good use of the the resources of the practice because if you’re doing this David maybe you’re not treating chest infections or other things and there’s pressure on the health service. this felt a bit they felt it was a bit self-indulgent. So I got back to my wife and said the partners say no and she said I I I’ll tell you what we’re going to do. We’re both going to work for free and we’ll do it why don’t we do this in our own time in on in an evening when the p is no resources. So that’s exactly what we did. We found 18 volunteers who were interested amongst the patients and then Jen and I. So that was 20 of us. We started meeting every Monday night talking about low carb learning how do you cook stuff? How do you do it? We did it together. And one of the nurses was so excited. Heather is her name. Let’s give her a, you know, thumbs up to Heather. Heather said, “I’ll work for free. I’ll help you. I’d love to do this. I want to I want to believe in what I do. And then the magic begins. The results. I couldn’t believe it. I could not, you know, I’d never seen anything like it. And the first thing the first thing I saw was the liver function improving. You see, cuz I’m doing blood tests cuz I know I’m doing something weird. I’m doing something that I would be criticized for. So if you’re going to do a weird thing, you need to measure stuff. You can’t, you know, these are patients, so you can’t just experiment and not be, am I doing harm? What’s happening? What’s happening to the cholesterol and the lipid profiles? So I was monitoring stuff really closely. The liver function though, Stephen, I got people who I thought they were drinking alcohol and I thought the liver problem was due to alcohol and they’d had abnormal liver function for 10 years and suddenly within weeks the liver function was improving often by a third or 50%. I was so excited. Can you imagine? And I’m sitting there and the laboratory results are coming in and they’re like, “Wow.” And then another and another. So that was the first thing. Then the weight. So we’re all meeting every Monday night and we got the scales and everybody gets weighed every Monday night and the weight started falling off people. It really did. And then the all sorts of other weird stuff started happening. some of which I couldn’t make sense of for years. The first one was people said, “Are you hungry?” Cuz I’m not. And they started saying things like, “Do you have to eat breakfast?” Where? And I also I wasn’t hungry. I wasn’t hungry. They were telling me the truth cuz I was experiencing this with them. Why are we not hungry? That’s so odd. And I was starting I not bothering with breakfast. So, I didn’t eat it. You don’t have to have it. And my and my belly went away. Next thing was I noticed when I stood up from my desk, I felt dizzy. Weird. Now, I hadn’t told anybody, but I had moderate high blood pressure for years, but I didn’t like to be a patient. So, I never went to a doctor. I just put my head in the sand. So I had high blood pressure for years. When I took my blood pressure, it was low normal. Why? I didn’t know. But on the patients as well, I’m doing that as well. I’m measuring all the blood pressure and it’s improving. So it’s getting weirder and weirder. Liver function improving, weight going down, blood pressure improving. In those days we were the blood test that we we did was a thing called a hemoglobin A1C. The A1C in America this is the average suginess of your blood for the preceding 3 months. So the results take a while. Mhm. But then when the uh hemoglobin A1C came in there, it was we were getting really spectacular improvements in in average blood sugar. And that’s so that’s kind of how it began. So that’s 2013. So that’s 13 years ago. And uh the rest is history. But that I was completely blown away and I was full of curiosity about all these other things and how was it? Why were these things improving? So in those 13 years, how is your fitness your health changed? My mental powers were much greater. I could concentrate better. I wasn’t fatty. So I noticed that. Next thing I noticed was I needed a lot less sleep. So yeah, in the beginning I used to have to have a little sleep on my doctor’s couch every lunchtime. So I was senior partner. So you press do not disturb and you put the curtains round and have a little nap on my own couch for 20 minutes. It was the only way I could get through the day. I didn’t need that nap anymore. I was less sleepy. I needed an hour’s less sleep a day. I could think better. I was I could cope with the same problems and this is so weird mentally I was stronger. It was like being a younger man. Um the way I don’t know I think you have a sense of mental horsepower. Going back to the top of this conversation, you talked about how everybody listening right now has a variety of different health futures and which which health future they end up in is going to be determined by the everyday decisions they make. Yes. Yes. So, I want to really zoom in on some of those everyday decisions. We talked about you and your biscuits and at the time you said you were you were probably quite sedentary as a doctor. Yeah. Sitting in a chair, patients coming in. You weren’t doing exercise. No. Um, I didn’t fundamentally believe it would make that much difference. H and this is such a great point. You you really great point. So, let’s think about weight loss. So, I would give advice on weight loss to my patients. And I would say eat less and move more. And I’d even sometimes say that Bellson thing, you know, the no fat people came out of Bellson. I’ve never heard that before. But it’s a horrible thing to say to a patient, isn’t it? What’s Bson? Well, that that’s in World War II where they all starved things. So, the the point is you’re saying to somebody with an obesity problem. It’s their fault. Yes. You’re blaming them. That’s exactly the point. And that’s what I did. And it’s worse than that because I give them that advice and it just about never works. I did a horrible thing. I used to say to them, “Right, so why don’t you just have two tablespoons of all brand a day?” Oh, breakfast cereal. Yeah. Uh with skim milk and I would advise a few multivitamins and uh a couple of pints of skimmed milk a day. That was my advice. And then when it didn’t work, who do you think I blamed? Yeah. And this was all part of my epiphany. I never joined the dots. That the failure was not theirs. It was mine. And that’s horrible, isn’t it? Imagine 25 years of I was blaming patients for their failure to lose weight and it was my failure because I didn’t give them advice that worked. And if you keep giving the same advice to people and it doesn’t work, shouldn’t I have questioned? But isn’t that happening in society overall? How are we doing? How are we doing with health? How’s it going? It’s a disaster, isn’t it? So, we need to do something different. But for me, for 25 years, I did not believe that lifestyle was key. And now I do and that’s why I didn’t I didn’t think that the biscuits made that much difference. Obviously, I knew basic nutrition. So, I made sure there’s protein and there’s iron and stuff. I fundamentally believed that drugs is what I should be using, medication, and that lifestyle was a sort of add-on. Isn’t that terrible? I I think this is so important because it really gets to what I believe the average person thinks as well. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Um, we were talking before we started recording about some of my friends. They are there. There’s two friends I mentioned. One of them is a very very successful businessman. Um, everybody knows who this person is. And they asked me this weekend, “Is pizza healthy?” And I just couldn’t believe I it shook my mind. Smacking. It was like, “Oh, what pizza? What?” Cuz they were choose trying to choose between they usually have a big 12-in pizza for lunch. And And he was asking me, “What’s healthier, Stephen? uh Nando’s chicken or this 12-in pizza he was going to get. And I literally looked at him like I was looking at a ghost. I was like, “Are you winding me up?” And he was genuinely serious. He’s almost 60 years old now. And he doesn’t know if a chicken breast is healthier than a 12-in pizza. And the other example that I mentioned to you before we started recording is a very famous Premier League football superstar legend who you would assume had gone through those sort of 15 20 years of being an academy player and then a a pro alete knows what has sugar in and what doesn’t. And he was asking me is is a big spaghetti carbonara. Is that healthy? Is that a health food? Because he said to me during his football years they were told always to carb load. And again this it it gave me a huge amount of empathy because it made me realize how even though there’s podcasts like this where we talk so much about health and even though there’s the internet now the this information is not getting through to the average person for some reason and they too I believe think exactly what you just said that health is you know it’s this sort of accessory where my fate is determined anyway and if I do this health stuff which is a bit of an inconvenience cuz these Percy pigs taste great. Yeah. um or these these these candies taste great, then I might be able to look a little bit better, a little bit more aesthetically pleasing, but my fate is determined. The simple point, yeah, nutrition, we’re not teaching it. So, there’s only three macronutrients. There’s only protein, fats, and carbohydrate. And yet, your friends there haven’t even got the three macronutrients. And they are successful, intelligent people. So somewhere we’re going badly wrong, aren’t we? There was another example that’s really front of mind to me, which was, you know, I’m in Dragon’s Den at the moment and someone came in and pitched a fruit snack business and it’s basically dried out fruit pieces. Now I looked at I’m loving this already. Yeah. I looked at the back and it said in the range of 60 to 70% sugar because what they’ve done is they’ve taken exotic fruits like mangoes, dried them out and now you have this little chip which is this piece of mango 60 70% sugar. So I’m looking at the back of this thing thinking this is candy. This is basically candy. Thank you. But I’m looking around and every because cuz it uses the word fruit. Yes. People have this sort of halo assumption that if the word fruit is on it, fruit juice fruit, it’ll sell. Yeah. And who and also it’s a sort of who cares about the consequence but will make a pile of money. Yeah. Selling dried up fruit and they miss what you read on the back. Yeah. Sugar. I was like this is okay. How’s that? You know what? If somebody had type two diet what for kids is we’ll just give them Yeah. And I you’ve touched on another another thing about what’s going wrong. So when we look at my practice and this epidemic and really as I’ve said already it’s not an epidemic, it’s a pandemic. It’s everywhere. I go all over the world and obesity, type 2 diabetes, uh poor metabolic health is in it’s everywhere. It’s everywhere. And I think one of the things touching on what you just said is so you you wake up and you have your cereals for breakfast which you’ve got some here which we have some cereals there and then uh you’ll have why don’t why don’t you have a big glass of fresh orange juice as well. Great idea. And then uh okay, that’s your breakfast. But then on the way in, you have a little snack, and people do. They buy a bar or some crisps or something like that. And then even at school, they might get a muffin midm morning. Fair enough. They might then have an apple. At lunchtime, you’re going to have some sandwiches. And then you’ve eaten your sandwich. So you’ll, I don’t know, you might have might have a cake or something or some ice cream. Then you go home and then it’s time for you, you know, maybe your chips or your pizza. What you’ve actually done is have sugar with your sugar with your sugar sugar all day long. There’s hardly any protein going back then to those macro. Where was the protein to grow you? You know, and that that’s the thing that that’s changed over time that we are the snacking. So, I’ve I come across a lot of young people and their mother is saying, “I can’t get him to eat any proper food. He just eats snacks all day long and it it won’t I can’t they can’t get protein in them.” And some of them are actually thin kids. They’re not all fat. Let’s talk about what you just said there. And we can walk through the day using Yes. the food we have on this table. Now, I just want to caution that we do have some people that are probably out walking their dog listening and can’t see. So, we’re going to have to do a bit of a voice over as to what’s going on. But you said, “Wake up in the morning, you have your cereal.” Now, cereal growing up, I thought was a health food. Me, too. Yeah. Me, too. How much sugar is in the average standard bowl of, let’s say, frosted cereal. Well, we can do this different ways, Stephen. Mhm. This is actually like a test for you laid out here. Oh gosh. Is that okay? Yeah. This is a test for you, and I’ll describe it. So, what you’ve got, you’ve got um a bowl of we’ll call them they’re corn flakes. Then you’ve got a potato, a baked potato. It isn’t baked yet, but you could bake it if you want. You’ve got 150 g, and this is boiled rice, so it’s not dry. It’s boiled rice. You’ve got a very ripe banana. And at the end there, you’ve got a delicious looking chocolate bar. Yeah. So you’ve got there uh some cubes of sugar and this is the test bit you see as to how I’m going to give you we’ll score you in the end. Okay. So what I’d like you to do is consider these relatively and each of those cubes of sugar represents a 4 g teaspoon of sugar. Yeah. So, if you could now just go along these and put beside each food what you believe to be the equivalent in terms of teaspoons of sugar and then I’ll give you a score and see how you do. Okay? And and those are the answers. So, I’m going to turn it down so you don’t cheat. Okay? So, I’m going to score them as I would have thought two years ago. Thank you. Because because two years I’ve interviewed a lot of experts, so I’m I’m generally quite shocked by all these things, but I’m going to score them as I would have thought when I was 31 years old 2 years ago. So, yes, that’s great. Cereal, honestly. Yeah. Um I And there’s no sugar on it. It’s not a sugared cereal. It’s just the dry flakes. I honestly didn’t think there was sugar in that. Yeah. So, if you had pushed me, I would have We’ll give it one. E, I’ll give it one. But I didn’t think there was sugar in that one. Again, a potato. I didn’t think there was any sugar in a potato. So, even giving it one feels like I’m lying because I didn’t think there was sugar in a potato. And I’ll be honest, rice, I didn’t think there was any sugar in rice. Okay. A banana, it tastes sweet. Yes. So, my brain would have said one. Yeah. But this uh this chocolate bar that’s in front of me, I would have said I’m going to say two. Okay. Two or I’m going to say three, right? I’m going to say three. I actually think it was two, but that’s how much sugar I would have thought was in all of these things here. Cereal, a potato, white rice, a banana, and a chocolate bar. Right. Well, to be fair, I still kind of do, but I know better. So, now I’m going to give you the correct figure. Now, uh this is worked out from the glycemic load that we already discussed. So, I explained about the glycemic load and then so in clinical practice, I had a problem and my problem was in 10 minutes trying to explain to you how you could eat differently and why you should eat differently. And so I needed a way of quickly communicating with children, with old people, with a teacher the consequences of dietary choices. So I came up with a new idea which was why don’t we represent the glycemic load and instead of using grams of glucose which nobody understands and what’s glucose anyway. Instead of doing that, we redid the calculations, redoing it for t four gram teaspoons of sugar. And that’s my teaspoon of sugar equivalent system. And I’m using that now to give you the correct answer. Okay? Right. So the the corn flakes is 1 2 4 5 6 7 and 8. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 with no frosting. No frosting. No milk, nothing. The potato obviously it depends on its size. That’s quite a big one. So that one is 1 2 3 4 and there’s more. Five six

    is nine. There they go. equivalent of nine sugar cubes. Is that nine? Yeah. Right.

    I’m going to leave the rice till last. That chocolate bar is actually you can do it for me. Is seven and a half. So you you can give it seven. Seven. Seven. Now, the banana depends on the size and how ripe it is. A ripe banana has more sugar in as you probably know when you eat it. But that, let’s say that banana is quite a ripe one. It looks quite ripe. Let’s say that’s six cuz it’s a big banana. Oh my gosh.

    Okay, then the final one obviously is going to be the killer, isn’t it? I thought rice was healthy. Well, I thought it depends. Was really healthy. It depends. So, one, this is 150 g of boiled rice. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 and 10. So, that’s the winner. And I would say that’s the single fact around the world. So, my my teaspoon of sugar. There we are. That’s one of my teaspoon of sugar charts. So, what you’ve got there is the food, the glycemic index, the the serving size, and then the teaspoons of sugar there. So, this is available. The public health collaboration is a charity I helped set up with Dr. Rangan Chattery 10 years ago. It’s our 10th anniversary tomorrow. These infographics, there are actually far more than this. This is there’s seven more. They’re available in 35 languages. Volunteers have translated this to go all over the world. It’s not copyrighted. I want people steal it, take it, use it. So the the white rice fact I would say has astonished people all over the world and led to me becoming far better known. What what about orange juice? A lot of um parents including my parents give me gave me orange juice and I used to think orange juice was a health food. So I would literally I’d go to the fridge, I’d get open the sunny delight or whatever it was sunny delight and I would drink that and I’d think I’m going to be strong and big and my body’s going to love me. Well, let’s so that there’s a lot of sugar in orange juice. There’s a lot of sugar in orange juice and you’ve taken away all the once you take it from the fruit as it was meant to be and you juice it, the sugar hit is fast. M so what that does is if you think if we go back to insulin again um so you you you drink the orange juice your blood sugar goes up rapidly so your body responds rapidly with insulin then you what happens your blood sugar falls but then you’re kind of hungry again and that’s what happened to me with the biscuits wasn’t it I ate biscuits my blood sugar is up. Then insulin comes in heavy and slow but too much. Then I thought I was having a panic attack cuz I had low blood sugar. And what’s the answer to that? More biscuits. And round you go. Round. And that’s how without thinking you’d start the day. Starting the day with a sugary breakfast without enough protein in it is driving hunger. And then you wonder why you’re ravenously hungry at 10:00. There was a few others that shocked me. One of them was um I was in Peru and obviously Peru is quite famous for chocolate because of the cacao and all that stuff and so we went to a chocolate making class and um he told us to make dark chocolate, normal chocolate and then white chocolate. Yeah. And when I made the white chocolate, this guy got me this big glass cylinder and he goes, “Here’s some white sugar.” He goes, “Pour it in.” So I, you know, I get it and I pour some in and I and he goes, “No, no, no, no, my friend. Pour it in.” And I pour it and pour it and pour it and pour it and pour it and pour it and pour it. And I’m not kidding you. I feel like I have to check the facts here. So you know me on the screen. I feel like I poured into this huge glass cylinder 80% of white sugar. Yes. And then it’s true. Yeah. And then and then he said put some syrup in. I What syrup? This is this is white sugar. It was like some syrupy stuff. Some oil stuff. And I was like, “So, white sugar?” Um, so white chocolate is like 80% white sugar. Yeah. I’ve never eaten white chocolate since. Yeah. You That’s so important. So very often people think they’re a choahholic. That’s really common that people say to me, “I’m I’m addicted to chocolate.” If you look at if you actually look at how much sugar there is in milk chocolate, uh, you know, there’s many teaspoons of sugar in milk chocolate. If you eat 90% dark chocolate, there’s only about two teaspoons of sugar in a bar. And what you find with the choahholics is I say, “Well, if you’re addicted to chocolate, why don’t you get a bigger hit and have the dark chocolate?” And they say, “Oh, I couldn’t eat that. It’s too bitter.” What they’re actually addicted to is the sugar. But there are so I’ve done a there is for the folks at home there is one of these sugar infographics on chocolate on that subject of chocolate because I want people to understand the consequences of what they do. So just to illustrate this cuz I’ve just we’ve just looked up the stats. I I think this is this is this is what I saw. I just looked up the facts to make sure thing is true. When I made that bar of white chocolate in Peru. Yeah. This was the total ingredients and this is how much sugar I they asked me to put into it. I looked at it and thought, “Okay, so white chocolate is basically like 70 odd% just pure white sugar and nobody knows.” Yes. Exactly. Nobody knows. Exactly. The other one I’ve got to be in my bonnet about is smoothies. Yes. I eat one too. I thought smoothies were healthy. Yeah. No, they’re the, you know, I’m on X or Twitter quite a lot and that’s the kind of thing fills me with rage and I have to take a photo with like my look at the sugar. Uh, there was Yeah, it fills me with rage. I’ve got another thing. This is fun. I’ve got another I’ve got a question. Mhm. Right, Steven. Why don’t we could take all the blood out of me, right? There’d be five liters. We could bleed me out right now. There would be five lers of blood in me. Let’s get it in a bucket. All right. 5 L of blood. How much sugar would be in that five lers of blood? I have no idea. I didn’t. But it’s an interesting question, isn’t it? Because it relates to the consequences of eating some of these things. So, I would just like you to estimate. So, if let’s say my blood sugar is normal. Yeah. Um, if you have a normal blood sugar, I would like you to guess how much sugar is there in my entire blood system. One one cup like this. Thank you. No, the answer is this. Let me show you. That is all there is. You’re joking. I am not. And do you see immediately one sugar cube? That’s all. And I’ll do it on Twitter for you. X I can show you the calculations. So you see, if I have a banana and I have diabetes, the there’s too much sugar for me. You see, because glucose is number one vital, but number two toxic if you have too much of it. The level of it in my blood is controlled minutely. Wow. It’s controlled to this extent. And I think that single fact, you didn’t know that, did you? No, I did not. And it it immediately shows you how it’s so easy to have more sugar than you actually need. given that if your insulin stops working. So for me, I’ve done an awful lot of this. So I monitor my blood sugar with a continuous glucose monitor and I get my blood sugar up on my phone. So I can check at any time what my blood sugar is. And we’ll do it in a minute and see. But you see, if I if I eat a banana, it doubles my blood sugar because I can’t regulate my blood sugar because of the diabetes. Yeah. So, a whole banana is far too much for me and will double my blood sugar because you see if I’m only supposed to have this much and I have that much. Gosh. Yeah. It’s too much for me and I feel ill. Giving, you know, I go out into the world and I speak to the people that listen to the show and they’re like taxi cab drivers. It’s a lot of taxi. Do you know I wouldn’t I’ve got this bias towards thinking everybody that listens is a taxi. I’ve got this bias towards thinking that everybody that listens is a taxi cab driver because I really only spend my time in the office or in a taxi. So, I get lots of feedback from these cab drivers and the average person out there listening now, they don’t know how to check if the food they are eating is good or not because the labels on these foods I I’ve got so obsessed by the marketing. Yes. And um you know I was looking at this bag of sweets the other day and it said made with real fruit juice and they put it front and center and I I was almost tricked. So I can’t imagine someone who like me who doesn’t spend I can’t imagine someone who doesn’t spend their time interviewing health experts how easily the general public is being tricked. So what is your advice in terms of spotting this stuff? Like what do I look at? Cuz right now I spend a lot of time looking at the sugar part. Yeah that’s great. There’s different ways we can do this and obviously this is how I spend every clinic. That’s I’m in clinic yesterday. This is what I’m doing. I’m trying to help people understand. It’s sometimes easier to talk about what maybe what you would eat rather than what you wouldn’t eat. So I for somebody with insulin resistance or type 2 diabetes, I would tend to say, well, why don’t you base your meal on protein? So what have you got in the fridge? Could it be chicken? Could it be eggs? What would it be? So that’s your protein. Have loads of it. Then I’m thinking, right, green veg. Will you What green veges would you tolerate? What green veg could you buy? Might be frozen beans or it might be salad or whatever. And then I’m saying, how would you make that green veg tasty? Pour barbecue sauce on the top. Ah, no. Full fat mayo. full fat mayo or butter or olive oil or whatever. So that I say barbecue sauce because when I looked at the back of mine, I had the shock horror of realizing that there’s it’s a common one. 30 sugar cubes in a bottle, a standard bottle of barbecue sauce. It’s just pouring sugar on top. It is. It is. You have to be so vigilant. And I I think to do it successfully, I’m quite interested in the idea of could you eat real food that’s not in a packet. It’s it’s it’s Russian roulette food out of packets. And yet I understand my patients north of Liverpool, you know, where are they going to buy the stuff? So I try and help them with you could do it that way. If you’re not if you’re going to eat stuff out of packets, you have to wise up and you have to look at the carbohydrate content. And bear in mind, every four grams is broadly equivalent to sugar. So if if if there’s a if there’s if something’s got 100 grams of carbs in it, I’ve already said carbohydrate varies in how sugary it is, but it gives you an idea. It’s very sugary. So you see the the area you made with the corn flakes is there’s no sugar there but it’s all carbohydrate and it it’s a very sugary carbohydrate. I think we need to just explain that for people which is when I looked at those corn flakes the question I asked you is they’re not frosted so there’s no sugar on them but what the body is doing is it’s converting the carbs into glucose right I’ve got a good way so we have to think of starchy carbs as actually glucose molecules holding hands okay and then digestion comes along and breaks down they’re they’re not holding hands anymore more and they become free sugar again cuz we think if it’s not sweet it’s not glucose. Exactly. Exactly. I don’t know whether when you went to school was it this thing where you chewed bread for ages and then you could see if it became sweet or it turned into sugar. It’s a school boy experiment that’s done a lot to prove that uh the amalayise the enzyme in spit uh turns starch into sugar. But that’s the point starch is soon to be sugar. It’s glucose holding hands. Yeah. And when it holds hands, it’s not sweet. But then when you digest it Exactly. it’s no longer holding hands. And that was is broadly what And you’re not alone because didn’t I make that error? Isn’t that what the lady in 2012? That’s what she was so furious that I was making. So here here we are. Senior partner of a large practice had forgotten uh that starch was sugar. And we come full circle because and so many other people they they patients say to me, “Dr. I know uh not to have sugary things. I’ve given up sugar in my tea and coffee and I don’t understand why my blood sugar is so high.” People say that very often. And then of course we use the teaspoon of sugar equivalents or a continuous glucose monitor to really show them what’s going on. Something that a lot of people have is bread. Yes. Um, white bread. So, I I did some research and it said a single slice of white bread contains about 0.5 sugar cubes, but a full loaf can pack up to 12 cubes of sugar in it. That’s true, but it doesn’t it doesn’t include the fact that the wheat that makes the bread will turn into sugar as well. Okay. So on my teaspoon of sugar equivalent, even a small slice of brown bread is about three teaspoons of sugar. Is there a healthy bread? That’s a really great great question. And of course it depends how well your insulin’s working. So if you’re young and you take a lot of exercise and your insulin’s really good, then maybe brown bread is is okay. If you’re like me though with insulin resistance there it would have to be low carb bread. So I wouldn’t normally eat bread under any circumstances but I might have low carb bread. I did some research said sprouted grain bread. Never heard of that before. Or 100% whole grain rye are the healthiest options because they contain zero added sugar and high fiber. So, right. I mean, what I’d say to people again, it depends. How much exercise do you take? How do you know? Have you had your fasting insulin measured? Do you know if you’re insulin resistant or not? Mhm. Um, if you’re healthy, take lots of exercise. Sounds good. Fair enough. If you if you’re beginning to develop a tummy or maybe not so good. And if you don’t know, I’m a great one for experimenting. And that’s where I come back again to consider uh buying a continuous glucose monitor. The thing you wear on I’ve got one on me now and it tells my phone how is my blood sugar so I can experiment. Then I could try your bread and within an hour I would know. Am I wise to be looking at the back of packets? I look at the back of everything I eat. Yes. Um and I’m building I guess a mental model of the different levels of carbohydrates and sugar content and fiber and all sort of things and proteins etc. But I always seem to zoom in on the sugar the added sugar. Ah right there is an error there. Okay. So you that’s brilliant and you the fact you’re interested and trying is great because you’ll learn so much more because of course the sugar is one thing but you must also look at the carbohydrate. carbohydrate content. Now, um this is done differently in the United States from here. Confusingly, here we talk about carbohydrate separately from fiber. So that in the UK when it says carbohydrate that turns into sugar. In the States, you’ve got uh the carbohydrate including fiber. So it makes it more complicated for you because you need to know which how much of that carbohydrate are you going to absorb. Well, let’s go back to the three macronutrients. So you should be interested in protein. How much you want? You want you want to be a musly kind of guy. So you want your protein. Uh the carbohydrate. Well, why do you need that? I’m wondering. And then fats. Well, you might need those for fats soluble vitamins. So those are the uh the three things so that you become more sophisticated and if things have a lot of preservatives, if they have an awful lot of ingredients, I’m immediately suspicious. I think one of the things that people that I’ve come to learn through interviewing people like yourself is that it’s not just the direct consequence of having a big uh glucose spike or you know having high blood sugar. It’s also the fact that when I eat things like Mars bars or the white rice here, I then get more hungry later. Exactly. Which means I eat even more sugar that same day and the next day and the next day. And of course, that’s what my patients right back in 2013, it was the absence of hunger they found fascinating. And I did cuz I’d been hungry all my life because all my life I’d been uh carb heavy. And I didn’t realize that the more carbs you eat, the hungrier you become. I don’t know. Have you ever tried fasting? I bet you have. Oh my gosh. Yeah. Right. I fast most days to be honest. I haven’t eaten today. And what time are we? Well, I don’t know. Uh 1 1:00 p.m. And during the Dragon’s Den filming, I I don’t eat often until the evening. So great. So isn’t that interesting? So I used to I used to have a model which was um that if I didn’t eat, I was hungry, right? M. So if I didn’t eat for even twice as long, I’d be twice as hungry and it would rise exponentially until I went mad. And what’s surprising that you must have found is as you fast, you don’t become more hungry, do you? Yeah, it’s crazy. Well, isn’t that interesting that actually get the more I eat, the hungrier I become. When I’m on keto, pardon? When I’m on keto. Yeah. I I can’t believe I can’t It’s like hunger just vanishes. And you know the other thing that the remarkable thing I love what are those cinnamon roll things? I love those cinnamon rolls usually. I love them. And when I started doing the ketogenic diet which is very very very low carb. I remember walking up to this cinnamon roll concession stand in Cape Town and looking at them and they were doing nothing to my brain. There was no temptation. I’ve had that superpower. Honestly, I’ve had that with Christmas cake. It was my kryptonite. It was the kind of thing I was sneaking down when they’d all gone to bed and having more and then one day you can look at it and it and you think it’s not actually food. Your brain that isn’t food. Yeah. Exactly. And I’m the same with buns as well and all sorts of things that a lifetime of and they’re no longer food and it feels like a superpower cuz I can I’m such a man. In fact, I I throw this down as a challenge to men. Are you man enough to resist? You know what? Whatever it is, let’s do a challenge. Come back in a week and tell me you’ve not had any biscuits. It it it it works. It works. What do you think of the ketogenic diet? Wow. That’s a Oh, that’s a big question, isn’t it? And don’t you think we need to begin with what you want? So, I think we need to begin with your goals and hope. Why would is it are you wanting to lose weight? Are you wanting to sort out type two do diabetes or and I mean George Reed, Dr. George Reed is a close friend and nutritional psychiatry is really growing and the Ian Campbell in Edinburgh University is doing some amazing work with bipolar disorder and other things. So why are you doing it? That’s so that’s my first thing because there’s I see it as there is a spectrum of carbohydrate that you’re on. So I try and find out where are you now and I you know approximately where are you now and then I’d say well could you could you give up bread or reduce it and then I’d say let’s let’s measure whatever parameter we want which might be blood work or weight or whatever then we say how are you doing are you happy now is this is it or do you want would you like to go a bit lower and what I’ve discovered with my patients over 13 is is they tend to go lower over time because when they experiment when they go keto, what they like is the brain thing. Oh gosh. Yeah. And that’s what I’m that’s right. So I would say to you now cuz I’m interested. Why would you go keto? What are you after? Um so I’m going to put the brain thing at the top of the list which is just the clarity of thought. Obviously in my job I have to sit here with very smart people like you and I have to talk sometimes for 3 four hours whatever it might be. But also, I’m on television a lot now and I’m speaking, you know, cameras, nine cameras rolling BBC1 and I’ve got to think of something smart to say to this entrepreneur sit in front of me on that’s pitching to me. And then also I’m in meetings, you know, I’ll leave this conversation now and I’ll go straight downstairs and I’ll have 2 hours of straight meetings about very very complicated things about buying companies. I’ll be meeting founders, interviewing people. And what I’ve noticed profoundly because so much of my job centers on speaking and articulation is there is this wild wild variance that I hate. And what I mean by that is some days I’m on it and some days I am almost embarrassed by my inability to string a sentence together. Today I’m I’m almost testing myself now by trying to speak really really fast and see if my brain’s connected to my mouth. That’s like that’s actually like what I do. I try and see if I if it flows out. Today I’m okay. Um but there are days where I’m stumbling over myself and I go what’s what’s causing this? What’s the causal factor and how do I prevent this? That’s one keto. When I mean keto I always sound like Buster Rhymes. it always just it it’s always uh it’s always working. And then I’d say the aesthetic stuff because I want to look good as well, especially for, you know, my fiance. So, I want to be in shape. I want to be uh And then I’d say the third is being strong. And then the fourth is I want to live long. Exactly. I want to have a long health span, not just a long lifespan, but I want to be able to do things as I age. So, you see, you’re that’s exactly what I began this meeting with. you’ve got a clear idea about your preferred future. Mhm. And it’s it’s it’s it’s fairly specific, too. And the more specific you are, the more likely you are to be successful. And then you’re noticing. Then afterwards comes the feedback. Do you think most people even have thought about this? No. I was just thinking about my listeners and I was thinking they’re listening right now. I wonder if they have written down their top four. Yeah. So I do you know what I’d love to do now is tell you something about my wife’s work because it relates to changing behavior fast and that she won’t mind. So that we’re back to Jen now. We have a woman. She spent two years um thinking about CBT and what was what this is a type of therapy and what were the necessary parts of it and what was junk. and she reduced CBT down to something I’ll teach you right now. All right. So, well, off we go. Off we go. So, the first thing is to think about your health goals. So, to think about what in a year’s time, if what you do is great, how does that look specifically? So, I’ll give you an example. You might think you’d like to lose weight, but that isn’t specific enough. I want to know what difference would that make to you? So, we’ll do it now. So, you said you wanted to be in shape. Yeah. What I don’t know what do you mean by that. Do you want to lose weight? What do you tell me more? Um, I want to be able to

    h

    what I’m really I think scared of, I’m going to be completely honest, is I’m scared of

    having the same health profile as my dad. Ah, right. Yes. Because I’ve seen we have the same, you know, we have a lot of the same genetic profile. Yes. So, I think a lot of us look at our parents and go, “Is that my future?” Yes. Yeah. And to make it even more specific, I remember walking down some stairs. I’ve said this once before, but I remember walking down some stairs in Bali, long steep set of stairs down to go white water rafting with my fianceé. And I remember those stairs recrafting

    because we’ve got to walk back up these stairs. And so my dad would have lost out on one of the great joys of life, which is doing enjoyable things with friends and people you love because his health is now in that regard is gone. Um, so I’ve always thought of that. And then generally like I I remember when I was younger, my dad used to play like football with us and and all these things and he’s unable to do that now. Um and so I’m and because I’ve done this podcast so many times with health experts, I realized that the decisions I make at 30, which is where I am now, exist on this really interesting, quite predictable curve of inevitable decline. However, not like inevitable

    uh loss of lifestyle. What I mean by that is I just have this picture in my head of all these graphs I’ve seen where like your peak is around maybe 2030 and then you’re going down which we all accept but how far you go down is determined by decisions you make right now. Absolutely. The decisions I make now will end me at 70 80 years old in either the inability to walk or the ability to run. Yeah. And it’s all about what I do now. is so that let’s just refine that. So we we’ve we’ve I’ve got your goal. Yeah. Now so let let’s park your goal. Now the next thing we’ve got is in the past what have you done that’s worked towards those goals. So you probably tell me some stuff you’ve done that’s worked. Um

    things like going to the gym. Yeah. Yeah. anything anything quickly that you did that worked that was is is a is a first you know helped that you did and you remember that worked so tell me anything so I said to myself one year that I was going to go to the gym every single day terrible idea because I got 5 months in and then I missed a day then it was over I said to myself another year I think this was 2017 that I’m going to get a six-pack for summer terrible idea because when summer came or I got the six pack my question was what did work in the past not what didn’t work so what has worked for you in the past so those two incidents um helped me change my idea and the idea that I came up with was I set not a achievable thing as a goal but consistency as the goal and consistency became for the last 4 years this idea that the goal my fitness goal is consistency means that every day I wake up I get a shot at it and if I [ __ ] up today then I’ve got another shot tomorrow right leave it there that’s good so we we did the goal and then we did the next thing what what I just the next thing is is resources is m so it’s it’s what do you bring to the consultation that you’ve done in the past intelligence resources friends that will help you come already with expertise in yourself so it’s not I’m not the expert to tell you what to do you’ve already got some stuff then we go to the next thing so if we had your goal at the beginning which was the fitness and the so and so today what might be a small step towards your goal. A realistic small step towards the goals we’ve already established.

    So I can think of two good one of them is uh creating a social pact which again was one of the things that helped. So we made a WhatsApp group. This is quite funny. We made a WhatsApp group. We put 10 friends in it and we made a simple rule. Whoever’s the least consistent every month is evicted and we invite a new friend in. Wow. We’ve done that for 4 years. I’ve not been evicted in four years, which means that I’m doing enough. I’m consistent enough over those four years to not be evicted. Every day when we work out, it puts our workouts into the group chat and um every every week and every month um there’s a winner and there’s this league table and you get these little emoji medals and there’s actually I won one year so I’ve got this physical massive gold belt on my bookshelf at home. It says fitness blockchain world champion. So I’ve done that for 4 years. Um, so social pack really helped me the the sort of accountability to others. Yeah. And uh the other the other honestly was just as I said a second ago when I set the the goal of going to the gym every single day. I set myself up for failure. Now I set myself the goal of consistency which means that I can do have bad days where I do 20 minutes or 15 minutes. yesterday cuz I was finished Dragon’s Den late, drove down to London, got home at 1:00 a.m. I did 18 minutes. Yeah. And reducing the size of success really helped me to keep my feeling of momentum. Brilliant. We’re nearly at the end of your degree in psychology. Okay. And I’m going to pull it together. The final thing is um when things if you what would you notice for you when things are going well? What would you notice? So you’ve done some of these things. What is it you actually notice as in the benefit to me? Yeah. What what do you notice? So if you do if tomorrow is a really good day, what might you notice at the end of it? Because you’ve much experience in this now. What would you notice? I mean the first thing that comes to mind is just how I feel. Yes. I just feel Do you mean emotionally or energetically? Great. All of it. Emotionally I feel good about myself. Yeah. Um energetically I feel more energetic. Um and there is this um there is this element of identity in there where I have an opinion of myself and who I think I am and I think I’m a healthy person and I think I’m someone that’s in control. And when I’m when I’m not going when I’m not performing the consistent behaviors that I want to, I think I start to question identity in a way that’s that causes a lot of discomfort and say, “Well, you’re not in control of your own life.” Like, how that’s crazy. So, I think it it links into self-esteem. Yeah. It really So, what we’ve just did, we had the goals, G. Yeah. Then we had your resources R. Yeah. Then we had increments. What things had you done? little things on the way. And then finally, I invited you to notice and reflect. And that spells grin. And that’s Jen’s published grin model. I just did it for you right there. And I could do it faster than that. I do it in nearly every surgery I do because what I’m trying to do is find out about you. And you didn’t find out much about me in that process, did you? No. But I found out a lot of really useful stuff to you. And it’s motivational. And much better to do that than me tell you what to do. And I’m not a talking leaflet. But motivation, this is what Jen has taught me, is key in everything we do. And the grin model isn’t bad. Clever woman. So what do we do with the grin model? And so this is really helping me figure out how to change my behavior. Like how how does one apply it? Or are you saying that everyone listening now should should answer those four questions themselves? Yes, I do. Because otherwise it’s possible to spend a lot of time blaming yourself. Mhm. You know, and particularly around if we’re discussing weight problems and so on, you can spend a lot of time saying I’m to blame or I wish or I shouldn’t have that. You know, after Christmas, everybody feels like this. But what is much better rather than focusing you’re wasting energy if you start thinking about guilt and negative stuff. And what Jen’s trying to do is getting you to engage by in in thinking about a better future. And what the whole of that five minutes was engaging you in in first of all the goal of a better future. then some resources towards your better future. Then the first steps towards the better future and then noticing what’s good. Mhm. Because I think in medicine what we’ve done, how do you get a doctor’s attention? You get a doctor’s attention by saying, “Oh, it’s so bad. It’s so so bad. My pain is so so bad.” And I realized I had trained my patients to think that moaning was how, you know, they got my attention. And if you do that, the result is a very miserable 2-hour surgery. But if you can talk, even people having a a terrible time have got hope if you can find it. They have goals if you can discuss them. And you could have somebody with a drug addiction or what you know I see people dying people all sort every clinic I’m seeing sad stuff but if you can also investigate hopes and good stuff as a doctor I’m so much more energetic so much more hopeful I’m having a great time and I wasn’t when I was 55 and that’s the process I bet there’s so many people listening now that maybe they you know cuz they listen to this show and they’ve got the sort of basic They go, “Do you know what? I understand this stuff and I’m making good progress, but I live with or love someone.” Yes. Who I I’m I’m scared they’re going down a slippery slope and I don’t know what to do. Do I intervene? Do I hide their sweets? Do I blame? What do I do? That’s so hard, isn’t it? That’s so hard. I think you can. Weren’t you in that position to some degree? Yes. Uh yeah. So, uh, my first wife had a very severe addiction problem. So, I lived with that for 12 years and she’s unfortunately died now. Um, so I lived with very, very serious addiction for 12 years. And what you’re doing then is you’re living with uncertainty. Serious uncertainty. Uh, you never you cannot say what you’ll come home to. You have no idea. No idea. It brings chaos into your life. It’s very very hard. Addiction. Yes. Are you able to say what kind of addict? Was it a food addiction or a drug addiction or It was it nearly everybody concerned has died now. So I don’t know whether I can say or not. But it was very serious multiple addictions. I will say that. And she had she died some years ago. And it doesn’t it it it actually wasn’t food addiction. Mhm. But it brings I have so much sympathy with dealing how how hard it is to deal with uncertainty and not be able to you love somebody and you can’t do anything. It’s very hard. There are things you can do. I think um if you can engage people in in that talking about goals that can help. Uh what we will do now is we’ll change that conversation to to the current Mrs. Unwin which is what we laughingly say this is Jen. So we we’ve been together for 30 years now. And Jen’s story is that she actually is an ultrarocessed food addict. genuinely. And what that means is I didn’t un neither of us understood what that was. Even though she’s a consultant psychologist, she didn’t realize that she was an ultrarocessed food addict. What she saw it as was a weight problem. And all her life she’s she’s been boomerang dieting. So she’d be a big woman and then a little woman and a big woman. And I used to watch it all. What’s going on? And then she would there’d be tray bakes like she’s trying to lose weight and making tray bakes saying it’s for the children and then scoffing the lot herself. So then I’d because I loved her and I think blokes we try and solve problems don’t we? We’re like caveman you wanted to rescue her. So, I’m I’m either throwing the food away or I’m tackling her and then she we’re having such arguments cuz she’s defensive and cross. I I couldn’t understand with an intelligent woman what’s going on. But then uh this is only a few years ago. She understood for the first time this is addiction. When you have intelligent people, highly, highly intelligent people doing stuff that harms their health repeatedly, is this not like cigarettes? Is it not like alcohol? That is ultrarocessed food addiction. And there’s a patient I’d like to tell you about that is explains it even more clearly. And this patient has consented for me to tell you because he wants to help the world. So this is a guy who’s a very successful guy. He runs um he’s a wealthy person with a successful business. He’s not stupid. He has type 2 diabetes. He’s 55. He has type 2 diabetes. He’s very much overweight. Unfortunately, he needs really serious surgery because both his knees have been so destroyed by his weight that he can hardly walk because he’s in real agony. But his type 2 diabetes is so bad, his blood sugar control is so bad, the anis won’t touch him. So, he’s trapped. He can’t get the op because his blood sugar is high. he can’t run his business easily because he can’t hardly walk. So obviously what we do is we say you need to go low carb and it works for a bit and he loses some weight but then he gains the weight again and this goes on for 4 years while I see him so regularly every month. What’s going on? What’s going on? Oh excuses the grandchildren. Um I’ve got a holiday Christmas it goes on. Anyway, then his wife came to see me and she said, “Dr. Min, I need to level with you. You need to understand what’s going on. I find that my husband is getting up at 4 in the morning and eating bread out of the fridge. So, what I do now, what I started doing was at the end of every day, I put all the bread in the bin if it hasn’t been eaten that day. But then I discovered my husband was going in the bin to eat the bread. Then what she does, she’s a a a very formidable woman. She started putting detergent, liquid detergent on any bread that goes in the bin, but he still eats it. He’s getting up at 4 in the morning rumaging through the bin to eat the bread with the detergent on. So then she tries something else and she says, “This is the only thing that will stop my husband from eating bread if it’s there. I spray bleach on the bread and leave the can of bleach by the bin so he knows don’t even look. Okay. What I’ve described to you is addiction. This is an intelligent person and imagine his self-esteem. how it was to live like that, concealing what he was doing and not telling his doctor cuz I’m trying so hard for him for years and he’s so sweet to me now and he often uh shakes my hand and gives me a hug. He said, “You tried. You really tried.” Anyway, my stories have a happy ending always. What I did for him in the end, he needed everything. So, low carb. Then I got him using a continuous glucose monitor. Mhm. so that he would get feedback immediately and see that spike. And also I could see the spikes as well cuz he had to come and show me his tracings. And on top of that, I did something unusual. I gave him a low dose of the new GLP-1 drugs, one of those. Um and the three together he managed to not he couldn’t moderate but he could abstain and then he could do it. The ampic helped reduce the noise the cravings in his head. The feedback from the CGM helped him know how he was doing and the support he got from me and the low carb pulled together and all three and he’s had his operation now. And so it’s a happy story, but he’s got maintenance all his life. He’s going to have to sort that out. Um, and it’s a wonderful example because I think we trivialize this. We call it carb creep like it doesn’t matter. But there are many people listening to us right now and they know they know they’re addicted to various foods. They know because when you ask them, they often burst into tears. Often I somebody will say I’ve never told anybody in my entire life about and bread is a common one and if you’re not addicted to bread you can’t imagine it but if you are addicted to bread they say this sounds so stupid I’m so embarrassed to tell you I can’t control how I eat bread and so it’s not great for your self-esteem is it but people might be addicted to many things and uh my wife’s published many papers on this and written a book and this that and the other. Um, and she would say about 14% of the population has some aspects of ultrarocessed food addiction. Um, and it kind of explained so much why are intelligent people eating foods they know do them harm. I’ve got another example. One of my patients with type 2 diabetes, we got drug-free remission. Hooray. I’ve done that now 157 times. So, every one of them I’m cheering when it happens. So, this guy, we did it. Drug-free remission. Then he vanished for a while and um came back with two dead toes and he had to have them amputated. Toes? Yeah. They started rotting because diabetes takes the blood supply particularly from your toes. So he had to have surgery to have part of his foot removed. And so you call it carb creep and he ended up with half his foot taken off. That’s not carb creep. Something far more sinister. But I never give up. And fortunately the wounds took a long time to heal because he was sugary. So we do it all over again. I got him back into remission because this time he and his wife are really determined. But it’s a struggle and he needs help and support to achieve that. He’s not a foolish man. He’s an intelligent man and yet various foods called to him, eat me, eat me. And it’s very difficult for him to not. And that I mean that’s a very extreme example, but many people with overweight and some who are not overweight are struggling with very very significant carb cravings and they really really uh struggle to control them. For those people and I assume there’s a lot of people and actually some people have seasons where they’re in control, they’re out of control, they’re in control. You know, I’ve been there. Um, what is step one today? So, they’re listening to you, they’re going, “Fuck, I don’t want to lose my toes and all of these problems.” What is step one now? Now, are we talking about for somebody with type 2 diabetes or somebody who can’t control what they’re eating? Someone that can’t control what they’re eating. Great. Right. So, step one, we just did it. I think step one is acknowledging that is your problem. Because if you don’t if you’re not honest about your problem, how are you ever going to sort it out? Honesty. So the first thing is honesty. And that’s very hard for people. All of us have made excuses. You know, me and my biscuits. I believed the the it was easier for me to think that that was stress and a reasonable reaction to the stress of running a practice than it was to say I’ve got a you know, biscuits. For me, it took me a year to give them up. a year. How pathetic is that? I was so driven that it took me a whole year. How did you give it up? Um I did it by weaning myself off a bit like methadone. So I went from um I like chocolate ginger biscuits and then I went to digestive plane and then I went to oat biscuits and then eventually I went to almonds. Why didn’t you just do it all at once? I should have done. And uh Jen Jen’s a great believer in cold turkey. Like what is the thing? Stop it. I wasn’t man enough for that and it took me a whole year. So the first the first thing is be honest. Truth. Be honest with yourself. Even if you can’t tell other people, be honest with yourself. Is there an addictive potential there? Could that be? Does that fit? Number two, specifically which foods is your problem? And be honest. Um because if you if you’re not honest then you number three is have a plan for abstinence because if you if if there is an if you have got an addictive potential um it won’t be one biscuit and we all who you know how many of us have said I’m going to give up ice cream or biscuits or pizza or whatever it is and then you have a [ __ ] day and you did well or you have a drink or whatever you think tomorrow. Work stresses you out. Yeah. Tomorrow, tomorrow, tomorrow, tomorrow. So, it’s very important to be specific about the food and then to have a plan for how you are going to do it. And another thing is sometimes it’s helpful, you know, the people around you that love you. Mhm. maybe share with them that it’s it’s that it’s important and that I need I might need some help. Please be tolerant with me like cigarettes. Please be tolerant if I’m short-tempered. I’m going to try and do this thing cuz it’s important. The difficulty it depends whether the person that loves you can be gentle or if they’re heavy-handed. If you confess this and then they police you judgmental. Yeah. It doesn’t help. Yeah. Yeah. What you’re asking for is gentle support and tolerance. I can think of a time over my life where I was with somebody Yeah. and I was they were so into their health. Yeah. That it made me start to hide when I was eating bad. I would Exactly. Thank you for that. That’s that’s what happens. And you see that people become deceitful. So the if you police somebody you love, the result is deceit. I was hiding the rappers of the things I was eating. Jen did that with me. She would uh she she knew that I was monitoring, so she starts hiding the rappers or then I’d find them in the car and and but then we have a situation that we can no longer talk about it because so the if if somebody if you’re forcing somebody to become deceitful, you have to back off a little bit. Yeah. Because that deceit then affects self-esteem and that can make them worse and you didn’t want to make them worse and then they’re lonely because they they can’t share the bad days. Yeah, it it’s really good. I wonder please could we show Jen’s book at this point? Of course. So, can I just explain the book? So, this this is Jen’s book and the most important thing is Jen doesn’t make a penny out of this book. So it’s fork in the road with the idea that in your journey, which one are you going to pick? Do you see? So it’s fork in the road. She doesn’t make any money from this. Every penny goes to a charity that she’s set up helping people with food addiction. It’s available on Amazon and self-published on Amazon. How How much does this book cost? It’s not a lot, is it? It’s about £15. Oh, no. It’s less. I think it might be 10 10 quid. Okay, I’ll tell you what I’ll do. Yeah, I’ll buy a thousand of them. Fabulous. And I’ll put a link below in the comment section. And so I All you’ve got to do is if you’ve really enjoyed this conversation and you’d like to get Jen’s book, um, fork in the road. A fork in the road. Maybe we can even get some of them signed. Not all of them cuz that hand, but get a couple of them. Oh, that is brilliant. Click below and um, we’ll send a thousand of them out. And that’s just a thank you from from me to both you and Jen, but also to the community who tune in for these conversations. And it’s so great that people can get such simple information that’s so accessible and so um rigorous in its scientific credentials um in a way like this that they can that could change some people’s lives. Great. Isn’t that a wonderful thing? You know, that a simple book like this, which isn’t long either, not a big read, could change some people’s lives. That’s such a wonderful thing. You said something earlier on about the link between sort of your dietary choices and cancer. I’ve actually got a friend of mine who used to work for me who is going through a cancer process at the moment. She’s very very young. She’s actually younger than I am. Wow. And she was diagnosed with breast cancer. She’s a really good friend of mine. Um and she was my actually my manager for a couple of years. She’s called Katie. She’s very public about this. So she’s posting her journey online so I can I can say her name. and um I’ve been following her and she’s she’s you know she’s removing a lot of the the foods we’ve talked about today from her diet. So she’s very front of mind for me at the moment and I was looking at some of the stats around the link between our dietary choices and cancer outcomes and I’m going to read them now. My team might cut some of them out but I think they’re worth hearing because hearing them I think is quite um enlightening. A massive French study found that drinking just 100 mil of sugary drinks per day, which could be, you know, a third of a can of soda, is associated with a almost 20% increased risk of overall cancer. Women who consume two or more dietary drinks daily have over double the risk of early onset calorical cancer compared to those who drink less than one a week. High consumption of sugary sweetened beverages is linked to a 78% higher risk of estrogen dependent endometrial cancer in women. Drinking 20 ounces of sugar of sugary soda daily is linked to shortening your telomeres which are the protective caps on your DNA equating to 4.6 years of extra biological aging which is a major risk fac. High sugar intake causes chronic hyperilliminia.

    Chronic hyperinsulinemia can. So that is when I’m saying when the insulin levels are high which I explained at the beginning which can inhibit aptosis the natural process where damaged or cancerous cells self-destruct. Wow. Two more. Fructose is processed in the liver and converted into lipids which are fats which is what we were talking about earlier which recent studies show certain tumors directly consumed to build their cell membranes. And lastly, diets high in added sugars chronically elevate C reactive proteins called CRPs, an inflammation marker that is heavily correlated with tumor progression and metastasis. Yeah. So what I’d like to this is that is so interesting and it brings to mind a really important point. We talk so much around the world about treating cancer, but what about prevention? Because for your friend, that’s a life sentence and she’s living with uncertainty and fear. And when I tell patients they have cancer, you know, you feel it right here because you just took away so much. And it’s interesting. Do we try hard enough? If we know that, are we trying hard enough to prevent cancer? Because that’s what we should be doing because we know a lot that I think after smoking, diet is the next commonest cause of cancer. And you know, how serious does it have to get when when you you just gave all those references then? And uh I know that uh junk food is linked to all cause mortality. It’s linked to so many things. Uh what what are we prepared to sacrifice for enjoying, you know, treats and snacks? It’s kind of when you look at it like that, it’s really bonkers. Really bonkers. This sounds a bit crazy, but sometimes I imagine receiving the diagnosis. Yeah. And I do a bit of I guess they might call it a premortm. Um a premortm, not a postmortem, where I imagine on that day the decisions I wish I would have made. And I’m not saying all cancer is linked to what we eat because that’s not the case. But I’m I’m imagining like the worst diagnosis I could ever be given and the doctor telling me that my lifestyle choices contributed to that over the last 5, 10, 15 years. And in that moment, is there any sugary drink that is worth it? There’s just no, you would just wish with every bone in your body when you come home and tell your fiance, your partner, your kids that you’ve got this horrific diagnosis, you would just wish that you had made a different decision. I also think that’s a very good strategy for dealing with problems. Mhm. You know, your life must be so complicated. I can’t begin to imagine how many problems you’re solving and the complications and the people you deal with and yet all of them are as nothing against a cancer diagnosis, aren’t they? So that you would look at the problems you have right now and you’d laugh. Yesterday I was worried about the traffic or whatever and I think it’s a leveler. Mortality is a leveler. All my life I’ve been obsessed with death and it worries me. I can’t sort out in my head what does death mean or you know it really scared me when I was a child the idea of death but what it’s given me is a drive to not waste time and and to think about what’s the best use of today and and you seem to have that kind of energy as well. The interesting thing about this idea of wasting time as well is through everything you’ve talked about today, we we can both waste less time but also have more time. And when I learned about the difference between like lifespan and health span, that also added to this equation. You know, people still live to 80 years old, but they’re healthy for like 30 40 years. And that’s a very the idea of health span is very important because we know in the UK it’s going down. Oh, is it? Yes. Um uh it’s it they’re looking at that now. Lifespan is hanging out there as sort of stuttering along, but health span is going down in the UK and it’s worth thinking why that is. Well, I would I guess it’s uh relates to all the things you’ve talked about today. It may do. In England, you’re totally right. It says in England, the situation is particularly alarming. Health span is actively declining even as overall lifespan slowly creeps up. Recent 2024 to 2026 data from the office of national statistics the ONS and the health foundation paints a stark picture of the UK’s widening sick years gap. Over the last decade healthy life expectancy in the UK has fallen by roughly 2 years. As of the latest data, men in the UK can expect to spend about 60 years in good health and women about 60 years of good health as well because overall life expectancy in England is rising. Um people are now spending roughly up to 23 years at the end of their lives with poor health and in sickness. This means the average person spends nearly a quarter of their life managing chronic illness and or disability. And that’s exactly the point, isn’t it? That’s exactly the point and it relates to another thing I’d like to tell you about as well. This is um government figures. Every taxpayer in England pays an extra £7,000 tax per year for the consequences of ultrarocessed food. Everybody’s paying tax, extra tax, £7,000 a year. And this is because it’s not just the cost of the drugs. The bigger co bigger cost is this is the people not paying tax themselves and not able to work because they’re ill. And that is that’s twothirds of the cost is the lack of revenue because so much of our population isn’t well enough to work. And that’s very and a lot of it’s young people too. It’s very serious. I know I think about 30 40% of our listeners are in the United States. So I’ve got some bad news for everybody in the United States as well. The US is there. The US currently holds a rather grim record. It has the largest health span to lifespan gap on Earth. Despite the United States having lower overall life expectancy than almost all of its peer nations and premature death rate that is nearly twice the average of comparable countries, its health span stats sit as the worst in the world. So, if you’re in the United States, as things stand, you will be sicker for longer. Um, or we’re trying to keep catch up with her though, aren’t we? We’re, you know, we’re doing our best, you know. We’re doing our best to catch up. Um, I have this piece of string here. Yes. Which is, I guess, a mechanism you use to figure out if people’s waist and I guess fat levels are too high on the on the belly. I think it’s bigger than that. So I’m interested in lowcost ways for people to find out well how are you how are you doing? How are you doing? And so one recognized way looking at metabolic health is your waist should be less than half your height. So if we have a piece of string which we have there I believe you’re 6’1. Yes. And you’ve you’ve marked halfway. So half of that string should go around the fattest bit of your belly. People come up to me all the time, you know, and they go, “Oh my god, you’re so much taller than I thought.” Because they’ve only ever seen me sat down. My entire career is watching. That’s right. Cut it in half. And then let’s see. Will it go around your belly? Yes or no? Okay. So, I’ve cut the the string in half. Yes. Which part of my belly? The fattest part. The fattest part. Okay. Yeah. So, be honest about the fat part. Okay. Can I look? Yeah. You did it. Yeah. Is that Are you squeezing? No, I’m not. Are you Are you cheating? Let me see. I mean it’s it’s not Yeah, you’ve just done it. You’ve passed. It’s so interesting. I know. Funny, but that is a very interesting thing for you. And as I say, it’s insulin resistance tends to put weight on your belly, but you may have a very muscular abdomen. Let’s pretend it’s that, you know. Yeah, you’re just about there. You’re just about there. But it’s a really simple test for everybody at home. Piece of string. As long as you are tall, cut it in half. Will it or will it not go around your middle? Okay. So, everybody at home, go buy some string. Yeah. I mean, there’s lots of other things you can do, but that that’s as a simple way because your weight alone, as I said, it’s where the fat is distributed. It it’s fat on your belly is more worrying than fat on your legs or on your arms really. So, so one of the things people always ask me about is supplementation. Um, good, bad, indifferent. What’s your point of view? Right. So, my point of view is if you can, my my gut reaction is to try and use diet to give you what you need if you can. Which diet? A lower a real food, lowish carbohydrate diet is my preferred thing with plenty of protein in there and healthy fats.

    I’m very interested in farming and regenerative agriculture and all that kind of thing. And what I know is that the nutrient profile of crops grown today is not nearly as good as it was 100 years ago. So we have some problems and it it’s to do with the soil. If you keep just adding nitrogen and harvesting crops, those crops do not contain as much zinc or magnesium particularly. And so the tragedy is that although my aim would be to have you healthy with a real food diet, there are some things you cannot get in the diet now that your grandparents could. And one of them is magnesium. It’s very very difficult to get enough magnesium in your diet without supplementation. And as you get older, you absorb the magnesium less and less. Also, a lot of medication interferes with magnesium absorption, particularly drugs for um acidity. So, magnesium supplementation for most people. In myself, it was magic at getting rid of muscle cramps. I sleep a lot better. I think we also need to talk about magnesium. Which magnesium? Cuz it varies a hell of a lot. And uh this bit’s embarrassing. Depends on your bowels. Okay. Right. Have you got fast or slow bowels? You don’t need to tell tell me. If if you if you tend to be a bit constipated, magnesium citrate is very good. It helps. It’s more laxative and it you’re you absorb some of it. Anyway, if your bowels are not a problem and particularly if you’re wanting better sleep or mood, magnesium glycinate or thriionate is actually crosses the bloodb brain barrier but won’t help with constipation. So that’s a very quick thing on magnesium. Have you have we got time for me to tell you about the first cow I ever bought? Go ahead. And it’s relevant to magnesium. Go ahead. Right. So my wife and I, my wife Ken, we have this idea that if you love somebody, then gifts are you try and think what would that person like. Don’t buy somebody a present you would like. Yeah. Yeah. And it was Jen trying to get me to grow up. Yeah. Right. And this is how she did it. So she said to me one day, “Right, get a coat and a pair of Wellingtons. I’m going to take you out.” And she drove me into Lanasher and there was a field of cows. And she said, “I have bought you any one of those cows.” cuz I’d always wanted a cow and we had a field and she How what a woman is this? She knew I wanted she went to the farmer in advance and prepaid for any cow and said this field I’ve I I bought a cow. You just pick which one you like and he’ll transport it home. How does this relate to magnesium? You’re wondering. Well, it does because the farmer said you can have whichever cow you like, but I’ve lost 15 cows uh to a thing called the staggers this year, and you cannot have the cow unless you promise me you’ll buy magnesium supplements because the grass is now so short of magnesium that uh cows die fitting if you don’t give them a magnesium supplementation. But it’s better than that. At the same time, I had a patient that I couldn’t work out why he was fitting. I was really fond of this guy and I kept being called out and admitting him to intensive care fitting. And we couldn’t work out it wasn’t a brain tumor. Why was he fitting? And I expect you’ve joined the dots. It was magnesium deficiency because of medication he was on. And that’s the first time I ever seriously thought about magnesium. It’s a most interesting subject. very important and the modern diet is most people are magnesium deficient and uh problem is you can’t measure it. So your blood magnesium the serum magnesium um doesn’t reflect what’s going on because magnesium is mainly inside your cells. So in the you have to get the intracellular magnesium level. But do you know what? It’s just easier to try a magnesium supplement and see how you feel. So, do you take magnesium? I do because the guests, the experts on my podcast have told me that magnesium is one of my five. For me, I’ve said to myself, I’ll take five supplements a day. Um, five. Yeah, I’ll take five. So, vitamin D because I’m inside all the time. Vitamin D. So, yes, definitely. And I’m black, so that you know, well, that combined, but everybody, particularly in the most people just don’t get enough sunshine. It’d be better if you could do it with sun, but yeah, vitamin D is very, very important. I take magnesium. Yeah, cuz people like you have told me how important it is. Which magnesium do you take? That’s a great question. I think it’s citrate. Citrate, but I actually think it varies depending on what my team get me. Yes. Yeah. Um, but that’s good to know cuz I’ll think about my bowels. I take creatine. Yeah. Um there’s this fiber supplement that I take because I did a couple of blood tests and um they said that fiber would help this particular fiber supplement would help reduce my LDL y cholesterol. Yeah. And multivitamin to cover everything to cover everything. That’s probably I mean that sounds okay really. Yeah. I mean one of the worries that or one of the clinical things I find is honestly if you ask people how many supplements they’re taking is a carrier bag comes in and there’s a blue one and a yellow one and it is possible to overs supplement quite easily particularly maybe vitamin D you can know various uh vitamins you handed this as well oh that’s vitamin D fine fine so I think that that’s I would agree with you basically mine’s mine’s also going um off my blood test results. So, I’ve done two blood test results. Actually, I’ve done two blood test results in the last month. One with Function Health, who are a partner of ours, a sponsor of ours, and another one with um with Nico Health, which is actually a company that I’ve just invested a couple of million quid into, which is this health testing company. Have you heard about Nika Health? You walk in, $299, whatever. You lay down, you get all of your your sort of blood tests done. You get all of these incredible tests done on your body. Um, they show like how, you know, how how good your circulation is from your like neck to your toes. You stand in front of this scanner. It takes like 2,000 3,000 photos of your body, tracks all of your moles, tracks your heartbeat, does all of these incredible things. And then instead of waiting 2 weeks for the results, you walk into a room and your entire body is on this screen. Yes. And you can look at, you know, all these different parts of your body. They do the blood tests at the very start and then literally like it felt like 20 minutes later I’m in a room. I’ve got my blood test results back. I can see my entire body. They’re going through my LDL, my this, my that, the other. They’re showing my heartbeat. They’re showing every single mole in my body. And it cost £299. And you get the results then. And I my alternative, and this is me really plugging, the alternative that I used to do every year was this. Honestly, I’ll be honest. It was this £7,000 health screening where I’d take it would take me 6 7 hours and I’d get the results back in 2 weeks. So, what Nico have tried to do, it’s actually a company started by the founder of Spotify, Daniel. And yes, so I did my blood test the other day and both my function health test and my my Nico health test said the same thing. And then I took those results and I I processed them using some AI tools and said like what am I deficient in? And one of the things I was deficient in was omega-3. That was the other one. uh omega-3, vitamin D. I had high LDL and so they said this fiber thing would be really good for you. And yeah, those were the main things. Otherwise, I was great, but yeah, high LDL. I think one just that makes me think of something when you’re screening. I think the important point is that you don’t just scare people that it has to be linked to what can you do about it. So, I’ve had a lot of experience of scared patients. Mhm. So GPS, we we’re we worry about screening cuz what happens is people do that and then people get scared and use up loads of appointments in the health service trying to sort out. So what what’s good is if you do screening that relates to actionable points and then you help the people understand what they can do. Yeah. And avoid leaving them as just worried. Exactly. Because that is for you, you know, if if I can, I might be able to tell you accurately, you’re going to die, aged, whatever, of whatever. But if you can’t do anything about it, you don’t want to know. Yeah. What you do want to know is what can I what can I take action on? What can I You know, it’s about optimizing, isn’t it? The things I hate about the health checking process before Nico was like I hated how expensive it was. And that’s quite it’s quite a privileged thing to be able to get a health a full body health scan especially like so but now you can do it for 2.99 but then it was I walked into a room straight away with a doctor and the doctor sat me down beautiful screen of my body and was like do this this this is fine this is fine and she was so nice about it but yeah I say that cuz I’m so passionate about it cuz I realize there’s a certain privilege that people that are able to access private healthcare have that I think is really really unfair. Well, obviously I I think that’s unfair because I only work in the health service. Yeah. The state self. I don’t do anything other. I won’t take private patients or because I think it it would be wrong. And because don’t you think health inequality is getting really bad? Yes, exactly. Really bad. And it kind of troubles me. And also if you you start in the UK and you go northwards, it just gets worse and worse and and the states is the same where it’s not like the same nation. Oh my gosh. You know, if you go to California, there’s one kind of a thing and then you go elsewhere and it’s not the same. But hopefully this is changing. Um this is I I Well, I think social media helps because it don’t cost much, does it, to go on social media and find out things. Exactly. and people like you who have um increasing increasingly loud voice across lots of podcasts and who are reaching millions and millions and millions and millions and millions of people um and teaching them. What’s difficult though is not to become confused, you know, because you have the newspaper saying eggs are good, eggs are bad, and then you have this expert who’s saying this and another expert saying the other. I think what I’ve tried to do is base what I say on real world data and that’s different. So I’m I’m very careful to take baseline data from my patients and then update it all the time. So what I’m the publications I’ve done are based on the real world, the health service in the north of the UK. I can’t cherrypick my patients. I’m allocated my patients by the state. So I I can’t just pick wealthy people or people that will live longer. I’m allocated people and that’s that. So part of what I do is proof of concept because if you can achieve this in the north of England near Liverpool and if other people can replicate it in Australia, New Zealand, North America, maybe it’s true perhaps. Dr. David Unwin, we have a closing tradition on this podcast where the last guest leaves a question for the next, not knowing who they’re leaving it for. And the question left for you, yeah, is I’m sure the guests will figure out who left this one. Um, if humanity organized to make contact with a more intelligent species, who should represent humanity and why? Funny. God, that’s a brilliant question. Who should

    The first person, this is a person I’m going to nominate. What about David Atenburgh? you know, he’s 100 years old and he spent so long um thinking about the planet and wouldn’t he be a wonderful ambassador and because I am passionate about biodiversity, I’m passionate about sustainable agriculture and sustainable food. I pick David As. I think that’s a wonderful choice. I think the aliens would really like him. They would. They would. That’s my answer. Thank you so much for what you do. Um, you’re really remarkable in a way that’s quite rare. And listen, I would know because feedback. I love feedback. No, you really are remarkable. You’re really remarkable in a way that’s very rare. And I don’t say this to all of my guests, but you are for a variety of reasons. Okay, I’m going to give you all of the feedback. Thank you. The first the first the most notable is you’re a very kind human and the way that you speak is very nice to listen to. Again, rare. The other thing that I noticed is you’re very, very, very natural and good at telling stories. And listen, why does this matter? Because the human brain, from what I’ve discovered from doing this podcast, is really orientated towards stories. Now, you could sit here and say banana bad or you could say magnesium good, but I’ll never forget the cow story. Yeah. You know, I’ll never forget the cow story. I could have I could have forgotten that magnesium good, magnesium bad. But the way that you tell these stories is so captivating that it enables me to learn in a way that is engaging and that is rare, very very rare. And the other is just um your your depth of experience, your humility, your willingness to admit when you were wrong, which means that I trust you so much with what you’re telling me because you’re you’re saying, “Listen, I’m I’m an imperfect human, too. I’ve made mistakes both in myself, with my patients, and this is what I’ve learned from it.” And um the other thing is just your ability to simplify. It’s remarkable. Listen, I sit here all day with super geniuses from this university and Harvard and Stanford and whatever else and I’m struggling to understand what the hell they’re talking about because they don’t take a second to build the bridge between the science and the average person and you do that so naturally. So I I have no I have no surprise coming from you that means a great deal. It really does. Thank you. It’s just what 40 years in general practice does to you. Because if you wish to be effective and if you notice as in the grin model, I’m I’m watching your face. I’m watching an audience and I’m reading how I’m doing or you’re getting bored or I need to move on or whatever. And that’s what I do with patients. I watch very carefully. But coming from you because you really do know because you’ve had all sorts. So that means such a lot. It’s a really rare skill. actually cuz it’s so rare. I would just implore you to do more. And I know you’re only doing so much, but it’s like it’s so rare that you can have such a massive impact. Yeah. You know, so I really I really wish Well, we need to talk about how them how we So, I’m trying to get bigger on Twitter, so this will help me um immensely. Um Well, how can the audience help? How can the audience help you with your mission? Well, lowcarbgp on Twitter. Please follow me on X, low carb GP. The other thing that would help very much is to support the British charity that I set up, the public health collaboration. Um, it’s our 10y year anniversary. We set up, these were clinicians who got together, 16 clinicians said, “How are we doing rubbish? Can we do better? Can we give clearer public health advice?” So, it’s called the public health collaboration. So, please, please support our charity. Go online, find out about it, come to our conferences. I’d also say notice each of us is on a journey. Be clear about your goals. Notice what works for you because that’s what you’re doing. And each of us see yourself as an experiment. Don’t be frightened of experimenting. But if you’re going to experiment, notice, measure something, measure something, and then you’ll see how you’re doing. Um, and I I one thing I think that gives me hope is continuous glucose monitors because you’re getting, you know, individualizing right there. How is my blood sugar? I can check mine in a minute and see how I’m doing. I think continuous glucose monitors, which by the way are only 20 $30 on on Amazon or Yeah. I I would think, you know what, if you loved your dad or you had somebody and it’s Christmas and you could buy a useless ornament or something and they don’t need it anyway, but would they be interested to find out about their blood sugar? Yeah, you could maybe consider. You’d ask them first, but if they’ve if they’ve got a mobile phone, they could try a continuous glucose monitor and find out. Have you Have you tried one? I have. I have. What did you learn? I mean, so much I learned. Ah, well, did you learn? I learned that all these things I thought were had no sugar in them. Have loads of sugar in them. I had no idea about ketchup. I thought it was And the point is once you’ve seen it on your phone, you can’t then see it. No. And I see them as the the cavalry coming over the hill because we can’t be fooled much longer. Do more. I’m just going to look at seeing what my blood sugar is right now. So, can I just show you? Oh, wow. So, what that is, that’s somebody with type 2 diabetes. But look, my blood sugar is absolutely level. Wow. And that’s good. uh because you want it. But look how how level it is. And that is because I don’t eat stuff that puts up my blood sugar. If I was to have some of those, you’d get a um you’d get a spike. But that’s feedback. Also means if I get very stressed, it puts up my blood sugar. And you’ve been so kind. I haven’t been stressed. Great. Thank God for that. So other podcasters are not as gentle and kind as you and I get a horrible spike. So I was going to open. Here’s some feedback for you, Steven. So, you and I have been together for a few hours, and my blood sugar, I felt safe, so you’ve done your job, too. And there’s some feedback for you. No spiking. I’ll tell you a final story. A final story. Um, so type 2 diabetes is brand new as a problem for pediatricians. What is a pediatrician? So a pediatrician is a doctor who specializes in the diseases of children, people under 16 years old. And the the the international problem is that children everywhere are now suffering from type 2 diabetes. Okay. But the pediatricians have had no training because it’s a new disease. So um a large group of pediatricians sent for me and said please do a keynote and teach us what to do because they although they’re specialists they haven’t experiencing type 2 diabetes. This is a new disease of children what we’re doing what we’re doing. Leave it at that. We didn’t show the fuagra but I’ll eat some of that later. Dr. David Anwin. Thank you. We’re done. Fabulous.

  • 重磅!OpenAI絕密文件洩露:AI留給人類的時間只剩3年了?!最先被取代的是竟然是這些人…30分鐘看懂AI的過去和未來

    大家好,我是小巫幻想动作帮。今天三月初,一份疑似同OpenAI内部泄露的“核弹级”文件开始在互联网上疯传。文件来源于一个名为Vancouver1717的Twitter账户,该账户注册于2023年7月,只有两条推文:一条写着“2030年AGI将诞生”,另一条便是这份题为Q*(Q-Star)信息的PDF文件。文件开头的第一句话就非常震撼:说OpenAI将于2027年创造出相当于人类智慧的AGI。

    所谓AGI是Artificial General Intelligence的缩写,即通用人工智能,或者叫做强人工智能。与目前已经普及的、主要用于完成某一特定任务的弱人工智能不同,AGI强人工智能能够执行通用任务,可以像人类一样思考和学习,具有自主意识和情感。多少人都认为AGI的出现将标志着科幻电影中AI全面接管人类工作和生活的场景成为现实。这份题为Q信息的文档声称,OpenAI早在2022年就开始训练一个具有125万亿个参数的多模态模型,该模型名为Q。OpenAI在2023年12月份完成了对Q*的初步训练,但由于算力成本过高,发布时间被一再推迟。

    目前计划将于2027年发布使用Q*模型的GPT-8,届时该模型将全面实现AGI,智能程度相当于智商145的人类。这是一个什么样的概念呢?一般人的智商在85到115之间,人类智商的平均值大约是100;智商大约130就可以被视为是天才了,爱因斯坦的智商是160,而智商145的人工智能足以碾压绝大多数人类的智商。如果这份文件内容属实的话,那么AI留给人类的时间只剩下三年了。

    虽然有不少网友质疑文件的真实性,但文件中提到的神秘项目Q其实早就在去年11月份就在网上广为流传了。去年11月份,OpenAI的CEO兼联合创始人之一的山姆·奥尔特曼曾经短暂被免职。就在山姆被免职的前一天,他曾在活动上发表了一些引人猜测的言论,比如:“这是我们创造的工具,还是我们创造的生物?这将是我们最大的更新。”很多人将其解读为OpenAI此时已经创造出了AGI。山姆被免职4天后,OpenAI的秘密人工智能模型Q就被泄露了出来。网络一度盛传山姆被免职的真正原因,可能是在Q*项目上和其他OpenAI的高层产生了意见分歧。这一系列爆炸性的新闻让人不禁好奇:AI究竟发展到哪种程度了?如果说我们之前讲过的元宇宙、Web 3还有一些噱头的成分的话,那么AI无疑是一场真正的技术革命。但凡对世界趋势有那么一丁点敏感度的人,都能意识到我们正处在一场百年一遇的大变局的节点上。有人说未来AGI将毁灭人类,也有人说目前人工智能还是渣渣,根本不足为据。今天我们就来深挖一下人工智能的过去和未来。视频比较长,希望大家可以耐心看到最后,因为最后我会结合各路专家的意见,剖析一下AI可能会给各行各业的人带来的影响,相信一定会对你今后的工作和生活带来帮助。

    想要看清AI的未来,就一定要了解AI的过去,因为借镜历史才能预测未来嘛。而提到AI的诞生,绕不开的一个话题便是图灵测试了。1950年,第一台商用计算机还没有被造出来,但英国计算机科学家、数学家艾伦·图灵就在他的一篇题为《计算机与智能》的论文中提出了判断机器是否具有智慧的一套方法。这套方法诞生6年后,人工智能这个术语才被提出来。

    图灵的一生既传奇又悲凉。二战时期,他曾经协助盟军破译德军密码,拯救了千万英国人的生命,但最终却因为同性恋饱受歧视走上绝路。关于图灵的故事,我之后会在会员视频中跟大家细聊,现在我们先回到图灵测试。图灵测试其实是一个思想实验,其具体内容是邀请一台机器A和一个正常人B参与实验,实验的评估员是人类C。C无法看到A和B,但是它可以询问二者一系列的问题。如果经过一番询问后,C无法辨别A与B的不同,则代表机器通过了图灵测试。图灵的观点是:如果我们无法区分机器和人类,那么我们就无法否认机器也在思考。接下来的事情可能连图灵本人都是没有想到的,图灵测试被提出四年后,图灵与世长辞,之后的数十年里,图灵测试演化为了衡量AI智能发展水平的重要标识,堪称AI界的北极星。

    一代又一代的研究者乐此不疲地积极尝试,试图让自己发明的程序通过图灵测试。60年代美国计算机协会ACM还设立了图灵奖,专门奖励对计算机事业做出突出贡献的个人。1956年8月,美国达特茅斯学院数学系助理教授(后来1971年的图灵奖获得者)约翰·麦卡锡和信息论之父香农等人组织了一场长达两个月的研讨会。会议的主题在当时看来极其不食人间烟火,那就是:如何能让机器模仿人类学习以及其他方面的智能。会议召开的地点是在美国汉诺斯小镇宁静的达特茅斯学院中,因此这场会议也被称为达特茅斯会议。开会之前,为了拿到美国洛克菲勒基金会的赞助,麦卡锡等人不得不给会议主题想一个高大上的名字——Artificial Intelligence(人工智能)这个词应运而生。达特茅斯会议举行的年份1956年,后来也被很多人认为是AI元年。这场会议结束后的20年间,是AI发展的第一个黄金时期,各种学派和研究方向层出不穷,可谓是华山论剑、各显神通。

    在AI诞生之初,由于对自身学科的定位非常模糊,很快就衍生出了很多不同的学派,比如符号主义学派、连接主义学派、行为主义学派、频率学派、贝叶斯学派等等。其中占主导位置的是符号、连接、行为三大学派。符号学派强调将知识化为符号和逻辑,初衷是把逻辑运算自动化;连接学派模拟人大脑神经元的连接机制,通过人工方式构造神经网络训练系统产生智能;行为学派则模拟人的行为,认为人工智能的产生是系统与环境交互的结果。80年代之前,符号主义学派力压群雄,被认为是第一代人工智能,而如今大行其道则是以深度学习为代表的连接主义学派。

    下面我们就来展开讲讲这三大学派的江湖之争。符号主义学派的专家们认为,人类认知和思维的基本单元是符号,主张将人类所有的知识符号化,然后把包罗万象的符号组织起来,构建知识水晶球,形成如笛卡尔所言的人类思想字母表,这样就可以对所有未知问题进行推理形成答案了。例如在符号主义学派眼中,苹果这个物体可以用大小、颜色、种类、重量等符号来表达,符号之间用if-then语句来连接就形成了规则。举个简单的例子:if一个苹果的种类是红富士 AND 这个苹果是红色的,then这个苹果熟了。Every一种动物会飞 AND 这种动物有羽毛,then这种动物是鸟。另外,符号主义学派还非常擅长处理结构化数据,例如在1秒钟之内算出圆周率小数点后800位,花了医生时间才推算出了35位的德国科学家鲁道夫,如果能多活350年,一定会被吓得目瞪口呆。但符号主义学派AI遇到自然语言、图像、音频之类非结构化数据时就有点手足无措了。比如有这样两句话:A.四川火锅比日料更好,因为它很辣;B.四川火锅比日料更好,因为它不辣。问:四川火锅到底辣不辣?就这么一个问题,就足以把绝大多数符号主义AI系统给干趴下了。但是但凡一个有点中国文化背景的人,都能很容易地读懂:在A句中,“它”指的是四川火锅,而在B句中,“它”指的是日料,所以结论是四川火锅是辣的。而想要得出这个结论,不但要处理语义语境的问题,还要有一定的常识,这是符号主义学派AI很难做到的。

    AI的连接主义学派恰好能够弥补符号主义学派在处理非结构化数据时的不足。有一种观点是,人类之所以能够称霸地球,是因为人类是所有动物中唯一具有抽象思维能力的。所谓的抽象思维,是把某种事物的重要特征提取出来,不重要的特征扔掉的过程。研究表明,人类大脑中含有500到1000亿个神经元,每个神经元有多达1万个突触,形成了庞大的互联网络,构成了思维和行为的基础。AI的连接主义学派又被称为仿生学派,主张模仿人类的神经元,用神经网络的连接机制来实现人工智能。这是一个简化了的神经网络算法的示意图,图中的每一个圆圈可以被当成人脑中的一个神经元,每一个神经元都有一个阈值,达到阈值,神经元就会被激活。我举一个极其通俗易懂的例子,就能够让你瞬间理解神经网络算法的工作原理:假如说我现在要去相亲,介绍人给我拿来了男嘉宾的资料X1、X2、X3、X4,分别代表着身高、颜值、收入和性格,是从男嘉宾身上提取出来的重要特征。如果男嘉宾的身高大于1米75且颜值比肩吴彦祖,那么神经元T1将被触发,我会进一步考量男嘉宾的过往恋爱史;如果男嘉宾的月收入过了1万且性格温和,那么神经元T2将被触发,我会进一步考量男嘉宾的居住地,看他跟我是不是异地;如果男嘉宾的收入没有过1万但是过了5千,且颜值还算过得去,那么神经元T3将被触发,我会进一步询问男嘉宾的家境。最后T1、T2、T3的值会汇总,我会得出结论这个男嘉宾值不值得一见。假设介绍人给我拿出来了1000份男嘉宾的资料,这个神经网络每看一份资料,就相当于被训练了一次。被训练1000次之后,它可能会比我更了解我心目中理想型男嘉宾究竟是什么样的人,这就是如今神经网络算法自我学习的过程。

    当然了,连接主义学派发展初期的算法还远没有这么聪明。1957年,美国人工智能领域著名心理学家罗森布拉特在康奈尔航空实验室中,发明了史上第一台可以模仿人类感知能力的机器,罗森布拉特称之为感知器。不比如今复杂的多层神经网络算法,感知器是一种最简单形式的单层人工神经网络,可以进行二元线性分类。罗森布拉特用感知器成功识别出了多个英文字母,这在当时还是非常有轰动效应的。60年代初,美国国防高级研究计划局(DARPA)等政府机构曾向AI这一新兴领域注入了大笔资金,罗森布拉特也因为他的感知器从美国联邦政府那里拿到了不少钱。不过好景不长,1969年,符号主义学派代表人物、同时也是达特茅斯会议发起人之一的麻省理工学院教授马文·明斯基写了一本名为《感知器》的书,抨击了罗森布拉特的感知器——连异或问题都解决不了,还能干什么用?恰好那一年马文·明斯基就获得了图灵奖,在业界名声大噪,他的这本书直接把连接主义学派给写死了。

    有人可能会好奇了,那么异或问题究竟是什么呢?异或问题的英文是exclusive OR,代码用XOR表示。A异或B的维恩图是这样的,代表着A或者B,但不包括A和B重叠的部分。是不是一头雾水?先别着急,换台,还是以我相亲的事件为例。假设现在有个男嘉宾小高,他的身高很高但颜值不行,我跟介绍人说我愿意去见见;还有个男嘉宾小帅,身高不行但是颜值还不错,我说我也愿意去见见。不过有个男嘉宾高帅,身高又高、长得又帅,我就跟介绍人说了:“这人我不见了。”介绍人一头雾水说为啥呀?我说,我觉得呀,这人又高又帅,他肯定看不上我,这去见也是浪费我的时间。还有一个男嘉宾黑蛋,身高不行、颜值也不行,我说这我也不见了,没什么亮点。所以大家可以看出来,我的择偶条件是:要么高,要么帅,但是你不能既高又帅,这就是异或问题。这里我用X轴表示颜值,用Y轴表示身高,把小高、小帅、高帅、黑蛋四个人都放在坐标里,是这个样子的。你会发现,如果我让你用一直线去给这四个人分组,不管怎么分,都不可能把符合我要求的和不符合我要求的完美分开。因为罗森布拉特的感知器只能解决二元线性分类,就相当于用一条直线来给四个人分组,这显然是实现不了的嘛。所以明斯基说,感知器屁用都没有。在这波符号主义学派和连接主义学派的PK当中,符号主义学派完胜,这也导致了接下来的十几年里,连接主义学派的成绩惨淡。

    三大学派中还有一派是行为主义学派,也被称为是进化主义学派。这类学派的专家们主张,智能产生的过程就是感知外界环境并给出相应反应的过程。生物智能是自然进化的结果,生物通过与环境交互而发展出来越来越强的智能,人工智能也可以沿着“感知加行动”这个路径发展,即遇山开路、遇水搭桥,遇到了障碍物就躲开,遇到了垃圾就扫干净。这套路听起来是不是非常熟悉呢?没错,如今广泛应用的扫地机器人就是行为主义学派的研究成果。除了扫地机器人,工业生产中使用的机械臂也离不开行为主义学派的贡献。不过不管是扫地机器人还是机械臂,涉及的都是非常简单的机器与环境之间的交互,目前我们的技术还无法造出像人类一样具有极其丰富感知系统的智能机器人。

    在1956年到1974年的第一个黄金发展期过后,AI的相关研究遭遇了两次寒冬。第一次寒冬的诱因是一篇题为《人工智能普查报告》的论文。AI这个概念诞生之初,很多专家和学者都对其抱有一些不切实际的幻想。比如1958年,美国计算机科学家、人工智能符号学派代表人物赫伯特·西蒙就曾经预言说:“再过十年,计算机就能问鼎国际象棋世界冠军。”但是要实现这个预言是需要强大的算力作为支撑的。在国际象棋里,每走一步可以有25到35种选择,我们取个中间值30吧。当然了我方每走一步,对方也会有25到35种不同的应对方法。那么如果机器想要走一步看10步的话,就需要计算第一步我方的30种走法乘以第一步对方的30种走法乘以第二步我方的30种走法……一直乘到第10步我方和对方的30种走法,也就是说需要进行30的20次方次的运算。六七十年代没有任何一台电脑可以承载这样的计算量,要知道当时登月的阿波罗11号的导航计算机的算力还不如今天的一部智能手机呢。

    符号主义学派的发展需要算力,连接主义学派的发展不仅需要算力还需要海量的数字作为训练机来训练模型,行为主义学派的发展则需要能够支撑机器与环境交互的先进算法。算力、数据、算法是AI发展的三大要素,而在那个年代一个都不具备。不切实际的研发目标带来的是接二连三的项目失败,期望落空。有人甚至打了这样一个比方来讽刺六七十年代AI领域的研究成果:说人类想要登上月球就造了一个梯子,然后用这个梯子爬上了一棵树,之后就自豪地宣布称,现在我们已经向月球迈进了一大步。1973年,英国应用数学家莱特希尔爵士发表了一篇题为《人工智能普查报告》的论文,表达了对大量投资未能产生预期收益的失望,结论是不应该再往AI这个无底洞里面继续砸钱了。此后AI领域的研究经费锐减,AI研究迎来了第一个六年寒冬。直到1980年,卡内基梅隆大学为美国电脑公司DEC开发了XCON订单专家系统,AI的研究才打破寒冬,进入了第二个高速发展期。

    专家系统可以被认为是符号主义学派的进一步发展,该系统一般有两个部分组成:知识库与推理引擎。知识库是一群专家提供的某一领域的专业知识和经验,而推理引擎则可以模拟专家的思维过程,从而做出推理和判断,提出解决问题的方案。以XCON订单专家系统为例,当客户订购DEC公司的计算机时,XCON可以按照客户需求自动配置零部件,在投入使用的6年间共处理了8万个订单,准确率高达95%,为DEC公司节省了4000万美金的资金。1980年到1987年间,人工智能领域的研究几乎都是围绕专家系统展开的。但专家系统也是有它的弊端的,它的适用值仅限于某些比较特定的领域,而且知识采集难度大,运维费用也很高。在基于规则的专家系统当中,知识是用一组规则来表达的。为了构建专家系统,程序员需要和人类专家坐下来共同探讨哪些规则适用、哪些不适用。比如有一条规则是“鸟会飞”,还有一条规则是“企鹅是鸟”,那么专家系统很有可能会得出一个推理结论:企鹅会飞。但显然这是有违常识的,我们还要在知识库中再录入一条规则:鸟会飞,但是企鹅除外。在那个年代,所有的规则录入都依赖人工,机器无法做到自主学习规则,这就让专家系统的运维成本提高了。80年代末万维网的诞生也大大提高了知识获取的便利性。不久后,人们对专家系统的狂热追捧就又转变成为巨大的失望,人工智能的发展陷入了第二次低谷。

    但是仍然有一批科学家在热爱和强烈的科学责任感的驱使下,选择留在了这一领域深耕。时间转眼来到了1997年5月11日,这天由IBM开发的国际象棋超级计算机“深蓝”以两胜一负三平的成绩战胜了国际象棋世界冠军加里·卡斯帕罗夫,成为了第一台击败世界冠军的电脑。赫伯特·西蒙曾经的预言成真了,虽然这个预言晚实现了29年。此事件标志着一直持续至今的AI研究热潮的复苏。而深蓝能够成功击败人类,最大的功臣应该是计算机算力的提升了。深蓝的基础算法就是我们刚才所讲解的暴力穷举法,即依靠强大的算力穷举并评估所有路数来选择最佳策略。深蓝靠硬算可以预判12步,每一秒可以完成2亿步棋的计算,而当时的世界冠军卡斯帕罗夫凭经验只能预判10步。

    在深蓝出圈的同年,北卡罗来纳大学的物理学家马克·古布鲁德首次提出了AGI这个概念。AGI的直译是通用人工智能,有时也被称为是强人工智能或者超级人工智能,与其相对应的是弱人工智能。专家系统、深蓝以及后来的AlphaGo,甚至是一如如今的ChatGPT都属于是弱人工智能。他们只能在某一特定领域完成某种特定任务,例如配置零部件、下象棋、下围棋、翻译等等。而AGI正如其名字,可以在广泛的环境中像人类一样表现出高度的灵活性和智慧。

    深蓝的出圈为AI的符号主义学派争了一口气,但与此同时,连接主义学派也在悄悄地崛起。这里就不得不提到一个人物了:深度学习之父杰弗里·辛顿。1978年,辛顿在英国爱丁堡大学获得了人工智能博士学位,彼时人工智能领域大行其道的是还是符号主义学派,但是辛顿主打的就是一个不随波逐流。他认为符号主义学派太过僵化,太过依赖于已知的规则,自然界中很多动物是说不出那一套一套的规则的,但依然能够表现出智慧行为,这是因为他们能从经验中学习如何变得聪明,所以辛顿认为:智慧来源于学习能力,而非规则。几十年间,辛顿发表了200多篇论文,凭一己之力开创了深度学习的时代,也成功扭转了连接主义学派的败局。

    辛顿的出发点其实非常的简单,就是“多则不同”,只要把多个感知器连接成一个分层的网络,就能够圆满地解决明斯基的问题了。这是刚才我们讲过的神经网络算法的示意图,多层神经网络装备上反向传播算法这个外挂之后,就可以解决很多复杂的识别和预测问题。2012年,辛顿带领他的团队参加了第三届ImageNet视觉识别挑战赛,他们凭借着全新的深度卷积神经网络AlexNet以压倒性的优势夺得了冠军。至于卷积神经网络是什么,这里就不展开说了,否则大家真的要换台了,你只需要知道它是物体检测和图像识别的利器就可以了。

    进入到21世纪之后,随着互联网大数据的产生和计算机算力的进步提高,各种不同的深度学习算法被先后提出,有的用于语音识别、自然语言处理,有的用于图像生成,AI的连接主义学派开始声名大噪、异军突起。2016年3月15日,谷歌开发的围棋人工智能AlphaGo与韩国九段棋手李世石对弈并以4比1的成绩获胜,这场人机大战成为了人工智能史上一个新的里程碑。有人说之前的深蓝其实胜在算力,而AlphaGo才是真正的人工智能的胜利。其实从惊人的角度来看,深蓝还算不上是智能的,深蓝的算法依旧停留在穷举加搜索最优解的阶段。而国际象棋和围棋在复杂程度上不可同日而语,围棋的变数极多,每一步都有250种可选的下法,而一盘棋可以长达150步,深蓝式的硬算在围棋上显然是行不通的。AlphaGo的胜利更依赖于其精妙的算法。AlphaGo是强化学习和深度学习结合的产物,这也是三大学派的一次联手:符号主义学派输入了围棋规则和棋谱,连接主义学派提供了深度学习的模型,用海量人类围棋比赛的数据来训练AlphaGo,而强化学习算法则来源于行为主义学派,它通过让训练对象不停地和环境进行交互并给予训练对象相应的奖励,使训练对象学会趋利避害,进而做出最优决策。中国棋手柯洁曾这样评价AlphaGo:“感觉就像是一个有血有肉的人在下棋一样,该弃的地方也会弃,该退出的地方也会退出,非常均衡的一个棋风,真是看不出来是出自程序之手。”

    2017年,AlphaGo进一步升级为新版程序AlphaGo Zero,Zero可以完全不依赖任何人类围棋比赛的数据作为训练数据,在只知道比赛规则的情况下自我对弈,经过几天的训练之后,就能够以100比0的成绩击败老前辈AlphaGo。从深蓝到AlphaGo,是人工智能从“算”到“学”的一大进步,经过了半个多世纪的发展,人工智能似乎终于走上了正确的道路,而这一切才刚刚开始。

    2023年,福克斯新闻联系辛顿,希望就人工智能的话题对辛顿进行采访。辛顿喜欢在邮件中使用一些尖刻的黑色幽默,在邮件的结尾处,他说道:“福克斯新闻就是一个Oxymoron。”Oxymoron连在一起是矛盾修辞法的意思,分开写就成为了“敏锐的白痴”。邮件发出后,辛顿灵机一动,在ChatGPT中输入了这句话,他问ChatGPT是否能够理解他的笑话。结果GPT告诉辛顿,他的句子暗示着福克斯新闻都是假新闻,但是福克斯新闻也像奥施康定一样让人上瘾。奥施康定是美国的止痛药,曾经让很多美国人在不知情的情况下染上了毒瘾。GPT这样的回答代表它不仅理解了辛顿的笑话,而且还回抛给辛顿了一个奥施康定的梗。辛顿意识到,人工智能的一个新时代已经到来了。

    2022年11月,位于美国旧金山的人工智能研究公司OpenAI推出了全新对话式AI模型ChatGPT-3.5,上线不到一周的时间就突破了100万的用户,上线两个月后已经拥有上亿用户,成为了史上用户增长速度最快的应用程序。ChatGPT发布后,OpenAI的估值已经飙升至800亿美金,而投资OpenAI的微软不仅获得了丰厚的投资回报,股价更是一路高歌猛进,终于在老竞争对手谷歌面前硬气了一回。这还没完,2023年3月12日ChatGPT-4正式上线,带来了图像输入功能,给他一堆食材的照片,他可以迅速告诉你用这些食材可以做出什么样的食物。输出量上也有了显著的提升,一次输出可以达到25000个单词,胡编乱造的答案也明显少了许多,遇到伦理和敏感问题时给出的答案也更加安全。

    3月27日,OpenAI发布了GPT-4的技术报告,报告中的很多数据让人脊背发凉。测试显示,相比GPT-3.5,GPT-4的智能程度有了质的飞跃,在美国生物奥赛和GRE Verbal考试中能够击败99%的参赛学生,在律师资格考试中也能够战胜90%的人类。最恐怖的是,就像辛顿感受到的那样,GPT-4已经能够理解人类的笑点了。比如这张图,GPT-4能够清楚地说出图中的幽默是:将一个过时的VGA连接线插入了一个小型现代智能手机的充电接口。技术报告的最后,OpenAI团队总结说道:“GPT-4及其后续模型无疑将以有意和有害的两种形式给人类社会带来巨大的影响。”其中“有害”一词显得格外意味深长。要直到就在这份技术报告发布的一周前,生命未来研究所写了一封题为《暂停大型人工智能研究》的公开信,呼吁所有AI实验室立即暂停训练比GPT-4更强大的人工智能系统,至少6个月,并利用这6个月的时间制定监督和规范AI发展的安全协议。截止到我写这篇文案时,已经有将近3万4千人在在这封公开信上签名了,其中包括首富埃隆·马斯克、苹果联合创始人史蒂夫·沃兹尼亚克、深度学习之父杰弗里·辛顿、Stability AI创始人艾马德等数千名科技界的领导人和专家学者。值得一提的是,有网友发现OpenAI的CEO山姆的名字也曾经短暂地出现在公开信的签名处,但不久后就神秘消失了。

    生命未来研究所在信中接着问道:我们是否应该把所有的工作都自动化,包括那些有成就感的工作?我们是否应该开发机器大脑,让他们比人脑还多、比人脑还聪明,最终淘汰我们、取代我们?我们是否应该冒文明失控的风险去开发AI?2023年5月1日,在谷歌工作了十余年的深度学习之父杰弗里·辛顿宣布从谷歌辞职。起初有人猜测是谷歌的内部管理出现了问题,但后来辛顿在一次采访中提到,他离职的真正原因是:他想要自由地讨论AI的潜在风险。他表示说:“我对我毕生所研究的东西感到后悔了。”随后《纽约时报》更是以《当AI教父开始恐惧他的造物》为题,写了一篇关于辛顿的人物传记。当人工智能开创者摇身一变成了AI末日论的吹哨人,是否代表着人工智能产业的发展已经失速了呢?众所周知,首富埃隆·马斯克也曾经不止一次地警告过AI的危险性。他在纪录片《你信任这台电脑吗》中说:“如果AI想要实现一个目标,恰好人类就挡在这条路上,那么AI会毫不客气地灭了人类,并不是因为AI对人类抱有什么邪恶的感情,只是因为人类恰好就在这条路上。就像我们要修一条路,而这条路上有一个蚂蚁窝一样,我们并不讨厌蚂蚁,但对不起了,拜拜了蚂蚁。”

    我想诸如马斯克以及辛顿这样的大佬惧怕的并不是ChatGPT这一款AI产品或者是OpenAI这一家公司,他们惧怕的是这场正在如火如荼进行的AI竞赛会把人类带上一条不归路。毕竟过去的这一年可谓是AI研究领域神仙打架的一年。2023年1月,谷歌推出MusicLM模型,这是一种能从文本描述中生成高保真音乐的模型;2月微软发布ChatGPT版搜索引擎New Bing;3月百度推出大语言模型文心一言,在理解中文和中国文化上有很好的表现。几乎是在同一时间,AI图像生成领域的佼佼者MidJourney发布了他们的第五代模型,由它生成的一张中国情侣的图片因效果酷似真人而火爆出圈。第五代模型处理人物细节的能力得到了明显的提升,之前的机型“手部漂浮”、“四肢扭曲”的问题都得到了解决。9月,Stability AI推出音乐生成器Stable Audio,和MusicLM一样,可以基于文本描述自动生成音乐。今年2月,OpenAI又重磅推出了视频生成模型Sora,一句文本描述即可生成一段高清视频。显然生命未来研究所的那封公开信没能让各大科技公司停下脚步,我也不认为这AI竞赛在未来有减速的可能。就像当年美苏争霸创造了登月奇迹一样,这场AI竞赛是会创造奇迹还是怪物,谁都无法给出一个准确的答案,而我们普通人能做的就是全副武装、拥抱未来。

    2023年3月,OpenAI发布了一篇AI对劳动力市场潜在影响的早期观察报告,报告指出80%的美国劳动力市场会受到轻度的影响,19%的美国劳动力市场会受到重度的影响,这19%的工作岗位中至少有50%的工作任务会被AI取代。受影响最大的职业包括翻译工作、作家、记者、数学家、财务工作者、区块链工程师等等。视觉中国的一篇报道指出,目前最不容易被AI取代的岗位是那些需要面对面互动或者是精准肢体技能的岗位,例如泥水匠、电工、美发师、医生和护士等等。但我个人认为这些职业能坚挺多久实在是不好说,毕竟机器人领域的发展也是非常迅速的。计算机科学研究者、创新工场CEO李开复认为:在未来,需要创意性、社交能力、协商能力的工作是最不容易被取代的;而无须天赋,经过短暂训练即可快速上岗的职位,以及涉及大量重复性劳动的职位,是最容易被取代的。通过AI发展的这70年,可以说是道阻且长的70年,有高速发展期也有低谷期,三大学派也是各领风骚数十年。

    回到视频开头提到的Q*项目和图灵实验,有人可能好奇:ChatGPT现在已经这么聪明了,那么它通过图灵测试了吗?刚才讲解图灵测试的时候,我其实省略了一个细节,那就是评估员C是一群人,而不是一个人。测试结果的评判也是有标准的,每个评估员C都会提出来一大堆问题,如果机器A能让平均每个评估员做出超过30%的误判,那么就算机器A通过了测试。2023年10月,美国圣地亚哥加利福尼亚大学的两名研究员进行了一场关于ChatGPT是否能够通过图灵测试的研究,研究结果显示GPT-3.5的得分是14%,也就是平均让每个评估员做出了14%的误判;GPT-4的得分是41%,按照30%的标准,GPT-4算是通过了图灵测试。有意思的是,真人在测试中的得分也不是满分,是63%。不过值得指出的一点是,一直以来图灵测试都是比较有争议的,因为图灵测试只侧重于语言上的互动,而大型语言模型就是为模仿人类交流而生的。即使GPT通过了图灵测试,我们就能说GPT拥有了自我意识,是强人工智能AGI了吗?答案显然是否定的。在是否拥有自我意识这个问题上,GPT自己也很诚实。不过这些都不是重点,重点是我们今天正站在一个新时代的起点上。

    如今的AI大模型无疑还有很多不足之处,但那又怎么样呢?谁会要求一个刚刚学会算术的孩子就看得懂微积分方程呢?重要的是它已经做好了持续学习的准备。牛顿时代的物理学架构也不完美,是后来爱因斯坦、麦克斯韦、波尔、狄拉克等人不断地对其补充才有了今天物理学界令人眼花缭乱的成就。Q*项目是否会在2027年造出强人工智能AGI,谁也不知道,但无疑的一点是:在人工智能发展的下一个70年里,必将会涌现出来更多更炸裂的操作。有不少人因为近期AI产业的高速发展而感到焦虑,但我认为有时候焦虑其实也是一件好事,因为它会倒逼我们重新认识自己。就像复旦大学计算机系教授肖仰华所说的那样:“我们从来没有像今天一样,可以在镜子里看到一个跟我们长得一模一样的智能体,那就是新的人工智能。”重新认识我们自己,在人工智能时代是尤为迫切的。还记得标志着AI元年的达特茅斯会议的主题吗?“如何能让机器模仿人类学习以及其他方面的智能。”AI产生智慧并不可怕,可怕的是因为AI的出现,人类从此丧失了思考和持续学习的能力。好了,今天就到这里,我们下期节目见,拜拜。

  • 05/19/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Savvy Social Security Planning – What Baby Boomers Need to Know About Their Retirement Income

    Hello and good evening. I’m going to get started in just another minute or two. I just want to make sure people have a chance to get logged in. I will be right with you. Thank you. Well, good evening everybody. Thank you so much for joining me tonight to talk about what baby boomers need to know about their retirement income, social security planning. So, this is one of our popular topics that we uh uh me and my my whole team that we present. I pro I do this once a quarter. So every three months or so I do this presentation and it’s a very popular one. So we will keep on doing these and hopefully um if you’re seeing this for the first time again thank you for joining me. Hopefully you’ve seen some of our other presentations that we have done as well. I do topics like Medicare uh retirement planning uh market updates. I do many different topics. Long-term care uh you know just annuities I just did not too long ago. So uh but yeah, various topics important for financial education. So it’s something that I do. My name is Joe Gaspari. I am one of the financial consultants here at Alliant. I’ve been with the credit union for almost about 13 years here doing uh investment related uh I’ve been licensed for doing this for a little over 20 years, about 22 actually. Uh so doing this for a good long time. uh talking about investments and putting people’s money to work and mostly planning uh a lot of retirement planning. At the end of this presentation, I’m hoping that you and I could have a conversation one- on-one. I’ll be putting up a survey at the end of the presentation to see if you would like to discuss this topic. And what that means is basically many times when I’m talking to someone, if they say, “Joe, here’s what I have. Here’s what I want. Am I on the right path for retirement? Here’s how much social security I’m going to be getting. Maybe there’s a pension. How much spending are you planning to do in retirement? And this social security presentation is a big part of this uh especially with that retirement plan. Is social security enough? Probably not uh to live on in retirement, but we can certainly put a whole plan together. Um, so I do have actually someone just threw up a question on here and let me get I think it’s right on the next screen here. Uh, so this uh so we are cannot record these presentations for compliance purposes. Uh, and also because other people have tried to record uh these that we can track uh we are not able to have these recorded or we are not able to record this presentation. um for further information. I’m hoping that you and I could have a one-on-one conversation or you can certainly look out for this presentation again, maybe from myself or one of my co-workers might be doing this. So, but unfortunately, yes, we are not able to record and uh distribute these presentations again for compliance purposes. So, what else do I have coming up? I’m going to be doing tax planning. This is a big one for uh that we do uh quite a bit as well and it’s not so much filing tax planning. This has to do with taxes in your retirement or moving forward of what types of accounts, traditional IRA, Roth IRA, um savings, just regular brokerage accounts. How are things taxed? Some might be taxed now, some might be taxed later, and some things are taxed never like life insurance proceeds as an example, Roth IRA distributions. So, there’s many things like that and digging into what taxes mean to you in your retirement. And then with retirement, the seven things to do before you retire, another popular presentation that I do. So, uh, hope you hopefully you’ll see, um, I’ll see you on some of these presentations coming up. You do have access also to, uh, webinars, uh, to see what other topics are available. If you want to grab your camera and take a screenshot of this, uh, so you can have the websites, uh, at your fingertips. Then, um, Invest have a podcast you could listen to and check out our Aerys website and blog. and Aerys meaning Alliant Retirement and Investment Services. So, um you can see uh who we are, what we do, what types of products and services we offer. I can let you know that we do offer and I do offer full financial services from advisory accounts to some things that may have no fees if you’re just looking for guaranteed interest rates maybe better than what CDs can offer. uh many different things if you want to be ultra-conservative, ultraaggressive, or most likely somewhere in between there. Um there I certainly do offer that. But tonight, let’s dig into social security planning. So, we’ll dig into that. People are hurting their retirements by making terrible, costly decisions about social security. Uh things to know, uh you have many claiming options. decisions have far-reaching consequences. If you’re going to take it early, uh as early as you possibly can, then um it’s certainly something you’ll take a reduction in that payment. We’re going to talk all about this. Or if you wait as long as you possibly can, you’re going to get the highest paycheck, but of course for a shorter term, for shorter period of time. Uh choice impacts both spouses. Uh system is not bankrupt, not a Ponzi scheme. benefits are likely to um uh helped a family member and your friends aren’t the experts. One of the things I hear many times is if you were talking to a friend, a neighbor, a relative or someone that might be in the similar age group as you, but uh maybe they decided to take social security early and you might say, “Ah, that was a smart person. Maybe I should take it early.” Um they seem to know what they’re doing. Um or they took it later. Maybe I should take it later. uh what is your situation? This is not a cookie cutter where everybody should do the same thing. Some people might be forced to take theirs early at a reduced amount and some people can afford to wait and take a bigger paycheck later and depending on when you’re would like to retire, what’s your health status and what’s the best for your specific situation. And that retirement plan that I’m going to keep talking about a few many times throughout this presentation is going to help you decide that, you know, based on your specific situation. When I look at how much spending you want to do in retirement, what assets that you have, what other income do you have, including social security, and that will help us determine when you should take it. And if you took it earlier or if you took it later, the plan that we do and we do not charge for this plan. This is a complimentary service that we offer. So, it’s certainly something that I would encourage you to do is say yes at the end of this presentation on that survey. And it is a no cost uh no obligation uh consultation that we could do. And it is a very comprehensive retirement plan. you’d be pretty amazed on what’s uh what information you might get out of that. Uh I will mention also that uh you do have access to the chat box and the Q&A box, the question and answer box. If you do have a question throughout the presentation, ask away. Type it in either one of those, the chat box or the Q&A. And uh if you think of a question, go ahead and type it in. I’ll be taking all of those questions at the end of the presentation.

    So, will Social Security be there for you? How much can you expect to receive? When should you apply for Social Security? And how do you maximize that benefit? And will Social Security be enough to live on in retirement? So, understanding the value of Social Security first, will it be there for you? Here’s a little bit of uh dollars of uh you be might be shocked if you haven’t seen these numbers before, but we have um basically 6.2% 2% of everybody’s paycheck. If you have a job and you’re getting your, you know, your um social security and taxes taken out of there, um 6.2% of your paycheck goes into social security. And if you are working for a company, your company matches that 6.2. So 12.4% of your income. If you happen to be self-employed, you could be paying all 12.4% 4% of that goes into this trust fund and all that money piles up and then money goes in, money goes out. Uh if we looked at, you know, quite a few years ago, there was a lot more money coming in than there is going out. But look now, so I’m going to look in at the very top there, trust fund balance as at the end of 2024, $2.721 trillion. And at the bottom, the trust fund balance at the end of the year is 2.561 trillion. So that balance is lower at the end of 25 than it was at the end of 2024. And we could see that total income in the box there of 2025. $1.449 trillion coming in. You would think that would be a lot of money, but it’s not enough. We have 1.609 609 trillion going um uh going out. So there’s more going out than there is coming in and about $160 billion difference. So big difference of uh when we see that trust fund balance ticking down. Now here’s a little chart to show this. And you see the blue line is the money coming in. That’s out of our paychecks. That’s all the workers and uh everybody 6.2% of their income. The orange line, if you look at the very far left of that, it was lower than the blue line, which means more money was coming in than there was going out. And then at the end, look at it’s a kind of weird that that jumps up in 2008 2009. A lot of unemployment going on at that point. The financial crisis was going on there and a lot of stuff was happening. So uh uh a lot of people retired started their social security during that financial or after that financial crisis time it jumps up and now it’s even going to be increasing. Baby boomers are retiring more than people are coming into the workforce. So we now we have in that 2010 to 2020 where that orange line is higher more money going out than there is coming in. And now then we look at in 2034 2035 range, we’re looking that this might run out. That balance might go to zero. That doesn’t mean social security is going to stop. But if nothing is done in 2034, you could see at the middle box at the bottom there, 2034 where it says 81% basically little over 80% of benefits will be covered by income coming in from all the workers projected at that time starting in 2034. Um, and but will there be a 20-ish% uh deduction in payments? That’s certainly a possibility. So, uh, um, unless something is done and we’re going to look at what are some of the fixites for this. So, we’ve been seeing that more money going out than there is coming in. And as long as there’s people working, there will be uh that tax taken out and it will be funding. But again, starting in 2034, there could be a potential reduction. So, here’s some of the fixit that could uh that could happen. Right now, if you make um up to 184,500, 6.2% of your income goes to social security. If you make anything above that, so let’s say you make 200,000. So we’re talking 15,500 that is not taxed. So you stop paying into social security if you exceed that 184500. Will they eliminate that? Will they be uh will they raise it to maybe 250 or 500 or a million or whatever they might do? Will they change that uh currently and that creeps up every year that number goes up? Just about 2 years ago it was about a 164 164,000. Will they raise a normal retirement age? Currently it’s age 67 for those born 1960 or later. There was talk maybe or should we make it 68 uh or 69 or even uh 70 to get the full retirement amount. Will they lower benefits for future retirees? Will they reduce the cost of living? Currently, there’s an average of about a 2ish% cost of living increase each year. Now, over the last 5 years, there’s been more than that. When we look at 2023 after the big uh inflation year of 2022, inflation skyrocketed that next year in 2023, we saw an 8.9 or 8.7% increase in social security. Uh everyone got that was a massive increase, but considering the inflation we were going through, it kind of matched that with prices increasing. And then there was a 5.9 the next year. Then there was a 3.2 two the next year. Now, these are, of course, now we’re back into the twos again and we’ll see what happens next year with wherever inflation ends up this year. Usually October, early November, they will announce what the increase will be for that next year. Uh, but if I go back the last 25 years or so, back to about two 2000, it’s about a 2% annual increase. Will they take that away or reduce it or will they revamp that somehow? So, we don’t know what’s going to happen in the future. It seems like every election cycle we talk about social security kind of on the table, but it doesn’t ever seem like much gets done with it. So, the bottom line for baby boomers, if you’re already on income right now on social security, most likely not going to be affected, but what’s going to happen with some of the younger folks? So, what’s a clearer way to think about social security? It is an inflation protected income. you paid out of your paycheck uh for all these years. So, you want to be smart about how and when you collect. So, how much could you expect to receive? Um we’ll certainly talk about how your number will be calculated. But social sec social security um offers income you can’t outlive if your monthly benefit is 2,000 today. As we talk about these inflation adjustments, you could see at the bottom where it says assumes a 2% annual cost of living adjustment. If you’re getting 2,000 a month today, right now, $2,000 a month in 10 years, you’ll be getting with two 2% average increases 262,000 plus uh in total income. 20 years on social security is 583,000. 30 years or more, you can be talking very close to that million that you could be taking out of social security. All depends. I don’t know what what our expiration uh each of us individually how long we’re going to be here, but it’s certainly uh something that if you can get a gauge of if you’re 67 and you take it and if you pass away at 77 that’s 10 years or 87 and 20 years when people are living longer. But uh you know again what is your plan? Uh if your benefit is 2,000 today and you do get these 2% average cost of living increases, in 10 years that 2,000 will be a little over 2400. And in 20 years it’s almost 3,000 a month with those 2% annual increases. And in 30 years a little over 3,600.

    How much can you expect to receive? depends on your working career, how much you’ve earned over these years, and the age that you start taking it. So, at age 62, your earnings are uh are calculated, and it’s your highest 35 years of working. Your uh average index monthly earnings uh is what that aime is. Uh so, highest 35 years. So, if you started working at age 16 and let’s say you’re 66 and you have 50 years of working and uh it’s your highest 35. So, if you’re 16, 17, 18, you’re going through maybe school still, maybe in college, and you’re working part-time, uh those lower numbers probably will be falling off as you work more and more years. So, it’s your highest 35. It’s not the last 35. It’s not the first 35. It’s the highest 35 years. And if you are earning higher income now, every year you earn a higher income, a lower number falls off and your average increases. And your final number is calculated at age 62. I could say it won’t go down after that, but it could potentially go up if you continue to work and your average uh keeps increasing, but your number is calculated at that age 62. Um and it could be be increasing over the years with the cost of living adjustments. This is a calculation on here. But basically what this screen why uh it just shows if you worked the maximum and you put in the maximum into your so into social security every year of your working years. The highest that you could earn right now is $4,216.90 a month. So that’s, you know, if you maxed out, if you uh had very good income, maybe you’re going to be in the 36, 38, 3,900 uh range. And if you just maybe average income or lower income or took many years off, maybe raising children, maybe you’re at the 2,2, you know, 22500, but it all depends on how much you’ve earned over the years and again how many years uh and uh what uh age that you do start taking it. So, good to know, but why shouldn’t I claim it as early as age 62 instead of delaying for full retirement age or even age 70? So, if you take it early, your monthly benefit will be reduced. Uh, it also be reduced for taxes, potential taxes. We’re going to talk about how that all works. and Medicare premiums. Medicare, if you are on social security and Medicare, your Medicare payment comes out of your Social Security payment. Uh it’s an automatic that does happen if you are on Medicare, but you are delaying Social Security. Let’s say you start Medicare at age 65 and you don’t take Social Security till 67 or maybe even wait till age 70, you have to send in payments then. And currently Medicare is at I believe it’s 20290 $22.90 for Medicare that comes out and that increases pretty much every year. Uh when should you apply for benefits? Uh I’ll talk a little bit about my dad’s situation for example when we talk about health status, life expectancy and need for income whether or not you plan to work and survivor needs. Uh so my parents situation my dad uh his I think his first heart attack was at age 49. He had a bypass at 51. He had heart attack heart attack heart attack and another bypass at 64. He passed away at age 75. But when he turned 62 he did start his social security early. Kind of a health decision to retire or he did work a part-time thing. He was actually a deacon for the Catholic Church and uh he did uh you know get some part-time income for that but uh um he had to be limited because he did take a social security early. He had to limit what income he could receive but uh he ended up passing away at age 75. Financially it was still a decent decision. Um the easy number if someone said well should I take it early or should I wait? what if I live, you know, a shorter lifespan or what if I live a much longer life? And that age 78 to 80 range is kind of that break even. So if you’re saying, should I take it as early as 62 or should I wait till let’s say 67? Uh what you know what’s going to win? If you live past let’s say age 80, I’m going to say wait to take it. If you say I’m not going to be here until that late, I’m going to I might pass away earlier. So, I’m going to say then maybe you could take it earlier. But of course, we don’t know the expiration date. If we had our birth certificates had an expiration date on them, we can maybe know that and then I could tell you exactly when to take it. I can certainly do some calculations and figure that out. But we just have to put our best educated guess and I could tell you when I do the complimentary retirement plan. If you want to take it earlier or if you want to take it later, I plug in different scenarios. take it at 62 or wait till 67 or maybe even take it at 70. I can run those three different scenarios to see if you took a lower income but you had five more years of income or if you took the higher income at 67 and but that’s less years that you’re taking it or even 70 at a much higher income and even less years where’s that break even now when I do the plan at least it’ll give you a guide to say well whatever I choose if I take it at 62 or 67 or even wait till age 7D. I could show you in the plan that if it does work either way, all three scenarios might be, yep, you can do that if you want to. Then we can make a good educated decision on when you should take it. But at least you will know by doing this plan of at least I know that if I want to take it or maybe a health reason you have to take it earlier, I would be very comfortable in saying, “Yep, all three scenarios. Now, let’s kind of figure out what you want to do. At least we know you can do whatever you wanted to as long as all three of those scenarios do work when we do that plan. Will Social Security be enough to live on in retirement? Again, uh probably not. Um, you know, let’s look at the full retirement ages. So, right now, we’re pretty much done. Everyone aged 1943 or 54 that was at 66, they’re already well beyond that right now. And right now we’re getting into that 1959 age group. Later this year, if even you were born December of 1959, uh your social security, your full is is 66 and 10 months would be this coming October. So right now we’re talking mostly that age 67 and beyond is people that are not on it yet. And uh um so to take it as early as 62 would be that 1964 or later uh would be people that would be take making that decision. So depending when your birth year is uh if you and I are going to work up a plan for you and we can figure out is it even worth taking it at 62 let’s figure it out is uh but the answer might be let’s wait a little bit. If you have longevity in your family, we can help you uh really put pencil to the paper and not just guess when you should take it. Uh what if you apply for benefits early? So, we’re going to concentrate on the right column here. So, you could see at age 62, 63, all the way through 67. That’s age 67 in this example is 100% of your your full benefit. You get it all. And if you take it a year earlier, you’re getting about 6.7% taken off. If you take it 65, 64, 63, 62, you’re losing 30% of your benefit if you take it as early as 62. So 67 you’re full to 62 would be 30% taken off. And once you start that, you’re that’s for life that you are taking a lower number. Now, you’ll still get those potential average of to 2% cost of living increases, but those cost of living increases will be on that lower amount. So, I’m going to throw a reminder again that if you do have any questions, if you something you think of, uh, go ahead and type it in the chat or the Q&A box and I will get to those at the end of the presentation. What if you wait until after your full retirement age? And so, if you are uh let’s look at the right side again. Uh if you want to look at the middle, if you’re in that uh age 6 uh born 1958 59 range, um actually many people can be looking at this, but right now if you are age 66 uh full retirement age, you get four potential increases of 67, 68, 69, and 70. You can get 32% increase in your social security by waiting until age 70. If your full retirement age is 67 then it’s you get three increases so 124% so 24% more if you wait until age 70 so that is that you know reason of why would I want to wait that long if you do have longevity the plan will certainly show that if you do live till 80 85 90 95 plus um it’s going to be well worth it you’ll see a big difference in uh that paycheck and how much you’re going to be receiving by getting a 32 or 24% increase in your social security for that 20 plus years. Uh how to estimate your social security. I’ll give you the easy ssa.gov. So that’s the bottom one where it says ssa.gov planners bene you know b um um benefit calculators and but ssa.gov gov will get you to the main site where you can navigate and if you have not created a profile. You will create a profile. It goes through those kind of those credit report questions where it says which of the following cars have you owned in the past? Which address is associated with you? And it might have an address from 20 years ago. But uh you have to go through that list of questions verifying who you are and then you create your account and you can see your numbers and it’s a very intuitive site that if your full retirement age is 67 and you see you get 3500 a month and if you took it at 68 it’ll tell you that number. If you take it at 66 it’ll tell you that number. 65 64 or you could even say what if you took it at 67 and 6 months uh 6 months later you’ll get a little bit more. it’s recalculated monthly uh on this, but ssa.gov will get you to that uh to setting that up. And I do get alerts. In fact, I think my latest alert was within the last month. So, after I file taxes, um I had to pay a little bit. So, I toed mine probably April 13th or so. uh just a couple of days before the the 15th and uh so filed and I just got an email probably within the last you know 30 days from social security saying your new numbers are calculated you know view them now uh so you do get alerts or reminders every year to see your updated numbers so why delay benefits when we look at dollar amounts so let’s look at um you know so this again I’m going to go on the left side here, age 67, go down to 67 and go across where it says 100%. That is, so this is an age 67 person that we’re talking about. Uh, and the full monthly benefit for this specific person is 3,000 a month. And, uh, with cost of living increases, we’re going to get to that right column in just a moment, but so we’re talking about a 67 uh, is the full benefit uh, age for this person getting 3,000 a month. If that person decides and says, “I want to take mine at age 62,” that person will get 2100 a month. And 2100 a month, you could see the numbers all the 63 all the way up to age 70. So if that 3,000 a month person wants to defer until age 70, they will start income at 3720 a month. So big difference from 2100 the soonest you could take it to 3,700 the latest you could take it. That’s a it’s a 1,600 a month compound 2% annual increases for let’s say 20 years. Uh big difference in income over time. So why delay benefits? Again uh more income later on. So let’s say the person started income if claim at 62. So we’re going to look at that column right now. And if that person, that 3,000 a month person, um, they took it at 62, again, remember that was 2100 a month, but with a 2% cost of living increases, that income would be projected to be 2,460 by that time, by the time that person reaches age 70. by the time 75, 80, 85, all the way up to 100. I’ll even go with the 100 number for this example. But if you live to 100, you’d be that person would be getting 4,457 a month. If that person waited till age 67 to get the 3,000 a month, by the time that person is 70, 2% cost of living increases. Uh then we’re talking 3500 a month at age 70. And look at age 100 6,300. We’re talking almost 2,000 about 1,900 more uh a month uh by waiting uh for that uh at that age 100. Again, how many of us are going to live to age 100? But this is just I’m showing you the extreme example here. So if that person waited till age 70, he took the maximum income at age 70 4359 and then by the time that person is 10078.95. So age 62 age 100 4457 to 70 uh78.95. We’re talking a big difference. So again the longevity means a whole lot there. Again, I don’t know if your life expectancy is going to be 65, 70, 75, 90, 100, 100 plus. Who knows uh what specifically will be, but again, just knowing these income differences might make a difference in your retirement plan, especially depending on how much you would like to spend in retirement. How do you maximize your benefit? Uh examine your records and uh making sure everything is accurate. Log into the website. You can actually see every year you file taxes. Mine it goes back to my age 16 and I made probably $1,500 maybe that first year. Um, and then it’s going on and on and through all the years of increasing income over time. And uh, but you could see every year you file taxes and certainly see if anything is missing or incorrect. Applying for social security at the optimal time. your uh consider your income needs both now and in the future, your life expectancy and if you are married filing joint, your spouse’s life expectancy, too. So, we’re going to look at an example or two about that as well. So, taxation of benefits. So, the first one that we’re looking at here is if you decide to take your social security before your full retirement age early. So if your full retirement age is 67, then if you took it at 66, 65 all the way down to 62, if you take it early at all and you are getting that income, if you decide to work, you can’t make more than $24,480 a year without this $1 of every two. And what that means is that if you make more than that, every $2 you earn, $1 goes back into social security. Uh so, um it’s certainly you want to be very cautious of uh how much income you’re getting, you’re earning if you decide to take social security early. Some people will say, “I need it. I need the social security income and I need my job income.” I know it’s all going to kind of correct. You could see the benefit will be adjusted at your full retirement age. So, you’re putting money back into social security. You don’t get a lump sum back when you’re hit your full retirement age, but you do get um like a prrated increase in income for that, but not until your full retirement age. So, again, don’t let the earnings test discourage you from working. Sometimes you have to do what you have to do. And to avoid the earnings test, wait until full retirement age or later. If you do take your social security at your full retirement age or later. There is no $1 of every two going back. You can work. You can make as much as you want. It doesn’t matter. There’s no penaltyish. I’ll use the word penalty for that. It’s only if you retake your social security early and continue to work. Taxation of benefits. So this is how are you taxed on social security. You don’t have to have a lot of income for your social security to be taxed. You could see that if you are married filing joint if under 32,000 then you do not pay social security uh or taxes on your social security. If you make between 32 and 44,000 up to 50% of your social security can be taxed. Over 44,000 up to 85 of it is taxed. But I can tell you the nice way to say it, 15% of your social security will not be taxed. So, but up to 85% of it can be. And you could see the income for a single filer. It’s not much lower than that. And uh um again, married filing separate, there’s uh you’re paying tax uh on it. If you are married filing separate, you’re paying 85% of it. It will be taxed. Now, there’s we got this thing going on right now and I’ll use the term the big beautiful bill that was uh passed earlier um well last year when we talked about uh what uh you know the the no tax on social security didn’t really go through the way it was anticipated, but they did this $6,000 credit or deduction in addition to standard deduction or other itemized deductions that if your income is below a certain level, it’s below $75,000 000 if you are single or 150,000 married filing joint. If your income modified adjusted gross income is below that, you get an additional 6,000 credit or deduction for uh um if you are 65 or older and you can uh typically it wipes out the taxes you would pay on social security if you do get that full deduction. then there’s some phase out and then if you make a higher income you might not get that uh additional deduction. So that goes through 2028. So who knows what’s going to happen. Are they going to extend it after that? I’m sure who was ever in the administration at that point. We’ll see where we go at 2029 and beyond. But uh you know we’ll see through 2028 if you’re under those income limits enjoy some uh additional deductions to wipe out taxes on your social security. Uh ways to minimize taxes on social security is reduce other income of course. So if you’re not working uh you you know so it’s certainly something you’re putting yourself in a lower bracket. Uh anticipate IRA required minimum distributions RMDs. This is very important especially if you are not withdrawing from your retirement accounts prior to age 73 or age 75 if you are born 1960 or later. So I’ll just say age 73 for this example. If you are let’s say you’re 66 right now and you’re you want to defer taking any withdrawals from your uh your 401ks. If you happen to have some sizable balances in 401k or traditional IAS and you’re going to be mandated to take the required distributions, I’ll use an example of a million retirement account. A million-doll traditional IRA, you have to take out in the range of about 38,000 um from your IRA. Little it’s actually just a hair under 3.8%. So when you’re 73, so you might say, man, if I have a $2 million IRA, that’s over 70,000 that you have to take out. So if you are blessed with big balances on those, part of the retirement plan that I will offer, we’ll talk about taking either withdrawals or converting to a Roth IRA prior to those required distributions. And so we could start to spend those down a little bit so you don’t have such big required distributions at age 73. Big thing that I do with a lot of people, especially toward the end of the year when we figure out where your income is for the year and how much you uh you you know would like to maybe convert from a traditional to a Roth staying within certain tax brackets. Some might say I don’t want to exceed the 12% bracket or the 22% bracket. Uh but it’s certainly something that you and I can look at. Again, it’s a complimentary thing that we do. The full-on retirement plan with Roth conversions may be in there prior to uh your required distributions. So that’s that convert to a uh IRA to a Roth. Delaying social security to reduce the number of years. So if you’re looking at I don’t want to pay tax on social security. I’m 66 or 67. maybe wait until 68, 69 or 70 if you can afford to. And that’s part of the plan, too. What if you did spend more of your own assets at age 67, 68, 69, and then took a bigger paycheck for social security at 70? Can will the plan support that? And it certainly is something that this plan will certainly do. It will tell you that yeah, you can afford to live off of your own assets for these years based on the spending you would like to do and then take a bigger check later, then you’re spending less of your assets once you do start that bigger social security income. Reducing expenses or pay down debt uh and adopt a simpler lifestyle. That one might be a little easier said than done. Uh but it’s certainly something to consider there. Continue to manage taxes throughout retirement. um Medicare. So, here’s that 20290 that I mentioned earlier for Medicare that uh comes out of Social Security and looking at to assume a 2600 primary insurance amount PIA at age 67. We look at what that percentage is. So, if you’re at if you take it at age 62 and you’re getting a lower paycheck, that 2290 is a bigger percentage of that lower paycheck, but it’s a much smaller percentage the longer you wait and the bigger that paycheck is. Uh, that 20290 is a smaller percentage. So, but just know that 20290 does come out of your social security check or payment. Um, when to apply for social security? If you apply early, your benefits start lower and they stay lower for life. Uh cost of living adjustments, colas, magnify the impact of early or delayed claiming. And again, a a 2% average cost of living increase on a lower number or a higher number. Again, those compounding makes a big difference over time. Your benefit may be taxed and or reduced to cover Medicare premiums. Don’t let that earnings test, again, if you have to file early, start social security early, and you’re still working more than that 24,000, uh, you have to do certainly you have to do what you have to do. Like I said, uh, and delaying benefits may give surviving spouse more income. So again, we’re going to talk about spousal benefits coming up here in a moment. I’m not going to live so long, so why shouldn’t I just claim my benefit when I can? For couples, you should always maximize the higher earnings benefit to protect the sur protect the surviving spouse. Here’s an example of how social security works with a higher income earnner and a lower income earner. So, let’s say John has a primary insurance amount. Again, his age 67 I’ll use uh is 2,000 a month and Jane had a lower income, maybe a lot less years working or just part-time work. Uh but her her benefit on here her full retirement benefit is is 800 a month. So if Jane applies at her full retirement age her benefit will be a th000 not the 800 because she is guaranteed to get 50% of John’s at least. So she could take her own. If her she was getting 1,200 she would take her 1,200. But because it’s lower than J’s 50%, she can not take the 800, take a thousand because the law says that she can take 50% of John’s, assuming John um you know waits his full retirement age, too. So the primary worker must have filed for benefits for her to get that 50%. He has to file for her to get that. The spouse must be at least 62. But if she she can get that spousal benefit, but it will be the 50% minus an age adjustment. So it won’t be the full 50% because in this case, if someone took it at age 62, it would be reduced because she decided to take it earlier. There’s no delayed credits for on spousal benefits. So, if John waited until age 70 to take it um at a higher than 2,000, she would only get that based on that uh that full retirement age, that 2,000. So, 1,000 would be her benefit. She doesn’t get increases by waiting until 68, 69, or 70. Well, I’m already widowed or divorced, so how does that impact the Social Security? If you are widowed or divorced, divorced, you might be eligible for survivor benefits, divorced spouse, survivor benefits or uh divorced spouse benefits that can increase your monthly check. So, uh we’ll come up with a we’ll see a couple of examples coming up here. So, survivor benefit will depend on the age the deceased person started claiming. So if the deceased person started their social security before his or her full retirement age, the survivor benefit will be limited to the higher of the deceased spouse or the uh deceased spouse’s benefit or 82% of his primary insurance amount. If deceased claimed after the survivor benefit will include delayed credits. So that this one as a survivor that you could get that 68, 69 or 70 higher benefit.

    So if the spouse dies while both are receiving benefits, the wid widower uh widow or widowerower may switch to the higher benefit. So here’s an example. Joe and Julie are married. Both are over full retirement age. Joe’s benefit is 3600. Julie’s benefit is 1,800. If Joe dies, Julie notifies Social Security and her 1,800 benefit is replaced by the 3600. She gets the better of the two. So in this case, if Julie passed away, the 1,800 would go away and Joe would just keep his 3600. But in this case, saying Joe passed away, she gets the 3600, but the 1,800 goes away. So either one if one of them passes away that the bigger benefit remains but the lower one will go away. So that’s something in planning purposes is when two people are still alive and you’re getting you know a much higher income because both of you are getting it if one of you passes away the low even though it’s the lower benefit one social security benefit goes away. So again, another reminder as we start to get toward the end of the presentation here, uh questions, if you do have any, fire away and type them in at any time. Uh and they will save to into the presentation. I know we have some already, but uh if you do have a question, go ahead and type it in there. Uh so Joe and Julie are married and uh Joe’s is 3600. Joe delays claiming until age 70 his benefit. Now that 3600 would be 4464. So in this case, Joe’s instead of taking it at 66 or 67, uh, he waits age 70. And this is so his new benefit is now 4464. If Joe dies, Julie’s survivor benefit would be the 4464, not the 3600. She gets those age increases. by him waiting till 70, he passes a higher paycheck uh to his surviving spouse. So that’s one of the reasons even though Joe might say, “Well, I’m not going to live long. Why don’t I just take it as early as possible?” In this case, it helped the survivor couple must have been married at least 9 months uh at the date of death. Uh and survivor must be at least 60 for reduced benefit. So if a survivor is 60 and gets that uh that survivor benefit because it’s not under the full retirement age, you can take it legally at or as early as age 60, but it will be a reduced amount. Survivor benefit is not available if the widower or widow or widowerower remarries before age 60 unless that marriage ends. So if that person did get remarried but it it end up divorce or deceased uh um other spouse again then uh it could happen but if that person is married then that widowerower uh benefit is not available. Divorced spouse survivor benefit. So even a divorced spouse the survivor benefit will be but they would have to be married for at least 10 years. Same as spousal benefits. Uh so divorce spouse benefit married for 10 years. So you now we’re talking two living people uh but but divorced the marriage had to be at least 10 years. The person receiving divorce spouse benefit is currently unmarried. She can’t get remarried. Uh the expouse is at least age 62 and if divorce was more than 2 years ago the expouse does not need to have filed for benefits. So that means so let’s say Mister is the higher income earnner in this case and they get divorced and Mrs. now is uh is let’s say 62 and she wants to take a spousal benefit. If they if there they’ve been divorced at least 2 years but they were married for at least 10 then he does not have to file for her to get that sp that exspousal benefit. So that certainly can uh um could be in play. More than one expouse can receive benefits from the same worker. Benefits paid to one expouse do not affect the worker or other current spouse or expouses. Uh divorce spouse uh benefits stop upon remarage of spouse collecting benefits. Uh so I’m going to tell a little uh goofy little story that I say at the end of this presentation every time that I heard actually when I went to a social security from someone from social security went to a webinar I don’t know 15 to 20 years ago somewhere in that range a long time ago but I heard this and I’ll share that with you in just a moment. So this is really more comp complicated than I realize. Would it be better if you took it early? Should you delay? Again, the complimentary retirement plan will help us determine that. Will you pay a penalty or get a bonus? People are hurting their retirements by making terrible costly decisions about Social Security. And Social Security offers an inflation protected income. Your monthly benefit will be be reduced if you take it early. Couples should always maximize the higher earners benefit for the surviving spouse. And if you’re widowed or divorced, you may be eligible for benefits. Uh so again, I hope you and I will have a conversation about your specific situation and uh considering if you do have pension, if you have IAS, 401ks, Roth IAS, required distributions, how does all this stuff work in your plan? The retirement plan that I’m talking about takes every single thing here into account of what spending you’re doing from various types of accounts that you have. And I would get the whole list of whatever you assets that you do have. What’s that order of operations for withdrawals? Should you take savings out first? Should you take traditional IRA out first? Should you take tax-free Roth IRA out first? And then we can certainly talk about the order of operations as well. So, Social Security can certainly estimate how much you’re going to be receiving, uh, but they won’t project and they won’t do a plan for you as far as tell you what to do or how to do it or what does this mean for all of your other stuff. Uh, you can certainly get numbers from them, but please use us here. It’s a complimentary thing that we do to help you figure out when you should be taking Social Security. So, when should you apply? What if you want to keep working? What if you’ve already applied? How much will your benefit be? Can you coordinate the spousal benefits? What’s the best long-term strategy? And what do you do next? Say yes to the survey and you and I can certainly have that conversation. So, very quickly, I’m going to say this little story and then I’ll get to some of the questions at the end here. Uh but basically when we talk about the surviving like spousal and expousal benefits and things like that, the story this person said was let’s assume a 25year-old man uh gets married and she is 25. Every person on here they’re all the same age. So let’s say he gets married, he’s 25, marries a 25year-old and 10 years later they get divorced. let’s say 10 years in one day just to say that they were married that 10 years that she needs uh they need to be. So they get divorced at age 35 and he immediately gets remarried at 35 and that ends at age 45. So married for 10 years again. So we have two expouses now and he gets remarried at 45 and gets divorced at 55. So now we have three expouses. He gets remarried at 55 and now let’s say they are 66. Let’s say they were at this full retirement age. So he’s got three expouses and one current spouse. Let’s say he’s getting ready to get his social security and he qualifies for a $3,000 a month benefit. Now the expouses, expouse number one, 2, and three, they were all married for at least 10 years. So they get the spousal benefit which is 50%. 1,500 1,500 1,500 for the three ex spouses and then current spouse gets 1,500. So, let’s assume that none of these uh the the three ex’s and the current spouse worked. They let’s say they never worked a day in their lives and they didn’t contribute to social security, but the law allows them to take one person gets 3,000 a month and then 1,500,500,500 for the ex’s 1,500 for the current spouse all on one worker. Kind of one of those kind of wow wonder why social security is kind of so messed up here. But, uh, just a goofy little story just, uh, to to show that, yeah, there’s a lot of different things that could happen with Social Security. But, uh, so with that, uh, my information is up on the screen here. I’m going to put up the survey in just a second. I’m going to take some questions and but you also see a QR code. If you happen to have your phone handy and you do want to set up a time, you can actually put your camera on that. you’ll click on the little yellow thing that comes up and you’ll get to my calendar and you could schedule appointment if you want to do that right the second or certainly uh if you say yes on the uh survey here then I will be reaching out scheduling a time for you and I to meet. So with that I’m going to put that survey up here right now. So, you’ll see that hopefully you see that up on your screen right about now. And uh so, please respond to that while I’m going through the questions. And hopefully you and I will have a one-on-one conversation. So, let’s go through um let’s go back to Joe. Are all the the services free? So, um services free. So, basically everything that I do, uh, whether it’s just a consultation and you want to just talk about, here Joe, who are you? What do you do? What do you offer? Um, if you want to do the full retirement plan, not a dime. We do not charge anything for any of that. We do even have some investments that don’t cost a dime. We do advisory accounts though. That might be the percentage of an you know like I’ll use that 1% that many you know Schwab Meil Lynch all these big companies that do advisory accounts do where you might pay a 1% advisory fee based on the amount of assets you invest. There are certainly accounts that like that that we do. So it’s not everything is is free but to figure everything out we’re not going to charge you a dime. If we do some investments after that, we can certainly talk about some fee structures on some of the things, but not everything does have a fee. Some things don’t have any fees at all. Uh with the talk of uh cutting benefits to save for social security, do you see uh some clients claiming early in the hope of uh locking the benefit prior to Hang on, let me scroll down to new legis uh legislation. Should existing recipients be uh grandfathered from benefit haircuts? Uh I hate to say, but there’s no guarantee on any of that. So some people, yeah, they might say, I’m going to take it while the taken’s good. Uh you know, my dad uh was in that sim situation, health reasons that I’m going to take it to 62. I don’t know how long I’m going to be here. But in the case of I don’t know if social security is still going to be here, I’m going to take it while the taken’s good. Sure. Yes, some people are doing that. uh but be because they are taking it are they grandfathered from any reductions? No. Uh so there’s certainly that opportunity that if nothing is done by the year 2034 35 and beyond that could people currently on social security see a reduction they could. Uh we don’t know what’s going to happen but uh there’s no guarantee no uh no grandfathered in on that. Um

    So, okay, I came in late. Uh, so unfortunately, someone that came in late, uh, so we do not have recording I mentioned at the beginning of the pres presentation. So, uh, please, I do have your information here. I hope uh, please say yes on this and I would love to have that one-on-one conversation with you uh, just to go over what you might have missed at the beginning. So, but unfortunately, yes, we were not able to record that. Uh, do most people spend their social security check or save it? I asked because I say uh I save it. I may earn more than 8% and um taking early. Any problems with uh that thought? So, no. I I actually do have people that uh might not need the income if they’re taking it and they’re saving it and growing their their money. Uh no, I I have seen that many times. So, some people will say that that’s part of the uh if you decide to take it a little early, but you’re not going to spend it. You’re just going to take it and bank it and grow that money. That’s certainly something to consider. uh many can’t afford to do that. But if you’re able to afford to um you know, you have other income or other assets and you don’t need that uh that income, but you decided to take it early, uh yeah, that’s a wonderful thing that if you can’t make that money grow and if you got it in the market or if you’re just getting interest rates on that, that’s certainly something that some people will do is that I decide that I decided to take it early, but I’m not spending it. I’m banking it and let it keep on growing. that does compound and uh save. That would be a good reason to take it early again if it fits in within your plan. So, yeah, great for uh for you that you’re able to save that. Uh let’s see. I know there was uh how far in advance can I apply for social security retirement benefits? Um up to four months before the date uh you want to start the benefit. So, yeah, typically around that uh two to three, you know, two two to 3 months. I mean, it used to now that everything’s online, it does move faster than when it was paper applications years ago and you had to do it, you know, many more months, but uh at least a couple of months before that you want to start applying for benefits. Um just so you’re geared up for when you want it to start. It’s there’s no delays in that. Um that you can certainly do that, but a couple of months in advance, you would want to start doing that. Uh how do I know the time is right to take social security? So again, when I do that retirement plan that uh figuring out what is the the right time, if you just say, “What if I took it at 65 or waited till age 67, which one is it wins?” It’s going to be very close. It’s not a huge huge huge long-term difference, but there is a little bit of a long-term difference where the longer you live, I’m going to say wait till 67 if you can. But uh when is the right time for you? That’s why I do the plan. I plug in 65, I plug in 67, and we look at the results of the plan. And uh maybe you decided to take it early and not spend it. Just like the last question, you wanted to bank that. Let’s plug that in and let’s see what uh what wins. Um you know, what balances you’ll have. And it takes taxes into account. It assumes that if you have higher income or lower income, it takes a lot of the tax situation in there, too. uh looking at the you know Roth IAS or traditional IRA withdrawals and conversions and the whole the whole thing uh that we can certainly do. So um figuring out when is the optimal the best time for you to do it? Let’s let the plan help us figure that out. Um how do I determine what the break even point is and that’s going to be between age 68 to 70. Uh, and the plan helps us figure I do actually have some other spreadsheets that I I’ve done for people of figuring if you take a lower paycheck at 62 or if you take a bigger paycheck at 67 by but you get five more years of that lower income that break even is going to be between uh 78 to 80 range is where that break even is. Uh let’s see if anything else came across. That was all the questions there. I’m at 702. Sorry I went 2 minutes over. Uh, but thank you all so much for your time and attention uh today. If you did say yes, I’m going to certainly be reaching out to you and scheduling a time to meet. Thank you all so much for your time and attention tonight. Have a great evening.

  • 已輪迴16世900年的活佛,這一世竟分身轉生成2人,成唯一特例;出了什麼問題?

    飞头脑思绪飞扬,朋友们好。活佛转世大家都听说过,可是能分身转世的活佛,这个就不多见了。今天我们就来讲一讲他的故事。在今天的故事开始之前,先提醒一声,这个星期的会员节目已经上传了。乌克兰发生过一起时空穿越事件,而且人证物证俱在,被认为是世界上最靠谱的穿越事件。请记得收看这期节目哦!

    据今天的四川省甘孜藏族自治州,有一个德格县。著名的格萨尔王传说就出生在这里。因为格萨尔王生于一个林姓的王族,所以藏人又称他为林格萨。1924年6月13日,一名即将临盆的妇女盘山着脚步,住进了金沙江畔的一顶简陋的帐篷,等待孩子的出生。她叫格桑秋登,她的丈夫叫策望本竹,是德格土司的儿子。

    德格土司是康区的四大土司之一,也是历史最悠久的土司。土司这个词是汉地的中央政府对当地人首领授予的职务,对其在当地的统治权予以确认。至于本地人,并不把自己的首领叫做土司,而是称为德格甲波,意思就是德格王。因为德格这个地方在历史上自称一国,从元代到明代,他有的时候和蒙古部落结盟,有的时候臣服于汉地政府,没有一定。但是从康熙59年起,德格就稳定地归顺了北京的中央政府。从第12代德格王,一直到第23代末代德格王,都接受了中央政府授予的土司称号。所以,土司的儿子相当于就是德格王子。那为什么德格的王子妃格桑秋登要跑到帐篷里来生产呢?难道说是被丈夫抛弃了吗?还真的不是。

    那是因为德格的几位高僧都告诉格桑丘登,他所要生下的是一位大菩萨的转世。所以格桑丘登决定要远离俗尘,找一个清静的地方分娩。丈夫原本不同意妻子在外生产,但是拗不过,只好派人在妻子选好的地方搭起了一个临时的帐篷,并且派出仆人一路守护。格桑丘登找到的这个地方依山傍水,前面是金沙江,后面是一座小山。最重要的是,山上有一个洞,是一个圣地,莲花生大师曾经在这个山洞里闭关修行过。就在格桑秋登住进帐篷以后的第三天,她就生下了一个健壮的儿子。她心里更加笃信自己的儿子就是高僧们所说的大菩萨转世了,因为当她生产的时候,隐约听到了自己耳边传来了诵念六字大明咒的声音。

    产后的格桑秋登带着儿子顺利地回到了家中。丈夫看着胖乎乎的儿子,能吃能睡,既没有头顶放光,也没有长出三头六臂,怎么看都是一个很普通的小孩。所以他并不相信妻子的说法。可是这个时候,有一个传闻在整个藏区流传开了,说第16世噶玛巴已经降生了。那什么是噶玛巴呢?说到这,我们就得介绍一下藏传佛教的几个主要派别。

    公元八世纪以前,吐蕃王朝治理下的西藏最流行的信仰叫苯波教,简称苯教。这是一种从原始萨满发展起来的宗教,相信万物有灵。公元八世纪中叶,吐蕃赞普,就是吐蕃王赤松德赞,请来了印度高僧莲花生大士入藏弘扬佛法。莲花生大士在斗法当中打败了苯教的首领,把藏人着实震撼了一把。从此,佛教就逐渐取代了苯教,成为了藏人的主要信仰。但是好景不长,一个世纪以后,公元九世纪中叶,另外一位吐蕃赞普朗达玛上台,他左看右看都觉得佛教不顺眼。于是,在吐蕃境内消灭佛教,复兴苯教,史称朗达玛灭佛。在朗达玛灭佛一百多年之后,佛教又在雪域高原慢慢复兴。这个时候,就分出了许多派别。

    最主要的有四大派,分别是宁玛派、萨迦派、噶举派和格鲁派。因为藏传佛教的僧侣典型装束都是裹着大红袍,所以为了好区分,大家就用这几派僧人服饰上的区别来命名。比如宁玛派的僧人都戴着红色的僧帽,就叫红教。萨迦派的寺院围墙上有红白蓝三色装饰,所以又被称为花教。噶举派僧人穿的僧裙当中有白色的条纹,所以俗称白教。格鲁派的僧人都戴着黄色的帽子,所以又叫黄教。不管这些教派在教义上有什么区别,但是他们都有一个共同的特点,就是都有活佛。汉语称这些教派的高僧为活佛,其实这个翻译是不对的。在藏语当中,对他们的称呼是“珠贝古”,翻译成汉语就是“变化之身”或者“轮回之身”的意思。

    这个称呼可以简单解释为,这些珠贝古高僧们如果他们一世没有修炼圆满,就要在人世当中轮回,不停地修行下去,直到功成圆满。因此,就有了寻找转世灵童这一说。但是各教派只会寻找本派领袖人物的转世灵童,最多也就那么几个。因为普通僧侣无论转世多少代,那只是自己修行,自我解脱,他没有其他的责任。但是教派的领袖人物们就不同了。

    他们承担着让教派延续下去的任务。所以等这些领袖人物们圆寂之后,教派里的头等大事就是找到他们的转世灵童。寻找的时间从几个月到几年不等。黄教的领袖就是大家熟悉的达赖喇嘛和班禅额尔德尼。萨迦派的领袖叫做萨迦法王,而噶举派的领袖就叫噶玛巴,也是我们今天故事的主角。第一世噶玛巴,杜松钦巴,生存于12世纪。直到我们今天故事开头所讲的格桑秋登的儿子出世之前,第15世噶玛巴卡恰多杰都已经离世了。这也意味着噶玛巴已经反复在人间转生了十多次,修炼了近800年了,而且还要继续修炼下去。所以得找到第16世噶玛巴嘛。1922年,第15世噶玛巴卡恰多杰在拉萨附近的楚普寺圆寂。圆寂之前,他留下了一封密函给自己弟子。

    这是历代噶玛巴的传统。密函里有交代弟子注意的事项,以及自己将要转生去的方位和时间。密函里的文字是这样写的:“楚普的东方,靠近河流,此地区属于林格萨布。在巴尔山上的土屋外有‘阿图’二字。这是一个荒族家庭,出生的日期为属年6月15日”,也就是1924年的6月15日。

    于是,就有了开头讲的那个传言,第16世噶玛巴已经降生了。因此,第15世噶玛巴的三个弟子也正式从楚普寺出发,前往东方寻找自己师父的转世灵童。弟子们果真就在德格土司辖区找到了一座山叫巴尔山。山上还真的有一座宫殿,宫殿大门上方刻的几个字就是“阿图宫”。敲开了宫殿的大门,弟子们这才知道原来这就是德格王子策望本竹的家。当弟子们说明来意之后,策望本竹的眼睛都瞪大了:“什么?自己的儿子是活佛的转世灵童?这怎么可能呢?”尽管他很不情愿,还是叫仆人抱出了三岁的儿子。小家伙刚刚睡醒,睡眼惺忪。但是奇怪的是,小家伙一看到来人之后,立刻就睁大了眼睛,奶声奶气地一个个叫出了三个弟子的大名和小名,而且一个都没有叫错。

    这一幕把所有人都惊呆了,老爹也当场石化。弟子们心中都是咯噔一下,他们明白眼前这个孩子就是自己上师的转世。但是弟子们还是很严谨地履行完了全套复杂的认证手续,最后正式宣布策望本竹的儿子就是第15世噶玛巴的转世灵童。等到灵童七岁的时候,白教当中的几位仁波切正式来到了策望本竹家里为灵童剃度。

    仁波切就是教派当中的长老级人物,他们当中很多也是珠贝古,也是不断转世修行的。仁波切们把15世噶玛巴给自己来世起的法号“帕登让穷利佩多杰”正式授予给灵童。之后,利佩多杰在德格的八邦寺举行了升座大典,正式成为了噶举派的第16世噶玛巴,带上了历代相传的噶玛巴黑帽。

    年幼的噶玛巴升座继位之后,就被送到了白教最主要的寺院楚普寺学习噶举派的密法。因为噶玛巴虽然是灵童转世,但是所有的佛教知识还是得重新学习。只不过他的学习速度比一般人快一些,准确地说,是通过快速的学习打开他前几世累积的记忆。时间一转眼来到了1944年的一天,一直在楚普寺闭关不出的噶玛巴突然出关,他对弟子们宣布说:“我要前往尼泊尔、印度和不丹这些地方朝圣。”大家都摸不着头脑,为啥才20岁的噶玛巴要出国旅行呢?难道说寺里留下的经书还不够他修行,要去西方取经吗?又或者说这是少年心性的表现:“世界这么大,我要出去转悠转悠。”这个疑问几年之后才有答案。不过当下既然噶玛巴发话了,弟子们就照着做吧。很快,噶玛巴带着一队人马出国了。

    后来他又陆续去了几次印度、锡金,和各国的领袖都建立起了联系。时间一转眼又来到了1958年。噶玛巴突然吩咐弟子们定做了一批结实的木箱,然后吩咐弟子们把噶举派最重要的经书、伏藏以及流传了几百年的重要法器,全部都装入木箱打包。几个月后的一天,噶玛巴把所有弟子召集在了一起,他微笑着对大家说:“几百年前,莲花生大师就预言过,当铁鸟在天空中飞过,铁马在大地上驰骋的时候,藏人将如虫蚁一般星散于世界,这就是末法时期。而现在,这个这个时候就到了。如果你们愿意的话,就跟随我离开吧。不愿意的也不勉强。”那弟子们当然是纷纷表示愿意跟随师父了。1959年2月,噶玛巴带着160名僧侣从楚普寺出发。

    因为准备充分,他们只用了三个星期的时间就翻越了喜马拉雅山,抵达了不丹。此时噶玛巴几年间积累的关系就起了作用。不丹皇室欢迎他们一行的到来,锡金国王闻讯也赶来了,还专门修建了隆德寺作为他们的安身之地。第16世噶玛巴出走西藏仅仅一个月之后,三月份拉萨事变就爆发了,第14世达赖喇嘛出走印度,西藏全境落入了中共的直接控制。

    1959年的拉萨事变是一个前因后果非常复杂的事件,我们以后会专门找机会来聊。今天直接说结果:事变导致了达赖喇嘛流亡印度。1951年,达赖喇嘛和秉承他旨意办事的噶厦政府与中共签订的那个17点和平协议被完全废弃,西藏完全丧失了自治地位。中共拆毁了西藏90%以上的寺庙,烧毁了积存好几百年的经典,强迫大部分僧侣还俗,如果不服从,下场只有一个字:死。

    从1958年至1961年,短短三年时间内,藏区人口减少了三分之一。很多地方出现了无人村和寡妇村。不过讽刺的是,当年坚决执行毛泽东命令的西藏军区政委谭冠三,并没有因为听毛主席的话而交上好运,而是在文革当中被整得死去活来。话说回来,拉萨事件爆发之后,噶玛巴的弟子们才明白了上师的远见。

    之后,噶玛巴就在印度、尼泊尔、不丹的各个地方讲法传道。光阴荏苒,又过了20年。1981年,58岁的噶玛巴被查出罹患了癌症。当时他正在美国,于是弟子们就催促他赶紧去医院治疗。噶玛巴却笑着说:“我此生的工作已经完成,去不去医院没有什么差别。既然你们要我去,那我就顺你们的意吧。”果然,噶玛巴对自己命运的预言很快就应验了。

    去不去医院差别都不大。几天之后,16世噶玛巴就圆寂了。弟子们把他的遗体运回了隆德寺,举行了荼毗大会,留下了无数的舍利子。这些舍利被供奉在了隆德寺里的一座巨大的金色佛塔里。但是让弟子们感到为难的是,第16世噶玛巴留下的密函里并没有明言转世的方向,甚至连转世这个事儿都没有提到。那又如何让弟子们找到第17世噶玛巴呢?

    就在大家一筹莫展的时候,传来了消息,噶举派的一位仁波切在西藏找到了噶玛巴的转世灵童。他叫大司徒仁波切,是噶举派里的一位重要领袖人物,是第五世噶玛巴的亲传弟子。在人世当中算到现在,也轮回了差不多600年了。大司徒仁波切找到的转世灵童叫多杰,1985年出生在西藏昌都。

    多杰得到了噶举派里几位仁波切的认证,同时还得道了达赖喇嘛的认证。而且有意思的是,这位多杰还得道了中共政府的承认。向来藏传佛教的信徒一直担心,中共一旦参与到转世灵童的确认程序当中来,就会安排傀儡,把他所认定的所谓灵童当成控制藏民的工具。比如第十世班禅喇嘛的转世灵童的寻访过程就发生了这样的争议。

    在印度的达赖喇嘛所认证的班禅转世灵童,中共政府就不承认。中共政府推出了自己认证的新任班禅。但是关于第16世噶玛巴转世灵童的寻访,居然达赖喇嘛和北京当局之间没有异议。1992年,多杰在国务院的批准下,正式在楚普寺坐床,成为第17世噶玛巴和楚普寺的住持。他也是第一个由北京批准的噶玛巴。

    这一回,反对意见是来自于噶举派的内部。另一位噶举派的仁波切夏玛巴说自己也找到了噶玛巴的转世灵童。夏玛巴是谁呢?他也是噶举派当中一个举足轻重的人物。他的意见之所以重要,因为他也是一位珠贝古。他与噶玛巴之间有互相认定转世灵童的传统。夏玛巴认定的这位转世灵童恰好也叫多杰,只不过是出生在拉萨的多杰。前面那一位是出生在昌都的多杰。拉萨的多杰在夏玛巴和其他几位仁波切的支持下,也正式坐床,称为第17世噶玛巴。于是就同时出现了两位噶玛巴,而且这两位都认为自己是正统。那这就难办了。那请问谁比较有理呢?那就要追问转世灵童的寻访过程了。

    但遗憾的是,两位灵童被找到的过程外界都不知道细节。转世灵童的认证过程比较复杂,通常会先由活佛生前身边的弟子找到几个疑似转世灵童的候选人,然后由教派里的长老们通过各种迹象来确认,比如上一世活佛留下的密函、圆寂时朝向的方向、灵童出生时的征兆以及灵童的言行。长老们反复观察之后选出其中一位。如果这还不购有把握,则会求助于占卜,还有独特宗教仪式当中的征兆。有的时候,两位教派中的重量级人物还会生前约好一个先离世,再世的那个就负责认定他的转世灵童。悬而未决的时候就由后者来裁决。所以说到底,转世灵童的确认是一个合意的结果。

    是大家商量着找出一个都认可的人物。虽然听起来也像一个董事会开会投票的感觉,但毕竟是僧团里的事,有修炼的因素在,和俗人的事毕竟还是不一样的。转世灵童能够准确回忆前世的记载也是屡见不鲜。比如16世噶玛巴自己的神奇事迹就是轮回转世确凿可信的例证。那两位噶玛巴是怎么来的呢?

    两位都得到过很强的认证,如果非要说有一个是伪冒的,那都等于说一大群人参与制造了谎言,那都会伤害一大群信徒的感情,对吧?那有没有这样一种可能,就是两位噶玛巴都是真的呢?你还别说,就真的曾经发生过这样的故事:两个人分享同一个前世记忆。这个故事是来自于美国一所大学的研究,弗吉尼亚大学里有一个感知研究中心。创立者叫伊恩·斯蒂文森,他研究了一辈子的轮回转世,亲自认证了大约一千多例轮回转世的案例。斯蒂文森退休之后,他的学生塔克接过了工作。因为研究中心已经在全球小有名气了,每天都会接到来自世界各地的信件,声称自己的孩子有前世轮回的记忆。塔克每天都要仔细阅读信件,挑选出其中看起来最可靠的案例,然后再亲自前去认证。

    不过,每年能够被认证的案例极少,大约只有万分之一能够认证成功。1988年的一天,塔克按照惯例拆开了一封来自英国伦敦的信,是一位母亲写来的。她说自己的女儿叫索菲亚,刚刚四岁,但是总是提及自己曾经留着大胡子,开着一架T-72坦克去打敌人。信上还顺便加了一张坦克的照片,是她女儿所指认的坦克型号。塔克定睛一看,这是由前苏联制造的T-72坦克,在两伊战争当中扬名天下。塔克很吃惊,因为就在两年前他曾经认证过一个叫韦恩的五岁美国男孩。韦恩说自己的前世也在两伊战争当中开过同样的坦克。两伊战争是1980年爆发的,韦恩的前世是在战争的第一年就阵亡了。那难道说韦恩和索菲亚曾经在两伊战争当中当过对手吗?

    这下引起了塔克的兴趣,他立刻飞往伦敦拜访了索菲亚一家。这趟拜访可以说让塔克的头脑受到了一万点的暴击,因为索菲亚所记忆的前世和那个美国小男孩韦恩是一模一样。他们俩都是伊拉克的士兵,都有一个叫迪珊的妻子,都有三个孩子,一儿两女。而且两人死亡的方式也一模一样,都是驾驶着T-72坦克进攻,被伊朗士兵的炮火击中,活活地被烧死在了坦克里面。而且当时坦克里还有另外两名同伴。而且更让塔克吃惊的是,索菲亚和韦恩的右腿都有一块明显的黑色胎记。两人都说当时被一颗子弹击中了右腿。这样的故事在塔克研究轮回转世的生涯当中是极少遇到的。后来,塔克把索菲亚和韦恩的资料放在了一起,在书的扉页上写道:“分享过同一个前世记忆的两个人。”

    那么,这两位第17世噶玛巴会不会是像索菲亚和韦恩一样,是分享同一段前世记忆的两个人呢?或者说是同一个人的分身转世呢?可能性不能排除。但是这在藏传佛教的转世传统当中还没有发生过。所以藏传佛教信徒心中的怀疑仍然挥之不去。直到今天,这仍然是一段无解的公案。不知道观众朋友们对这个问题是怎么看的?那么好,今天的故事就分享到这,谢谢大家。

    如果您觉得今天的话题,或者咱们这个频道有意思的话,就请订阅关注,下回更新不迷路。散会。最后,剪辑师小谢拍了个案:“是不是还有这样一种可能,噶玛巴修到第16世就结束了,就不需要再转世了呢?”

  • 06/09/2026 – How We’re Getting 60% Open Rate with Cole Email and Landing High Ticket Clients

    doing today. Give me a one in the chat box if you can hear me. Okay. Sorry for the small delay in getting this started. How’s it going, Ben? Yes, this is live. You can see my screen. You can see the time. You can see the date. We are not streaming anything. We are here live. Hello, Tom from Virginia. Great to see you here, Tom. I’m really excited to uh be on here with you guys uh when it comes to uh the topic we’re going to be speaking of. All right. Uh it’s something that I know many of you always ask me about um and something that many of you are always wanting to learn how to do, which is cold email. Okay, this is something that is definitely a uh an art form. Okay. Uh, and that’s what we’re going to talk about today. How you guys can go out there and use cold email to land some recurring and high ticket clients. So, give me a two in the chat box if you are in the right room. If that’s what you’re here for, give me a two in the chat box. And let me see if there’s some way I can pop this out. Uh, so I’m not having to click back and forth. Um, let me see. Toggle full screen. All

    right, maybe not. I’ll maybe I’ll figure it out once we get started. But, uh, awesome budget twos. If you’re not here for that, if you’re here for completely something else, uh, stick around anyways, okay? Because we are going to show you, uh, some very powerful strategies on how to go out there and land some clients. Um, Dan is asking, is this related to surf sling? Yes, this can work well uh, in addition to serling as well. uh in addition to agency valet as well. Okay, it’s all about landing clients. Uh we’re going to talk about a very specific service that works well with cold email, but it all transitions. It all works well together because the service we’re going to we’re going to discuss again once everything when you’re talking to clients, the moment that any sort of uh agreement in is exchanged or money is exchanged and you get that foot in the door, that opens you up to offer a lot more services. Okay. So, that’s what I want you guys to think about when anytime you are uh approaching a client, you’re talking to a client, the moment you’re in, boom, that’s it. Whe and that’s why a lot I talk a lot about of of offering uh some quick simple uh low ticket services that gets you that foot in the door and then you’re you become that person. Okay? Uh like, you know, a recent client that that I just landed. Again, I I’ve talked to you guys. Boom. Uh, he wanted a website. I built him a quick website for 500 bucks. Now, he literally messages me probably two to three times every couple days. Uh, wanting other stuff. Hey, I have this this other uh property that I want to sell. Can we get a website for that? Can we get a website for this? How can I uh how can I how can we rank this website? So, and it it all started from a simple $500 website. And that’s kind of the what uh what happened. Same thing with another client that I’m built. His is a little different. I’m building a software for him. Uh but we started with one idea of his software and then I gave him an additional idea. I’m like, “Hey, look, how about we take it a step further and he’s like, “Yes.” And then I’m and then he came back to me with a different idea. Oh, why don’t we just automate this part as well? Uh and that’s kind of what happens. And it all started with just a simple uh one-time service that that you offer that leads into all these other things. Um, and Maurice, you send a ticket. All right, I will see if I can get back to you here while we’re on.

    Oh, what happened there? I clicked the wrong thing. All right. Uh, Ben is saying, “I love that you drink your own Kool-Aid.” Yeah, absolutely. Um, and one thing that I want to just start off real quick as well for those of you that are on here now, just speaking of low ticket services, I want to, you know, aside from walking away with the the value and the strategies we’re going to talk about when it comes to cold email, uh, let me just jump in real quick and just show you how simple it is to really go out there and uh, and find clients that you can reach out to. All right. So, if uh one of you wants to let me know where you’re at, your local area or a potential area that you’re looking to target, and I’ll show you how there’s literally no excuse for anyone on here, uh to go out there and and and and start looking for clients that you can reach out to. All right, Kurt was the first one to post. Los Angeles. Uh so, let’s see. What is uh a good service that we can do in Los Angeles? Let’s see. Los Angeles tends to have some pretty good weather. Uh, let’s do let’s do roofers in Los Angeles. Roofers, Los Angeles. All right. Let’s do that. All right. And one thing every one of you on here can do is exactly what I’m doing here. Just go to Google, come on here, go to the local area, and start looking for businesses that you can start helping out. One thing that I love to do right away is to look for businesses that are on here that don’t have uh a website. Now, I know LA uh in it of itself is a big city. Uh so, is there a smaller town within LA that that you live at? I think it was a Kurt.

    What I’m looking for here is uh one that doesn’t have a website or one. And if I start opening some of these up, it looks like all these are all these are sponsors, so I don’t want to make them pay for my click for no reason. So, let me start here and start opening some of these up. Okay. And let’s just take a look at what they look like. All right, that one looks good. So, I’ll just close it. Boom. You move on. What I’m looking for here, sometimes you’ll find businesses that have a really old website um or something that a website that they’re just looking to their Facebook. Okay, let’s see here. All right. Why did this one say Miami roofing? This the this title says Miami roofing. They’re Miami roofing company. Oh, they have they know that I’m in Miami. So, it’s that’s they’re switching they switched their website to say Miami because I’m here Miami. Um, no, wait. Am I seeing Florida results? Yeah. I don’t know what’s going on with Google right now. They’re not letting me s I’m searching roofers Los Angeles, but they’re showing me a mix between LA and Miami. That’s I’ve never seen that before. They think that because I’m here, they’re showing me results in both areas. Let me open up the chat.

    Someone saying plastic surgery. All right, that’s a big niche. You’re going big. All right. I I prefer the the smaller niches. Uh so I may switch to something like that because these are the bigger that’s a huge niche. Obviously, there’s going to be a lot of competition. But look right here right away. Los Angeles Plastics. There’s only two results. They’re they’re ranking well here without a website. Uh so this is a potential uh lead here. What I’ll do is I’ll copy this. I’ll open it up and see what I can find. And obviously this is not the most efficient uh way to do this. Uh, but what I want to show you guys is that anyone on here can do this. Um, let’s see what this says here. Los Angeles plastics typically refers to the prominent regional supplier located. So, what I would do is if this is not if this is an actual plastic surgery business and AI, Google AI is confused as to what they offer. That can be your foot in the door as well. uh you can record a screencast video and tell them, “Hey, look, uh do you know that when people Google you, not even Google themselves recognizes you as a plastic surgery business?” Um and that right there can boom, they be like, “Oh, wow. Really?” So, you’re losing out on business because uh your online presence is completely disconnected to the point that Google doesn’t even know that what what services you offer. Um, so right there they don’t right away they don’t have a website. They don’t have this uh listing um claimed. And what I’m trying to do is see if there’s a Facebook page because sometimes you can find their contact information on their Facebook. If not, uh you can give them a call and be like, “Hey, uh I’d like I’m trying to uh send an email to the manager or to the to the owner. Do you have their email address?” Boom. And then see if they’ll if you can get that uh over to them. But right here, look, this is a great example right away. Uh there’s a business in LA for plastic surgery that seems to be ranking well. Why did that go away? Go back. Um oh, here I was on this tab. That seems to be ranking well is ranking in position what number four without a website and with completely uh horrible uh optimization. Okay, let’s try to find another one. All right. And I’m surprised that that is even showing up in in a niche like that. Here, one here. Okay, look. It’s probably plastic. Oh, I know why. That makes sense. It’s because I didn’t put surgery. I was going to say that’s weird that a a business in such a big niche, such a big city, would be ranking without a website. But now that makes sense because I didn’t put surgery. All right. Um obviously, and look, it’s starting to show me spots in Miami as well because um I’m here. But that is let let me show you guys something in a I like going in a bit smaller uh niches. So let’s do something like um I like doing HVAC as well. So we’ll do HVAC. Uh here you can see some of my previous searches. HVAC warster. Um and look right here right away there’s the first the first result here doesn’t have a website. Uh, and one thing you’ll see in these like home services niches is that they again they they’re very unorganized. So they they they’re getting business naturally like this person here is ranking right here but they don’t have a website but they have a ton of reviews. So they have a good reputation but there’s nothing there. There’s like how is it that they are operating without a website. All right. So we could we can do the same thing. We could just Google this here. All right. And see what we can find for this business. And look this same thing here. It’s it’s confused as to what is this business is. Okay. So I don’t even think this is their website. It’s thinking it’s their website. Um but this is most likely not in war. Yeah. This is a 407 number. All right. So, um, right there, like they that’s a business that’s ranking right here. Uh, but they have a great reputation, but no website. So, you can reach out to them and offer them a simple service, uh, for a website, uh, that you can get done with AI. I showed you guys, I sent you guys the video of how I built a simple professional website for 500 bucks. And the way that I pitched it was, hey, um, I’m not going to charge you full price. I’ll charge you what my the the hard cost of my developer and you can go ahead and take it from there. Um but here’s another one here, Warser HVAC Pros. Um this is their listing. They have a good um page here with good reviews and and and good reputation, but they don’t seem to claim this. They don’t have a website on here. And this may be No, that’s a a Facebook group. Um, but sometimes you can find their Facebook page. And I want to see if I can find a result like that. And on their um Facebook page, you can go ahead and find their Gmail that you can reach out to. And sometimes these businesses here will link to their Facebook page directly from here. Let’s see if I can do this one. All right.

    And just to and what I do as well after Here, let me show you an actual result. I had a I’ve built a list of this previously and I’ll show you what one of those looks like. Here we go. This is what I do. So, I’ll go through that. I’ll put the niche. I’ll put the business name statement. Then, I put all this information here. Um, and let me open up one of the Facebook pages so I can show you what it looks like.

    taking a bit to load. You can see right here a Gmail account on their Facebook page that you can reach out to uh and offer their services. So with this lead here, uh the issue was they have an old website and no chatbot on there and I got their Gmail account there, their phone number and all the information. So, uh, you just spend a few minutes in the niche or the area that you want to go into, um, and put just get all this information here. Business owner, website, phone number, email. Um, again, the email most of the time I’m pulling it from their Facebook. Uh, or on top of that, uh, inside of agency valet. Okay, option number two, we have I find a lot of these businesses in here because, you know, it pulls all that information for you. So, if you have agency valet, this obviously simplifies everything for you. Uh, because you can put any niche in here and it’ll pull back a lot of the emails, a lot of the business’s information and stuff like that that you can go ahead and start reaching out to and obviously it shows you the problem. So, a lot of you already on here have access to agency valet that gives you uh all the leads that you should you’ll ever need. Uh, and there’s going to be a huge update coming to this. Um, so make sure that uh you do pay attention to that once we release it. It’s going to be a beast. It’s going to be something that you do not recognize right now uh when it comes to lead generation. Uh but those two things right there, guys, if you don’t have access to agency valet, you can just simply go to Google uh and start uh looking for businesses like this that don’t have a website, that have an old website or a chatbot. Sometimes you’ll have you’ll find things like this as well. Uh just one more um um example before we actual training, but sometimes you’ll find things like this where people are uh uh businesses are linking to their uh personal Facebook page. And if I scroll down here, let me show you guys what this guy was posting about that you can offer um services to. So, this guy here, uh, let me see if he removed it, but he was posting that someone kept

    someone kept posting fake review. Here it goes. We got six more fake reviews, one stars. I don’t understand this. If you get a chance, please report these. So, this is a local business struggling with his reputation because someone is attacking him. So you can reach out to them and be like, “Hey, I saw that you are u you know uh someone’s coming after your business, posting fake reviews. Uh you shouldn’t be having to worry about that. We can take care of this for you.” Boom. And then that can be your end from there. Um so these are the kind of things that you can find just by going out there and spending 20 30 minutes a day. Uh it took me maybe 15 minutes, 15 to 20 minutes to put together a list like this. or obviously with agency valet, it it cuts that down because it finds all the businesses in one spot for you. Um, but again, it’s just a matter of going out there and taking action and and doing some of this stuff and and spending time doing a little bit of research to find those businesses. Um, and all of this is going to make a lot more sense as well and and and it’s going to connect perfectly with the cold email strategy as well because it all comes down to having great leads and having a great offer to promote. Uh, and that’s what we’re going to talk about on this call is co using cold email with a proven offer with proven strategies that lead to high paying and recurring clients. All right. So, give me a two in the chat box. Uh for those of you that are ready to get started, uh I have two amazing uh friends of mine on here that are going to be walking through this. Uh number one is uh Brian Anderson. He is uh you know, one of the top marketers out there that’s built ultra successful businesses in multiple different verticals uh for years. he completely disappeared uh because he and his entire team of uh of students went out there and built I want to say a 9 figure business. Uh and they were just hustling together. Um going out there helping local businesses and they just focused all their energy on that. Um, and now him and and his partner Vanessa have recently resurfaced uh because they’ve are back with a new opportunity that’s very similar to that one that they promoted for a while. Unfortunately, that one had a time stamp on it. So, there was a very limited time amount of time to be able to crush it with that and they took complete full advantage of it. Even I myself uh I think I ended up making what was it like maybe like 15 grand uh that Brian sent me uh I want to say maybe like six months ago uh he paid me out from that service that they were promoting and now they are back um to look for their next uh success stories, their next students, their next pretty much uh sales professionals to run with this next offer that works all with cold email. And I couldn’t be more excited because the amount of money that uh Brian put into his students pockets over the last five years, I don’t think I’ve I know anyone else that’s done it and put more money in other people’s pockets than Brian. Uh and as well, we have Vanessa, his uh right-hand uh lady that is a beast in the herself. She is a wealth of knowledge. I speak to her almost on a weekly basis. uh and she is in the trenches with Brian as well, helping uh build uh the their entire business one-on-one with him. She’s working with the the the students as well, getting in there. Uh and both of them together work extremely well to uh grow this business. And again, they are looking for their next uh group of student success stories to run with what we’re going to talk about on this call. So, with that, I know I’ve been talking for way too long. Let’s go ahead and jump right in. Uh Brian, uh whenever you’re ready, let’s go ahead and jump in and and let them know what we are here to talk about. Thank you so much, man. I’m excited to be here. I’m not on webinars that often anymore, so being here is a treat and I’m grateful for you having us today. So, thank you. And Vanessa, I think, is here in the background. Vanessa, are you here? I am. Hey. Hi, everybody. All right. Sometimes Vanessa’s in the office with me, Josh, but she’s uh she’s doing that remote working from home BS today. So, all good. It’s all good. blacking off. Yeah, in her P. There’s nothing better than working in your PJs. Oh, I hear you guys. Um, it’s crazy. I’m in U I it’s like the interface is different. I have like a black pop out. Um, yeah, this they if that shows that you haven’t been on a webinar in a while. I haven’t done that many, Josh. Yeah, within the last three months they changed their entire interface. So, I’m still I still struggle to pop things out and be able to move stuff. Um, but yeah, I think they tried to go more for the Zoom look. I just figured out how to read questions. I see cat claw. Hey, Cat Ben said, “I thought Brian was retired.” I pretty much am. Uh, Ben, um, but we talk about it in a sec. And then, uh, let’s see. Yeah, I love the fake review comment by Steve Fiser. Um, it’s a challenge, man. I mean, it’s you guys, it doesn’t get any more real than that. I mean people people really that’s a real problem out there you know people you know creating fake reviews and then obviously the best way to fix it is to just build up your reputation with more real reviews and drown them out. I mean you can go down that path trying to get rid of it but I’ve always found it to be better to just go after real ones and just look a five star is great but a four or four five with lots of good reviews that are recent that’s just as good and people are pretty happy with that. And one thing too as well is reply to the fake reviews. If if you can’t Oh yeah, I reply to them all. I reply to every if you can’t get them removed. That’s one way you can help is is reply to the fake ones and be like we’ve you are not a customer of ours. We’ve never you know what? Yep. Yep. And sometimes it is a real customer you guys and they’re using a fake name. I mean it’s really really fascinating. Um all right. All right. Well, let me see if I can I might need you for a second. Figure out the whole rules here. Let’s see. Yeah, let me see. I want to share application, not screen. Nope. Nope. I’m guessing I’ll I’ll send it to you now. See, make presenter. See if that works. All right. How about that?

    Is it working? There we go. Perfect. All right. But I lost my Can you see it if I do it like this? Because then I can I can pop up the panel. Yeah. Yeah, I see. Perfect. And guys, for if you Sorry, I’m not even making this up. The interface completely different. Yeah. One thing for you guys as well on your end, which I think in this new interface is a little bit better, easier, is that you can zoom in um You’re right. You’re right, Josh. Yeah. So, each individual person can zoom into the into the the uh presentation as well. All right. Well, listen, you guys, first of all, thanks for being here. All of you. there’s a lot of you here and we already said thank you to Josh, but we mean that. Um, I don’t do that many webinars with anybody. Um, and Josh is like literally one of the, you know, he had reached out and you know, Vanessa, he and I were talking and it just made sense. We got excited about it and we’re going to share kind of what we’re doing right now. Um, somebody had made a comment about being retired. I’m like, uh, I’m not retired, but I’ve changed what I’m doing. Like I’m I’m doing things that I want to do only. And this what we’re going to talk about today is driving kind of the growth of our other business. And and you can look at it if you want to look at it’s in the tax credit space you guys. It’s called Finn Titan fintitan.com. And there’s even a cool video on there. I think it’s on the homepage. Um if not, it’s on the FICA tip page and I’m going to tell you all about it throughout the call today. But um it’s it’s really cool. Um, I’ve been I’ve kind of taken what we learned when we did the ERC thing and we grew it into a variety of tax credits. We expanded the team. And Josh is right. We ended up I say we, it’s a collective. It wasn’t just me. I mean, I did my share, but we did multiple nine figures. Um, we did billions. I I don’t know how many figures that is, maybe 10. Um, we did uh billions in credits, but revenue though was like multiple nine figures, which is still it’s insane. Um because what we did is we harnessed everything Josh talks about everything maybe maybe some of the things you pick up on even other webinars other tools and we just applied them in a different space. That’s all we did. Um I’m by no means the best at pretty much anything. Like I’m I’m competent in most things, but I wouldn’t say I’m the best. So for you guys that ever if you ever feel like I I do sometimes I’m man I used to say I’m not good at video. I’m not good at this. You know what? You don’t have to be the best. You do not. But what you have to do is find the right niche or vertical. You know, everybody talks about that, but it’s so important. And then you just apply what you know. And and that’s all we really did. So, we’re going to dive into this. Um I think I think you guys will get a kick out of it. It’s it’s a lot of fun. Um I got Vanessa here in the background and give me a one if you can see the screens. I’m going to get I’m going to get used to some controls. And it’s been I haven’t done I’ve probably done five webinars in the last three three years. Six webinars maybe in three years. So I haven’t done that many. Um we are live in case you’re wondering. Yes, it’s 1:28 p.m. This is a live call. And guess what? East Coast. Um I want to Vanessa started working for me. Uh her mom worked with me and Vanessa was like an intern assistant. This is like 20 odd years ago, maybe more. 23 or four years ago. And yeah, before she was in marketing at all, she had come out of the hotel space. I think she was working at Starwood and we were able to hire her and and you know, she worked we had a bunch of different businesses over the years just like like everybody, right? We’re entrepreneurs, serial entrepreneurs and we took our applied marketing into different niches. She helped us in our mortgage and real estate business. She helped us in our agency um through many different growth periods, the franchise period, uh you know, the local the truly hyper local period in the internet marketing business, in the mobile SAS business. She’s been around with me since she was 19. And I’m not going to tell you how old she is, but she is not 19. Don’t let her lie to you guys. She is not even 19 anymore. So, matter of fact, I think one of her daughters is like 21 or two. So, um, thank you, Kurt, um, and Josh and others that that kind of commented. Um, all right. So, yeah, Cat just said, “Brian, we don’t even see you on your webinars. You’ve trained Vanessa so well.” And the reason I tell you about Vanessa is she was working with me, then she became my number one person, and she’s part owner of the business. So, Vanessa at this point is phenomenal, and she adds massive value across the board in in so many different ways. and you know and I work with her. She doesn’t work for me, just to be really clear. And um we collaborate and we do different things and she allows me I really enjoy marketing. Um and I I don’t do it for the money anymore. I do it because it’s something I like. Like I I really like it. Like I like what we do. I like helping people. I like that we paid out over 15 million in in commissions to different uh to different folks, some of which had never made money. that that actually made me feel really good. Just the other day I think I sent two or 30 hundred thousand out. We’ve got another couple hundred thousand going out next week. So I like that. Like to me that’s a rush. And so Vanessa’s integral to to that. This is me. Uh I think it’s a picture from last year. So it’s quasi me. Um let’s see. Married. I got four kids. I I have three out of the house. Uh one’s a junior in college and and my other my youngest is high school senior this coming year. So my my baby is about to be a senior in high school. And I’ve been doing the digital marketing thing since AOL and CompuServe in 93. Started doing some quote unquote courses 96, but I stopped in 99 and then I started again in ’08. Um but the whole time I was always doing marketing. I I’ve been doing marketing since there was an internet pregraphical web um online. Been an entrepreneur like a lot of you. I’m not the only one. I’ve had conversations not only with Josh but with a lot of you on the call about, you know, mowing grass as a kid, shoveling snow, whatever it is, right? That’s being an entrepreneur. Um, putting, you know, putting your creativity on the line is how can you solve a problem? Being an entrepreneur is about solving a problem and getting paid. Remember that. I’m actually a local official still. I’m looking to looking to finish that term. I’m in my third term and uh um it’s been enjoyable. Um but it but it is timeconuming and it’s um you know you know my time has come and you know I I’ve enjoyed helping helping people in our community and then I built the ERC company along with my partner John and our entire team into a ninef figureure multiple nine figure business. Um I have more of a corporate background originally but I’ve now been non-corporate a heck of a lot longer than I was corporate. I did the MBA thing. I worked in uh large software companies. I’ve done tons of stuff online, sold a lot of products, a lot of webinars, a lot of launches. Um, I’ve never really done well. For anybody, any of you that crushed ecom, I could never crush it. I could make sales, but I just never really had it dialed in right. That was always my weakness, truthfully. I just never was good at it. And so, I I moved away from it. Uh, my first quote unquote product was actually in 1994 in the dating niche, which was comical because I didn’t have a a girlfriend or significant other at the time. Um, but that’s a story for another day. Um, what else? Family, you know, that’s Yeah, my son. That’s two years ago, but that’s my son, us at his and my son’s graduation. It’s just my wife and some of the kids down in down near you, Josh, down in South Florida, Palm Beach County area. And then, uh, Seattle out on the west. We were doing an Alaskan trip. But for me, it’s really about family. I do not own a Lambo. Um, I do have a convertible, but it’s a Lexus, not a Lambo. And it’s much more affordable. And it’s uh enjoyable, though. And my car doesn’t break down. and it doesn’t cost me anywhere near as much. But uh what else? Um but I started out as a guy that didn’t have two nickels. And I mean that like I was in debt from day one, from age 18 on. And eventually I got out of school and I thought everything was going to be great because I got this college degree and I did reasonably okay. I wasn’t the best, but I did okay. But I got a job and I would drive in this traffic and I would do it all the time and it was not fun at all. And I don’t know how many of you guys live in big cities or in big traffic. Um, but this is real. This is super real for many, many people. Live that. Uh, live that in a big way. Um, let’s see. All right. I’m playing with the webinar stuff. All right. Yes. A lot of people saying it sucks. Somebody said they’re Kurt’s in LA. Yeah, that’s that’s worse than what I had. Kurt, I’m not going to argue with you, but it would take me an hour to go about eight miles. And as a young guy, I mean, dude, talk about demoralizing. I’m just like, there’s got to be something more, right? Um, fast forward a few years. I was 33. This is 20 plus years ago now, but ended up going to the hospital, stress, and had a heart heart condition. You know, I’ve had my share of things. I got fired during the com era a couple times. Felt like I was doing great because I’d get promoted. I’d get a raise. And then a few weeks later, I’d get fired. It was just comical really. And I’ve learned to accept that that if you don’t you don’t control your your opportunity, your business, your revenue stream, right? You you have to expect the unexpected. And and I’ve learned it. But for me, that was it, right? That was the last straw. I I I used to tease Vanessa. I’m like, I feel like I’m on the corporate roulette wheel just spinning spinning the the balls around the wheel, trying to hit my lucky number. But the reality is I just needed to take control and do my own thing. And I had been doing a lot of part-time ad hoc always, even when I was corporate. Um, but I needed to step up and go full-time, which I did in the early 2000s. Um, in 26 for me, this is me. You’ve got the blue ocean stuff, right? Um, which is the unique opportunities, right? The there’s different things out there, right? There’s no one thing. You’ve got the local marketing thing. You’ve got SEO and reputation, right? That’s the old school stuff and we’re going to talk about newer stuff. You’ve got the affiliate marketing, right? All these things are good. Like you’ve got, you know, an AI twist on most of the things that we’ve all been familiar with for 20-ish years. You’ve got AI enabling, right, which is an amazing opportunity right now for so many people. Um, you’ve got kind of consulting around a there’s so many AI angles that you can play. And I’m not here to talk to you guys about them, although I I have a whole AI team at Fint Titan. uh five or six internal people that do nothing but AI um from development and integration and process optimization and I’ve got a consultant out of Europe that that really helps us kind of bring it all together. Um but but that’s not what I want to talk about. Um I want to talk about what I consider more of a blue ocean kind of thing, a DFY where others others fulfill and you just sort of drive the lead. Because what I’ve learned, um, local marketing has become or became at some point a nightmare. It really did, you guys. Like truly a nightmare. Um, Kurt, I can see them, but I can’t seem to answer them. So, I do see your questions and I can speak to them if that’s okay. And uh, and Vanessa’s here in the background. She may answer them for you, but it it’s hard for me with the interface until I get it down to really answer them. But I do see them, I promise. And I’m reading them. Um, okay. So, so the marketing has become a nightmare. Um, 95% the number may be higher and I don’t know what you guys think about this. Give me a one if you agree that vast majority let’s let’s just go with the vast majority. The challenge is they can’t really sell the service to the business right from a local standpoint. Would y’all agree that that’s like at the root one of the biggest problems? They can’t sell it. Doesn’t mean they don’t know what it is and they can’t add value. They just can’t they can’t connect with the business owner that they don’t know. Get them to sign up and get their credit card. What do you think about that? Um, right. I’m starting to see the feedback. Yeah, guys, hard sale, right, Maurice? Yeah. Um, guys, this right here, this this is this is where so many people fail. This is a failure point. Um, historically the reason these agencies or local marketers, right, guys and gals fail is they get overwhelmed. They have no support. Maybe they miss some knowledge. Usually they’re better on the knowledge. They’re usually the the better ones usually have drive, but some of them lack drive and motivation or they’re selling a service that’s not hot. You kind of need a product that’s really hot so you don’t have to be a sales rockstar. The hotter the product is, the easier it is for you. Does that make sense? Give me give me a three if that makes sense. When the product’s smoking hot, you don’t have to twist arms and convince because they’re just going to sign up, right? Yeah. Thank you guys. Yeah. When when the product is that good, you’re sharing not selling. Um, now beginning it’s been five years, Josh, but since 2021, I pivoted. I started doing more unique offers. I did the tax credit space. I did weight loss GLP1 drugs. did really well with that. I did a tellahalth offer. Matter of fact, I got a call after this with our teleahalth team and and it’s doing really well. Um, fascinating. I did very select affiliate offers. They had to meet certain criteria that just made sense. But that’s what I’ve been working on personally because I I did do really well to the point that I that I had to really be very selective on what to do. And and the people that worked with me also did very well. Some of them made millions of dollars. Um, so my income exploded, my net worth exploded. Um, but I’ll tell you this, this is still true today. Doesn’t matter AI, doesn’t matter at all. Can’t get a client, you’re not going to make money. I don’t care if that’s affiliate marketing or local or even ecom, right? You got to have somebody who’s willing to pay for what you do or what you have or to subscribe, right? So, this nightmare has these pain points, right? Sales. Sales is a pain point. I think we can all agree sales is a painoint. I’m not gonna beat this one to death, but you know it and I know it. You are on a hamster wheel trying to get deals service trying to smoo and take care of the clients, they still quit. Um, if you did, if you haven’t sold enough, then you don’t even know how bad this part is, right? And if you have, you get it. fulfillment, you kind of pretty much know what to do, but you got to deliver results that make the client go, “Wow.” Right? So, you got to do that. You got to get them to say, “Wow.” And then you got to bill them and you got to make sure PayPal or whatever u processing solution you have doesn’t play games or make sure the client pays. I I’m currently dealing with problem clients that don’t want to pay in the tax credit space. And I’ve had to hire lawyers and spend gobs and gobs of money to get people to pay their bill when they owe their bill. You guys, it’s insane. It’s completely insane. All right, these are just some of the problems. Now, I’m going to solve these less than 30 minutes. My goal is less than 30 minutes. Um, no sales grind, no customer service headaches, no fulfillment stress, no billing issues, no waiting, no nothing, okay? No waiting on the government, none of that stuff. Old way is dead, right? The shift. Look, I appreciate everybody talking about grind, grind, work harder, stay up all night, you know, do do it all, right? System, man. I’ve never been the best at systems. I’m decent, but I’m not the best. But I can tell you what, a system beats hard work almost every time, right? As long as you can, you have a system and you dial in on the right opportunity. Um, you don’t have to get louder. You don’t have to churn out videos and be silly and creative. You don’t have to do that. You got to connect the client with what you have as long as they want it. Um, so we put together something called small batch or small batch system. And some of you guys have seen it. This is kind of an evolution of that. So, you may have seen it over over last couple years. Um, and the whole premise is stop trying to reach everybody, right? Uh, Curt, it’s Finn and then Titan like titan. Does that make sense? Uh, titan. So, stop trying to reach everyone, but start reaching the right people. The right people that actually might want to buy what you have. precision, focus dialed in. Don’t spray and prey. We identify the exact decision makers who are already looking for what you offer. Zero waste, maximum impact. Um, so it’s about dominating the inbox from a point of showing up in the primary inbox. It’s about automation because I’ll be honest, the challenge that I had and I think a lot of you is consistency. And if you have automation, this can take you as your worst enemy out of the equation. So, um, and selling something that might make more money, right, instead of 27 bucks because the people that that can make money selling $27 are selling large large volumes. And if you’re struggling at one or two sales, then then we got to we got to refocus what what you’re selling, right? So that you can actually generate money that works for you. And I know most of you kind of want that freedom, right? And Van, Vanessa was talking about it pre- call. Josh, um, listen, work from anywhere, no office, no commute, true freedom to live on your own term. Be real with me right now. How many of you, money aside, agree this is, just say me, that you agree this is really what most people want. The ability to have financial freedom, working from anywhere, without an office, without a commute, to live on your own terms. That’s it. To live on your own terms. I I don’t know if it’s a dollar amount as much it is as a lifestyle. Super critical. Super critical, right? That we uh that we can do this. All right, let’s see. I am I see it. All right, you guys. I’m I’m learning the chat metaphor here. All right, I see Maurice and lots of other ones FL coming in here. We got Josh and Kurt. Okay. So, don’t be a statistic. I would encourage all of you, do not be a statistic. What is that? What do I mean by that? Don’t just fail because you follow everyone else. Listen, if you’ve been around a while, I I know I’ve known um I’ve known a few of you a while. Cat Cla I’ve known on and off for years. Um and I see others on here that I’ve seen on and off for a while. You guys know that the vast majority of people fail. So, I got to be honest. Don’t do whatever they’re doing because it ain’t working. Right? You guys know it. You don’t need me or Josh to tell you. If it didn’t work, don’t spend your money or your time on it. So, the moment changed, right? The moment everything changed for me, the epiphany was a blueprint, something that worked, scalable system that worked not only for me, but for other people. Um, so there is a quasi secret weapon that the quote unquote gurus, a horrible word, right? that the gurus aren’t telling you, the product sellers, the innovators, right? The guys driving innovation. What they’re not telling you, um, the system is built, right? The path is clear. I’m doing it right now. If you went to my website, you can even see me at a at a conference. I spent almost $500,000 going to that conference. $500,000. If you didn’t go to the website, it’s ftitan.com. And Vanessa, are you there? There is a video right on the homepage. Or am I wrong on that? Yes. Yes. We got it added. It’s live. Yeah. Yeah. If you guys look at the video, you’ll see me at this conference. This is in the restaurant space. And you’re going to be like, why did you spend all that money to go to a conference, right? It all ties back to the system targeted at the right vertical. So, I want you to know what if you could have all this without the pain. So, my promise is to show you how to do it all step by step. No secrets. And just like I said a few minutes ago, it’s about solving a problem, getting paid. All right? Does that make sense? If it makes sense, just tell me. Solve a problem. That’s how you get paid. That is fundamentally what we have to do. If you do not do that, you are not going to win. You’re not going to get paid. Um, all right. I want to make sure you guys are getting this. Um, I’m trying to see. So, I think questions is the best box. All right. Yep. Yep. I’m seeing it. So, if you if you do this, you can win. So, we designed a system as we did the ERC product where it was all about inbox to income. You know, how do we get in the inbox and get paid? So, it was around email because I didn’t have go I had a little bit of money, but I didn’t want to spend unlimited money on PPC cuz I knew I had to scale. Um, so I I I wanted I had been doing email on and off since the ‘9s, since like the beginning, and it changes all the time. So, I have to be able to get around the spam filters and get to the person with a message to the right person that’s going to make sense. Um, tell me if this if you can relate to this. You know, email works. You’ve seen others do it. Hell, Josh sends emails all the time. They’re extremely good. Um, I enjoy his emails. They’re really, really good. They always get in my inbox. But when you try it, the you that looks in a mirror right now, something goes wrong. They don’t get opened. Your offer doesn’t get seen. I don’t care if it’s to an affiliate or to a client, right? and your income is stuck because you’re not making any. Can you relate to that at all? Does that make sense? Super important. I understand this that you guys can relate to that,

    right? Super important you guys. You know, it works. So, if you really want to get out of the nineto-5 or to change your now, you got to stop trading time for money. First of all, it’s exhausting. I’ve been there. your dream is real, right? That dream of working from wherever, setting your own schedule. I don’t care if you’re on a cruise ship, a fishing boat with Josh, doesn’t matter, right? Uh I guarantee there’s been a time Josh has been out deep sea fishing. I guarantee you he sent an email before. Guarantee he has. Um and I didn’t ask him this, so at one point we’ll hit him up later. Email marketing promises that lifestyle, but it’s really only for those that can make it work. All right? If you want to make more money online, I don’t care if it’s a grand a month or real money, like full-time six-figure kind of income, you know, it can deliver, but you haven’t cracked the code. It’s like a black hole. Like look at that vortex there. Um, so I for one want to give a big shout out to Vanessa and whatever AI she used for sprucing up my slides. Um, I love the black hole, Vanessa. Very, very slick. Uh, nice work. So, love it. Um, if you don’t know where to start, I get it. Should you buy a list? Not usually. Should you build it from scratch? Yeah, that works. Um, what software? What program? Blah blah blah. What should you say? There’s a lot of overwhelm that happens. The overwhelm is insane, right? There’s a lot of overwhelm. Um, but your real problem is you don’t have that audience. you don’t have that group of local clients, that group of affiliate buyers, product buyers, whatever it is, right? That want to buy what you’re selling. And and Josh had mentioned reputation in his uh as he’s going through some of the examples with agency valve

    reputation issue, right? So you can have the greatest product and website, but if you don’t get eyes on the offer, ah, waste of time. So, and it could take a long time to do it on social media. Some people do it overnight, right? You get the people that trend in hours, right? But remember, most of the time you don’t own that list. You’re renting the audience and you’re at the mercy of the platform. We saw what happened to the Tik Tok people when Tik Tok got cancelled uh the first time, right? And then they brought it back. Um, there was real fear in those guys and gals, but it really does feel like everything works against you. And give me a five if you agree with this. Like, like it’s almost like karma is conspiring against you to make it hard. The digital karma, the landscape has become a minefield. You got platform changes, filters, AI, uh, AI filters, you got noise, competition changes. Everything is happening in a way, right? in a way that just makes it really hard for you to win. Um, yeah, I’m seeing them come in, you guys, because that’s real. Uh, that’s what happens. You got scammers out there and people that are spamming the wrong people. They’re ruining it for everyone. You get hundreds of billions of emails sent every day. Most of them are junk. Complete garbage, right? What happens though is the legit offers that a business who has a reputation problem might want to see, they get drowned out. All of a sudden, you’re in the promo tab, which is like the graveyard of email marketing, and you’re you’re not you’re not going anywhere. Nobody even sees it. I’m a dork and I probably look at the promo tab and clean it out in my junk tab, etc. The spam tabs. I clean that stuff out. I don’t know why, but I do. And I laugh at how many people that I see that are marketers that you guys know that are all their emails are in my in my junk tab. It’s fascinating. You got Google changing the rules, right? Trying to comply and do the right thing, which everybody wants to do. It’s a moving target. You got the whole internet arguably stacked against you, especially at these big boy platforms, right? You got Yahoo, man, they’re off the chain blocking people. Google’s not much better. same as Microsoft. So all these things, right? All these things. All right. You got expensive CRM charging an arm and a leg. I mean, super expensive. Everything in the world should not cost $9.97 or or this or that, right? Um you should be able to get an email platform that works for 10 20 bucks. Okay. So everybody’s talking about AI. How do you profit? How do you turn that technology into money? Because you got deliverability at an all-time low. It continues to go down. It’s actually lower than that in the uh in the agency space, guys. Um your emails end up in spam or promo boxes. And you just need answers. And I get it. Vanessa get it. Josh gets it. That’s why we’re here today. There is a better way to do it. There’s a way to get this done so your offers are seen. You get where you need to go and you get past all the filters. And what we did, right, the the nuts and bolts is we tested multiple email apps. Vanessa, what was the total apps like 15 or 16 different ones or did we is it is it over 20 now? How many apps did we test? Uh we started with 15 and we did expand to the top 20 once they started releasing new uh programs. So yeah, we tested 20. So 20 different softwares that send emails. Prices range from free or free trial to seven to 10 bucks a month to 197 a month. We can guess those, right? To 4.97 a month to even a,000 a month. Fascinating. Um, we tested them all, but we’ll just skip to the fun part. And we’ve done this over years now. We do it all the time. We have a whole team that all they do is test. We analyze the results. We see right where the open rates happen and our small batch system dominates, right? 43% plus. Um, and what’s fascinating, that’s an open rate, not on warm email, you guys, on cold email. Okay, cold email, 43%. It’s pretty good, right? I get excited about that. Um, hang on. Let’s see. 64. All right. So, click rate, how’s 68%. You know how you win? People open your emails and get to your and get to your offer. If they can’t do that, you’re not going to win. I don’t care how many webinars you’re on and how many products you buy. You will not win. You will continue to spend money, lose money, and get frustrated. So, what we did is found winners and made them better in different niches. And we called it small batch and we had a strategy around you can guess small batches of emails a proprietary template and model with uh sequencing and triggers and stuff and that’s what we did and yeah I wish I think I’m oh my god over 31 years we’ll go with that and I’ve been doing this stuff for a long time. It’s really the same. It just changes it evolves metaphor right on what you do and how you do it. But this is all built into the DNA of the of the tool, right, of the course. And the course is more of a system. It’s a source code for email marketing, right? That you can execute, right? You can execute it. And right, the streamline system, right? So let’s talk about it. The goal is deliverability, autopilot engagement, and then monetization. So be seen. Step one, do it on autopilot so you don’t have to be there to do it over and over again. Kurt, absolutely for your own product. Yes, you do not have everything we’re talking about. Let me I’m glad Kurt asked that. Everything that we’re talking about today can work with Serling Agency of LA Kurt’s product, right? Every product you can think about. Um it doesn’t matter. We we have a product that you if you don’t know what to sell, I you could sell what I’m doing and pocket 250 to 500 bucks all day long. That that that’s kind of what we’re doing. It’s kind of the cheat, you know, to kind of get you people go, “Hey, what are you really selling?” You can make 250 to $500 all day long. That’s the net. And maybe I need to change our commission payouts to 297 to47, but it’s 250 to 500, you guys. Um, so what makes Small Batch different? No expensive subscription, uh, no complicated setup. It’s done for you. No, no having to build it from scratch. No guesswork. This is a low investment. It’s very step by step, paint by numbers. Um, leads are included. The blueprint, everything you need is is there and ready to go. Um, it’s not another CRM subscription. As a matter of fact, we give you a CRM included. Um, so you don’t need to pay money for that. Um, it’s not it’s not so hard that you need to be like an internet marketing PhD, right? I I’ve bought some of those and man, they work, but I usually have to hire like two outsourcers and then one more that comes in and fixes what the first two did wrong to get it to work right. No joke though, a lot of those work, but this you do not. You could be a beginner. You could be somebody that’s been around a long time and just never found success. As a matter of fact, those people do really well with this. If you’ve been around a while and you just never found success and you’re not a tech rockstar and you don’t have to do it your own way and you’re willing to believe this is going to work for you. It’s proven and simplified. It’s literally this easy. Um, we built in something called an engagement amplifier. This is just a fancy marketing phrase for the strategies that we’ve been using for over 30 years to get the emails delivered, right? and we build them into the software tool. So this automation and these strategies are done for you automatically without you having to one know what they are and two do them. Um so no more large scale grab a list and just blast away because that crushes your reputation you know from an email standpoint. Um everything we do is scored. Every action has a value. There’s low value actions, medium value, and maximum value. So, I want you to imagine, let’s talk about this for a second. I want you to imagine, uh, who said, “Can I use it?” Yeah, it was Kurt. Can I use it for my own product, Kurt? So, if someone opened your email, that might be a low value action. If someone forwarded um maybe they went to What if they went to your page, right? What if they went to your sales page? That might be a medium value action. And maybe the maximum value is they bought, you know, a product from you or they they forwarded the email a couple times, they did something more than once. All those kinds of things are scored with what we do because once you know the score of each person on your list, you’re going to treat somebody with a high score different than a low score. Does that make sense? Let me pause for a minute. Um, I want to make sure you guys get it. Uh, hang on. Let me I’ll I’m going to turn the camera on if this works. Don’t know if it works. Vanessa, you got to help me here. So, let’s see. Um, yeah, it might be because you’re sharing the application, but it won’t share the screen. I’ll figure it out. I’ll figure out there we go. All right, you guys. I had a pattern interrupt. We’ve been talking too long. If you’re bored, I get it. So, let’s get you on board. Let’s get you dialed in here. So, can you see me? First of all, does everybody get the scoring that we’re talking about? We cannot see you. Are you serious? I know. I can see myself. Hang on. All right. Well, you know, fascinating. I It says Okay, they can see you. They can see you. So, Vanessa user error. Thanks, Steve Fisher. And Prospect Media and Glenn. Thank you guys. Okay. Straight up. All right. I’m put my sunglasses on because your future is so bright, you guys. You’re going to need shades, too. Just like the song from the 80s. And if you know that song, I got a 100 bucks. Who knows who sings that song? Future so bright, I got to wear shades. I’m not even kidding. Who knows it? Steve, you love it. Come on, Fitcher. You love that. I I made that up on the fly. So, let’s see. All right, let’s do this. Um, easy. I’m waiting for somebody to get it and then we’re going to go on with the presentation. But the actions have values. Once you understand that, make sure whoever gets it right, Vanessa gets paid. And that’s only if Vanessa knows. If Vanessa doesn’t know the answer, it’s $200. Vanessa, who sang the song? It had the lyric and my future’s so bright, I got to wear shades. Do you know?

    I’m gonna lose my 80s street cred. It’s all right. You’re a Taylor Swift person, dude. I have no offense to you. Do you have any idea? Um, it was like No, it doesn’t matter. I don’t know. You missed it. You’re reading. She’s trying to cheat you guys. There’s a few of you that got it. Here’s what I’m going to do. I’m going to give it to the first person, obviously a quality person, Glenn Andred. So, Glenn, you are the winner of not 100, Vanessa’s kicking in 100. So, now it’s 200. So, way to go, Glenn. Congratulations. 200. Cory Hart. I thought it was Cory Hart, but it says it’s Timbuk 3. Okay. No, it’s Well, I don’t know who Timbukt is, but I promise you Cororey Hart said it in the way that I meant it in the song from the 80s. No, if Timbuk 3 said it in the 80s too, give them money, too. Um, but it is Cory Art. Um, it is, um, I wear sunglasses at night. Um, anyway. Um, so let’s do this. You guys, we all get it, right? So, if you look at the score from cold to hot, right? Below a certain number, these people are ice cold. They’re strangers. You got people that are interacting with you. They’re in the middle. And then you got people that are raving fans, right? Super fans. So all we have to know is how do we take your list and how do we classify it, right? How do we classify that list? How do we classify it? Right? And and I’m doing that automatically because one, it’s hard to do manually. It’s easy to understand and hard to do. So we have it done automated for you. and I’m going to give you the keys to the exact system I’ve built and we use including scripts, compliance shield, tech config, the modules, everything. We’re going to give you a five-part master class that you’re going to go through on your own and then we’ll lead Q&As’s live. Um, we’ll go through email marketing, can spam, how to be one of the top 1%, how to segment, how to use AI the right way. We’ll go through these things, right? So that you have foundation knowledge now. And John said, “Brian, why are you assuming we have a list?” Um, all right. All right. I’m gonna have to double pay. I’m gonna have to go with Kurt. Kurt gave me factual proof. Um, I love it, Kirk. Uh, Kirk gets paid, too. Vanessa, double pay. Kirk and, um, the other person that won. Um, there was two people plus or minus a year, so I’m going to pay them both. Glenn and Kirk. Kurt was first and Glenn was second. They each said separate and they both they both are right. So anyway, we we’ll make sure both you guys are taken care of. All right, we’re going to teach you in module one everything the change that’s happened in 26. What’s killing your ROI, right? How to understand your sender rep, bounces, complaints, traps, everything. How to do an audit, right? Very easily to understand where you’re at. Module two is this whole engagement amplifier, this system that we’re talking about. Um, we’re going to go into this because once you understand this, you’ll be able to you’ll be able to take this anywhere else. You’ll be able to take this concept and apply it to anything else you do. I don’t care in what industry, doesn’t matter. Um, you’re going to learn about moving them around. Um, the timing of it, right? 30-day implementation, a cold list strategy, because somebody said, “Brian, why are you assuming we have a list?” So it was John John Buckman and John. So we’re going to give you a list and we’re going to help you prioritize it. Cold, you know, lukewarm, warm, warming up, hot, very hot. We’re going to help you do that. That’s going to be the critical thing to your success. Once you do that, every one of you are going to win. And if you don’t win, you have a bad offer. Um because I’ll show you how to win with what we’re doing. and you just need to replicate it on your offer or you can just do it on ours and get paid there. We’ll get into compliance, super important. We’ll get into um all US-based compliance. We’re not in Europe. Um who else? Um using AI the right way, right? What are we doing with AI from a content standpoint? How the bots know that this is AI generated? Right? We’ve got like a couple tips and tricks and this is evolving like by the minute. Um, yeah, Cody can. Yes, to your question. Um, we’ll get into all this stuff. Um, what else? Really, my goal is to turn you into an elite email marketer. And I don’t need you to be an elite marketer, but I need to turn you into one that behaves that way. Does that make sense? I need you to do the things that it takes to be elite and use our system if you don’t have one. Right? So, you are doing this because if you do not do this, you are destined to fail at email marketing. Um, and other people that teach it are going to tell you in essence the same thing. I’m going to go one further because I’m going to give you the technology instead of just teaching you. I’m going to give you the technology that does it for you. Um, we’ll do a whole deep dive. These modules, guys, I’m going to train you, but more than anything, I want to do it with you and for you. And it’s going to cost you money, unfortunately. I wish it was free. Um, it was going to be $9.97 today, but honestly, I told Josh I I lowered the price. Um, and and he he was grateful. Um, I just took $500 off because it’s Josh. It’s $497. Um, we’re going to get into all the bonuses, how it works, because I want I want to get I want to get into the nitty-gritty and not talk at you, which is what happens on webinars too much. You guys get that, right? You all do. but it’s going to end up being $500. You can split the pay. You can do all those kinds of things. However, the link you need is smallbatchsystem.com/vip.

    And I can promise you this, we’re not running this webinar three times a week. You’re not going to see it tomorrow with some other marketer. You’re not going to see it next week. Um, unless Vanessa knows something I don’t know. We’re not We’re doing this special for Josh and for each of you. This isn’t for anybody else. So, smallbatchsystem.com/vip is unique and only found here and I’m excited about it. Right. So, yep. We’ll have a software uh is included. We’ll talk about it in a second. And Vanessa, so let’s get into more of the value and feel free to interrupt me as we go on this. I don’t want to just I don’t want you to take my word or hers. These are real members. Um Ken’s been a customer on and off for 18 years. Those stats are good. In case you don’t know, you don’t need to hear from me, but those stats are really good. Open rates and click-through rates, right? What else? John, not a customer for 18 years. I think I’ve known him six or seven years. 66% first time. First time out of the gate.

    But one off, you can always get lucky, right? One off, you can get lucky. One hit wonders don’t build businesses. Reliable systems do. So, John did it again. Same guy. He’s based in the UK in case you guys aren’t aren’t aren’t all in America. Where are you guys from right now? Tell me what part of the the US or the world you’re from. John was in the UK. Did it again. Instead of 60s something percent, he got into the 80s. So, and I’m going to pick a winner off where you’re from on the coolest place. Germany. I knew you were from Germany, Maurice. Um, I won’t tell you why, but I did know that. So, let’s see. Um, what else? So, these results are repeatable, right? They can be done over and over and over again, and the numbers are pretty consistent. Oh, we got we’re going to have a tough one to beat. We got Macedonia. I really love that. I love Macedon. Okay, very cool. Um, who else we from Earth? I feel you. Um, what if you could have all the results without all the work? Think about that for a minute. All the results without doing all the tech, without the grind, right? And that’s that’s what I wanted to do because I knew that most people Vanessa, let’s make uh the winner on that $100 gift card for, and I hope I pronounce it right, uh, Pico Pico Ree um, from Macedonia because I haven’t had very many people over the years from Macedonia. So, I’m super excited about that. Oh, Edinburg, Scotland. Love that. Love Edinburgh. Um, okay. So, if we focus on conversations and not setup, not config. That’s where you get paid. You don’t get paid on the setup. You do not get paid on the setup. So, our done for you system, the charter membership, right? 497. You’ll get a month of unlimited done for you. And we’re going to dive into what all that means. Okay.

    Right, we’re going to dive into all this as we go through these slides and then we’re going to talk to you about them and Vanessa’s going to articulate. You’re going to get unlimited domain authentication, right? We’re going to do all the tech for you. Um, we’re going to do account warm-ups. Super important. I am so impatient. I almost never want to wait. I’m like, I’m just going to do it right from scratch. Yeah, Brian, let me tell you how that goes. Um, we’re going to warm your domains up so you don’t blow them up. Um, we’re going to give you lead lists every day. Not once. Somebody asked me about lists earlier. Not once, my friend, but daily. And they’re going to be fresh and targeted based on your requests. Um, we are going to give you unlimited DFY done for you campaign setup. So, we’re going to let you load everything into your CRM, map the fields, right? And we’re going to set everything up for you hands-free. like you don’t have to do anything truly

    domain health monitoring super important because when something goes bad you got to stop right and we got to fix it but we’re going to monitor it and let you know we’re going to look at your content that you have we’re going to do all the things that I promise you 95% of the people don’t do they either don’t know how or they don’t do it we are going to give you a month of our unlimited done for you service which is 197 a month you can cancel at any time there’s no obligation at But you’re going to get all of that every single day non-stop, including lists and everything you could possibly need. And I guarantee you’re going to know in 30 days or less that you’re absolutely ecstatic about what you’re getting. Or you’re like, I’m never going to pay a monthly. And you don’t have to. You would only pay a monthly if you’re making money. Fact systems working and you’re making money. All right. ROI. I got to be honest, if your time is worth more than 10, 15 bucks an hour, the system will pay for itself like clockwork, like in a couple days. Um, otherwise, you’re going to spend dozens of hours a month setting things up. Our real mega plier or multiplier, Vanessa, with the words here, is our DFY team. They’ve been on the team for most of them over 10 years. Um, lots of feedback from real people talking about the team. Not talking about me or Vanessa. Talking about the team. Leo talking about email warm-up. I’m not your guy to warm your email to warm your email up because I’m impatient. You guys are impatient too. And you know you are. Um, customer support. This um, just FYI, Vanessa, we have the wrong picture on that slide because that is not Ken. I know Ken very well. So, we we got to double check the slide on that one. Yeah, we have a money back guarantee. Somebody was asking. Uh 100%. Terry Allison, we got lots and lots. We got Dennis, um Vince, you name it. Guys, we we do this all the time. So, Vaness, I want to ask you to come out. I’m going to ask you to talk through some of the bonuses and I’m going to stay here and help you. And let’s let’s really go through this together cuz I want to I want to I want to get Vanessa connected into the conversation because she’s not going to brag, but she runs the team that does everything. The team that makes our members stick at a 90% plus rate. You know why people pay month after month? Because it works. So Vaness, you there? I am. Let me take over a screen. Take my screen. Take my screen and let’s see. I don’t know how to give it to you. Let’s see. Do I click? I think I can see what happens. Yeah. How’s that? Everybody see bonuses? I see. Fantastic. Thank you so much, Brian. I think we’ve got it. Let me see if I can make sure I can get changes. There you go. I see flowers. Yep, I see it. Okay. And all right, I’m going to juggle talking to you guys and watching

    questions. So bear with me. Okay. So the very first thing that we have put together for you is what we call revenue generators program. And so what we do is we go out and we vet those offers. Right? you’ve got the email system, you’re getting into the inbox, but like what are you communicating? Maybe some of you have your own offers like Kurt, but some of you guys don’t. Um, so we vet and bring that to you and we coordinate. Um, so we bring in the campaigns and we make it all done for you. We vet it for you and help you sign up and get started so you have something to talk about in those emails, right? So once you have something to talk about, what’s next? You need somebody to send those emails to, right? I saw a lot of folks asking, “Why do you assume we have a list? What are we gonna do?” Yep. So, Brian, I I didn’t talk to you about this before, but um I thought 5,000 I thought 5,000 wasn’t going to be enough. So, I said for Josh, let’s give them 20,000 emails. Wow. Okay. We’ve never done that for anybody ever, even for Josh. So, if you’ve ever been on our call, you know, we’ve done a,000, 2500 or 5,000 before. This is this is new, but Vanessa does run the team. And uh who am I to argue with her? So, um if she doesn’t deliver, I’ll make I’ll make it right for you guys. But they’re going to have to work their tail off for this. I love it, though. I think it’s I think it’s super valuable because this is almost everybody’s sticking point, Vanessa, and they don’t have a list. Yep. And I uh I dumped it. I I surprised I’ll say the done for you our support team and I was like hey guys uh just so you know this afternoon you might see some folks talking about 20,000 list uh we’re not we’re not crazy this is valid so um they are prepping to get those lists for everybody and yeah that’s in the niche of your choosing um the way we uh set it up is you tell us where and who. So, if you want to talk to, like Josh was talking about, roofers in LA or plastic surgeons in Georgia, you give us that information and we go out and we get the most current, publicly available information uh for those Oh, wait a minute, Vanessa. Vanessa, so you’re you’re saying you’re not going to give me something from nine years ago. It’s going to be current and fresh. Absolutely. And I’m also not going to give everybody the same email and let you all fight amongst yourselves. No. No. Paul and Michelle wanted the same emails as each other so they could send the same offers, too. Come on. I’m teasing you guys. But no, this is this is the real value. This is and this is Vanessa’s baby and that’s why she was able to change this. We have an entire team. Couple US, uh, a few in India and a few in the Philippines. This is what they do each and every day for us. So, and and you can see the when you go to finitan.com, you can see the video on the homepage with me at the the show and our team and our booth and all that. They are generating leads in three different niches for me right now every day. And I I do the exact same thing. Everything you’re hearing uh just like Josh does at the beginning, the only stuff that we’re talking about here is stuff we use on the daily, not that we used once six years ago. We use it today on June 4th at 2:15 PM, whatever time it is, uh, where you are, right? We do this every day. So, this is phenomenal, Vanessa, I’m gonna go on mute, but this is I’m loving this. Awesome. Awesome. Okay. All right. So, uh, John, yeah, I see you and I’m going to talk about that. So, you’re going to be excited about it. So, so we’ve got 20,000 emails, addresses, and now what are we going to do? We’re going to help you figure out what to say to them. So, we have over a hundred emails, campaigns preloaded, right? Like you said, like Brian said, we give you a CRM. If you don’t already have a software that you’re using to send cold emails, we’ve got you covered. Uh there’s no additional fee or expense for the CRM. It is not a requirement that you use it, of course, but if you’ve got nothing, now you’ve got something. And in that software, we’ve preloaded 100 plus email swipe library campaigns of emails that Brian and I, again, 50 years between us writing marketing emails. Uh, wrote them, spam validated, checked them, and uh, published them for you, ready to use, built right in. Okay. We also have a mastermind group where we all get together every single week and we have actionable small groupoup workshops where I’m either teaching you um advanced uh methodologies or answering questions or going over presenting new material. We’re writing new campaigns and building new content every single week. Um, so you’ll be there with us every week and we also have a group, right? The the Facebook group where everybody comes together. Um, and the conversations there are incredible. You get access to those behind the curtain, behind the scenes, uh, conversations and access where we can all come together. Let’s see. Uh, what extra costs are there to use the program besides the initial fee? Nothing, right? Everything you see on the sales page, there are no surprises. No, oh, by the way, you have to buy this or you have to pay more for these lists or there’s a credit uh factor and you’re going to consume your credits and buy more credits. Absolutely not. I was chatting with someone while Brian was talking um how many domains do I have to buy, etc. And um we never want you to go out and spend a bunch of money upfront. We want to grow and scale with you at a pace that is um beneficial with like a solid ROI. When you’re ready to take the next step and you want to buy another domain to send emails from. Okay. Yes. But I’m not going to say, oh, to get started to have any kind of success and learn, you have to go out and spend a $100 on domains. No, you have one domain to send emails from. Okay. So, I will say if there is an extra cost, if you don’t already have a URL, a domain for $9.99 a year from GoDaddy, you do have to have an email address on a URL. So, yeah, that is not to be a gotcha, but yeah, you do have to have a URL, but there’s no surprise fees for us. Uh, bonus three. So, our a VIP pass to our small group workshops. So in addition to just training and access to the members area, we host smaller groups where you can come on interact directly with me. It’s kind of like small classroom private training. Uh we can go over your specific business plan. If you have questions on technology, we have groups where uh folks will jump on. Um Rose is our master um technician. She is known to set up a Zoom and go over things with you to make sure everything is working. Um, getting your account set up, um, getting your domains and your SPFs and your DKIMs and all of that set up so that you can get up and running quickly. Uh, so VIP pass to small groupoup workshops, that is the white glove premium support that will help you not just with technicalities and Q&As’s, but really finding your foothold in your business and success. All right. And so those tactical workshops with actionable takeaways. Um every single Monday we come together. There’s a master class uh in structured. Okay. So Brian will come on and talk about like we spoke about the revenue generators like what’s the new offer that we think is going to benefit you uh pay you a good commission lead referral. Um and I’ve got a really good great one that we’re going to talk about in a minute uh right off the bat that we’d love to get you started with. Um, they’re interactive, real-time problem solving. Uh, I like to say I leave no question left unanswered. So, um, join us live and we’re going to make sure that you are rocking and rolling. Uh, we’ve got a a bonus course inside the members area called the followalong affiliate marketing course. Uh, if you’re new to the not local marketing, right? you’re not using not working with local businesses directly with like reputation and lead generation etc. If you want to jump in on affiliate marketing, just earning a commission for selling products, we have a bonus course on using small batch system inside the um in the program getting you started on those affiliate marketing tactics, right? Um so, VOD 6, Brian was talking about it, the small batch CRM, that is an absolutely freefor you uh cold email marketing tool. Um, what I’ve seen is a lot of folks, if you already have a CRM system or a way that you’re sending emails to your existing customers, uh, using this free CRM for just your cold emails. We talk a lot about this in the course. Um, keep your primary domain that you’re running business off safe and in the clear and run your cold email marketing where you’re taking uh from this 20,000 list of emails that we’re giving you. Send your emails and warm them up. Get them to be customers. Get them engaged. And once they’ve reached a score, remember the engagement amplifier system where they reach um a score of engagement, then you can move them over to your primary CRM. But this way, you’ve got a a quarantined off safe space where you can just really go for it with the cold email and never affect your your business. And built directly into that software, the small batch CRM, is we’ve got our engagement amplifier. Brian talked about the DNA of everything we’ve learned. I started working with Brian, he teased you, when I was I had just turned 20. Um, and I had started working with him when I had my first daughter. Um, I realized that the corporate world, um, my paycheck, the difference between my paycheck and paying for child care for the week was I would put in my pocket $100. Um, so my mother who worked with Brian also finagled a job for me where Brian paid me $100 a week to answer his phones and uh help him out a little bit. Really, it was a big help to me so that I could stay home with my daughter. Um, and from that $100 a week position, Brian taught me everything. I like to joke that we grew up together because I’ve now been with him for 20 Well, I’m 40. I just turned 47. So my daughter, we’ve been together for 23 years. We’ve been learning since the early days of the internet really because it was 2003. That was early days. What works with email marketing? So take all of that time over 50 years manpower experience of marketing. How do you get opens? How do you get clicks? How do you get replies? How do you get the attention? Build a relationship. take somebody from not knowing you at all to making sales. We condensed all of that into a systematic automation. Okay? And the small batch CRM has that functionality happening without you having to do anything. With our done for you system, you tell us the people who to contact. You’ve got the list, right? Pick your small batch number of people. What do you want to say? Pick a campaign in our donefor you service. Okay. Our donefor you team goes into your small batch CRM. We clean your list. We set up your email. We send the campaign. And the small batch CRM monitors for every single measurable engagement point to score your list to move intelligently a cold contact from a list that is pulled from the internet and given to you through becoming a warm or hot contact which you have now built a relationship with. Literally, all you have to do are push a few buttons to trigger that done for you service and all of it happens for you. Fully automated on an ongoing basis, day by day by day because all of our campaigns are 3 to 5 to 10 touch campaigns. It all happens with I’d say 5 minutes worth of effort per week per campaign. And that is the engagement amplifier. Because we all know the engagement that you’re going to get from someone who you built a relationship with, who’s responding to your emails, who recognizes your name, who clicks open and goes to your page and attends your calls or goes to meetings with you, amplifying that engagement to build those relationships. That is where the money’s at. So that is all built into like Brian said the DNA the functionality with no interference or interaction required on your part built into the CRM. Um let me jump to the questions. Is a dot better than a.net or.org or us? Um deliverability is usually better with a dot and the trust factor when folks see a dot address is great. Uh, however, it is not absolutely necessary. Net or and us are great. It’s when you get into those kind of like wild and crazy suffixes that they have now. Um, if I’m already a charter member, yes, Patty, you are all set. Don’t even worry about it. We got you covered. Um, I have a Shopify store with a domain.com. Should I use the same name but use a net I’m sorry.net or.org or or should I get a different domain to protect my Shopify store? Um, I love this question. So, if you already have an established URL that is.com and you want to start driving uh traffic or attention with marketing through email, yes, the best plan that I can give you is to get.net or.org or us, etc. with the same route so that the association, the familiarity of that URL is still there. cohesive when they get the email and when they go to your link, it’s not jarring. Oh, I thought I was talking to Bob, but now Judy’s answering me, right? So, yes, fantastic question and absolutely yes, you’re on the right track. That is the right um solution.

    Um let’s see. So, yes, um there is a correlation there. If you’ll want to send me a ticket at getsupport.biz, I will link it together for you. Um what performance guarantee do you have, Nat? That is a very interesting question. Um, nobody can really guarantee performance, right? Because I don’t know what your performance is going to be. There are people who will buy a course and a system and a methodology and the done for you service and get all of these bonuses and never log in and the performance of that will be zero. Right? But I can tell you that the folks who do engage uh all of the results that we’ve gotten are absolutely repeatable and have been repeated over and over and over again. by our members. Let me see if I can I don’t think I can jump back to uh we have some testimonials etc from the Facebook group where people are actively talking about getting 80% open rates and clickthroughs and the commissions that they’ve made by referring uh businesses to the ERTC program where Brian um where we we taught the small batch system methodology to the ERTC agents and they were referring businesses to Brian’s company that ERTC Express um and paid uh oh gosh, we’ve paid over millions of dollars in commissions for those lead generations. Josh was talking about that at the top of the call. Um so I can tell you the system works when you work it, right? Uh questions questions. I sell vending machine placements. Will it work for me and I use a CA domain? Uh yes, Nat, that’s a really great idea. um using the small batch system to reach out to uh potential customers to share with them the opportunity to place a vending machine in their establishment I believe is what you’re you’re talking to. Yes. So the lists we can get you the 20,000 leads what you would do is once you join up um uh there’s a form inside the members area where you can request those leads and you simply tell us that you want to be talking to businesses. What type of business, right? restaurants or factories, etc. You tell us what kind of business and in what state. Um, and then we’re going to get you, we’re going to build you a list of all of those emails, and then you simply put together your messaging and request a done for you campaign. we will set up the email campaign for you and we will launch it so that small batches of that list of 20,000 will start getting a drip email campaign with the driving um force being to connect with you so that you can share your opportunity make sense right uh yeah Canada we can do this for you anyone over in the world anywhere in the world.ca CA. I thought that meant California, that meant Canada. I understand. Yes, our list generation tool is available for anywhere in the whole wide world, not just America and states. Um, let’s see. All right. So, we have been asked about this and I am ready to tell you with the small batch system membership, you have the absolutely not available anywhere else. It says the value is $997, but it should say priceless because there is no other path in existence to become a Finn Titan agent. The only people in the world who are endorsed and allowed to become Fin Titan referral agents. get um that commission that Brian was talking about between 100 and 500 per qualified referral, not sale, just referral are folks who are actively members in the small batch system. We do this so that we can ensure the quality of lead being generated for Fent Titan. This partnership between small batch and Finn Titan, it allows the consistent um service providing, the quality control, the compliance, etc., etc., to be tightly maintained. We’re not taking Joe Schmos off the street. It is um the qualifying process is uh being here with us and and with that we give you ongoing training uh specific com email campaign swipe files, multiple I’ve built 10 or 15 now at this point. Um this is a high ticket commission structure. Um you’re leveraging Brian’s team. So all of the lead generation that you do for the fin as a Finn Titan agent goes directly to Finn Titan. You simply are driving traffic to your own um lead capture page that is provided to you through Fent Titan, right? And as soon as they are cookied and they’re cookie to you as soon as they hit your page, of course. And then as soon as they fill out an info form and request more information, boom, your job is pretty much done, right? you um can log into your dashboard and monitor the progress of this file, but the internal sales team, crack team, 50 plus folks are working to communicate directly with your lead and walk them through the process. Again, you don’t even have to wait until funds exchange hands between the customer and Finn Titan because you are getting paid for a qualified lead. So, as soon as the internal team at Thin Titan determines that this lead um does qualify for the credit that they’re applying for, boom, done. You have earned your commission. And um we have right now we’re in the middle of a summer spectacular um uh sales contest. We have sales contests monthly, quarterly, etc., etc., etc. Current prize pool is, I believe, something um $10,000 for highest performing agents. um prizes ranging from 4,000 down to 1,000 for um most qualified leads. Again, doesn’t even have to be a sale. Uh we can get you set up as a Fent Titan agent within hours of getting you set up with uh small batch system. So, if you were on the fence and don’t just because you don’t know what to market, what to share, what to sell, um what to do with all this power of uh cold email marketing, this is the solution. Um, it’s been hugely successful. Brian’s been sending commissions out daily. We’re only supposed to run payroll um for inviting agents on the 1st and the 15th, but um he gets excited when it’s time to pay agents. So, he’s been paying folks a little early, but uh that’s been huge. And it is built on the everything we learned with the ERTC program. Again, that we paid out millions and millions of dollars to agents on the ERTC program. We took everything and we just made it better at Fen Titan for the for the FICA program. Uh the dashboard um your essentially your ledger to track your deals is is slick. Everything is um in-house on the back end. Works to your benefit 247. So just you can focus on just driving those emails, just driving the traffic to your lead capture page. And then uh you’re hands off because the the team over at Fint Titan are top tier um well trained. In fact, I am very involved in the the training process and the qualification of the account executives and the processing team, making sure they are up to snuff to take care of your customers. So, taking care of you means we’re taking care of them. Uh and everybody’s working to try to get you that commission, right, to get you that money. All right. So, that is the exclusive access to Brian’s referral partner plan. That’s the Fent Titan that we were talking about. Um, let’s see. Going to jump back into questions. Paul asks, “If we have multiple offers, can we send the 20K more than one offer?” Absolutely. Yes. That is your list to do with whatever you wish. And I’m really glad you asked that because I’ll say this, everything we’re talking about right now is focused on small batch emails, cold emails, emails, emails, emails. But these 20,000 contacts we’re giving you, it’s so much more than email, right? It is the physical address of the company. It’s the name of the company. It’s the website of the company. It’s the Facebook page of the company. It’s the LinkedIn page of the company. It’s also information. Does this person have a Facebook pixel? Does this person have a Google pixel? Are they paying for Google My Business? Etc., etc. There is so much data on this spreadsheet that you get that you um the possibilities are endless. Of course, yes, you’re going to break that into small batches so that we can help you send emails, but you’ve got so much more information. You see that inside the small batch system, imagine this. The engagement amplifier tells you these emails have gone from cold to warm. Why? Okay, because they opened it or because they clicked. You can reference into your contact data that you have their Facebook page, their business Facebook page. When you get that trigger that they’ve gone from cool to warm, when you see that they’ve opened and engaged, what can you do? You can immediately DM them. Hey, I saw that you got my message. How can I help you? Let’s set up a time to talk. Just just one example. You can use the list to create lookalike audiences and target Facebook ads, Google ads, etc. You are in no way limited to what you do with this data. And that’s just a start. That is today you get 20,000. Remember that as a small batch member, you also get unlimited ongoing lead generation every single day. You can request a new list not of 20,000, right? 20,000’s the big uh big big balloon payment that we give you today for joining. But every single day uh I believe it caps at 1,500 daily. Um but every single day you can request a new list, a different industry, a different state, a different location, and you will have a constant stream of these email lead lists every single day. That alone is practically invaluable. Let’s see. And yeah, you absolutely can recycle, reuse those emails for whatever you’d like. Um, let’s see. If and when the email hit our target audience, does the email land in promotion folder or spam folder? Fantastic question, Ben. the entire premise, the entire reason we built the small batch system, the entire reason we teach you the methodology, and if you follow our system, and especially if you use the tools at your disposal with us, um, all of our research, all of our testing, we’re four years into this, show that our methodology gets 90% plus success rate in hitting the inbox, not the promotions. folder, not the spam. Now, that cannot be guaranteed. We are nothing’s perfect, right? But following our methodology, the campaigns we have, the the the guidelines we’ve put in place, um the spam can spam, the authentication, all of the the training that we provide. Yes. The deliverability to the inbox, not just not a bounce, not just a spam, you know what I mean? is the inbox, not spam folder or the promotion folder. Yes. Uh let’s see. Can I run the referral partner plan alongside my current construction trade home services lead genen plans in Scotland? Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. You can run the small batch system from anywhere in the world. Our done for you team will take care of everything no matter where you are. In fact, a lot of them are international. We run round the clock. Yes, you can run different offers concurrently. Absolutely. Yes. Um, you can take different lists, segment, segment them differently, so you’re talking to different people about different things. So, if you want to talk to some folks about construction trade and other people about the Fent Titan offer, yes, you can do all of that. Absolutely. You can do it from anywhere in the world. In fact, the number one agents that we had for the ERTC program literally paid them alone. They were a team. Their name Paul and Bjorn. You’ll hear them. I hear about them all the time. Uh they’re from the Netherlands and we’ve paid them over just them, just that affiliate team over a million dollars for the commissions they did. They’re in the Netherlands. They never spoke to a single person on the phone. Everything they did was through cold email. So yes, anywhere in the world. Uh it normally takes several months to warm up a new email address. How do you overcome this problem in the first month? Okay, fantastic question and I would love to tell you about it. One of the done for you services we have is uh our email account warm-up process. Uh it is a uh proprietary process that I developed with our team and what we do is we have a network of emails that email accounts that we control actual real years and years old inboxes right that Brian Anderson owns and manages. We take your sender email, the email that we are about to warm up for you. We log in as you, and we send a slew of emails from you to all of the email boxes that Brian Anderson owns and manages, our team, right? We then receive those emails. We we log into every single individual inbox that we own, manage, maintain. We open your email. We read your email. We reply to your email. We click the link in the email. We mark the email as safe. We mark it never spam. We add you as contact, etc. There’s a laundry list of things we do to every single email, hundreds of emails to dozens and dozens of different accounts. And we do this over the span of a week. And what that does is it establishes with the internet service providers that the information you are sending out into the world, the email messages you are launching are desired, received well, that you’re sending to addresses that exist and are active and that you as a contact are high quality. So this fasttracks the process of slowly trudging through sending emails to people who don’t quote know you cold emails and hoping that they engage because 100% of the emails that you send for the first week of your account are engaged with etc etc etc. So that has a really strong foundation. So that is the the very first done for you service that we recommend you use after you claim your leads list and we get to work with that. Um, so if you’ve joined today, you’re going to see in the done for you uh tree of tasks like what to do, what to do, what to do, what to do. One, request your list. Let us get you an email list. Two, let’s warm up your account. Now, that is not tied to a CRM. You don’t need a software. You just have to have an email inbox that we can log into, right? Kurt at um curtsmail.com, right? It has to be a real email at a real domain with an inbox. we log in and we take care of all of that for you. So that while you are going through the course, learning the system, etc., pulling your lists um in the background, our team is working to get your emails fully warmed up and ready to send so that as soon as you finish the course, you can request your first campaign and we can get straight to work. Any questions on that? Let’s see. Can we have more than one email account to send from? one for affiliate marketing and one for B2B. Yes, Paul, that is absolutely possible. That does step into the realm of scaling up. Like I said, we never want to like tell you, hey, um, go spend a lot of money, get a bunch of different domains, etc., etc., etc. We do recommend you start with one to learn the program, learn the system, etc. But inside the course, we do teach you how um, we will work with you to add additional domains. We all we do all the tech stuff for you. Absolutely. Yes. But when you’re ready to set up and send different messaging from different senders. Yes. Absolutely. Yes. Um John says, “Great to hear about the Netherlands.” Yeah, they’re all we’ve got folks from all over the world. Are there different languages baked into the system? Fantastic question. Um I don’t have anyone um transcribing the emails for us. Uh, I’ve had people suggest that we use AI to transcribe, but I don’t even have a way to check the AI’s work. So, I don’t publish for mass use things in different languages, but we have had some people who have done translations for themselves. Um, it is it is possible, but at this scale, we’re producing everything in English. Um, do we have to be technical for this program, Ben? Absolutely no, you do not. Our done for you team literally will help you do or will 100% do everything for you. the done for you team from um setting up your and these letters you’ll hear me joke about it in the course SPF DKIM uh D M A RC demark all of that technical authentication um name servers and pointing this and setting that um I’ve been doing this with Brian for like I said 20 years it still kind of trips me up a little bit so I rely on Rose our head technician she’s fantastic fantastic and amazing. Um, and she’s manages the done for you team, but she is all things technical. Um, we will take care of all of it for you. And if any step along the way you struggle, you come to us, you come to our support team. We’re either going to take care of it for you like, hey, let us log in and handle that, or we can jump on a Zoom and do it with you. Say if there’s something strange like, oh, you know, you have to have this authorization, etc., etc. So no, we have made this absolutely techie proof. You do not have to be techy. Um it is the perfect fit. If you have struggled with technical aspects of thing and things in the past, this is a perfect solution. Um when does the course start? It is ready. It is ready to consume. It is available right now. You start today. You log in. The very first link on the very first page is the micro reach mastery five module course. Go for it. It’s already there. the first live our our um our workshops, our tactical workshops. Um our next session is Monday at noon. Right? So you start today, you go through the course, you’ll meet with me Monday 12:00 noon. Um questions, questions, questions. Okay, let me make sure that link again is smallbatchsystem.comvip

    if you need it. All right, so we are ready to get started. Uh the first thing we’re going to do is help you set up your uh warming up your email. Uh the done for you team will create and run my offer. That is a fantastic question. So I’m going to run you through the done for you services and how it works. Okay. So like I said, you log into the members area. You’re going to see a quick start guide. First one, Micro Reach Mastery course, right? That teaches you uh the five modules that Brian showed you. basically what is it about the micro reach mastery the small batch methodology that makes it work so that you hit the inbox how to build content use AI avoid can spam comply with the can spam act um all of the demark authorizations etc etc etc your next link is your done for you services and we go through in a flow and I show you exactly how step by step to request everything. So, one, get your list. It’s just a simple form. You tell us who and where you want to talk to. Second step, let’s warm up your email address. You just give us your the URL where you log into your email, your username and password. Our team logs in and starts sending those uh authentication warm-up emails that I talked about. Step three, the done for you campaign. It is a simple form. You choose from one of our provided, tested, proven email campaigns or you bring your own campaign. Maybe you’ve got an affiliate offer. Maybe you’ve got uh your own service that you’re offering. Maybe you’re you want to talk construction. Maybe it’s the Fin Titan offer. Right? You come in and you say, “I’ve taken from my list of 20,000 people. I’ve selected my small batch.” Right? You give us that small batch, that segmented portion of your list. You say, “I want to use this campaign.” There’s a um a form where you just pop in the name of the campaign you want to use. Or you say, “I have my own campaign. I’ll upload it.” You just give us a word doc. And then it says, “What day do you want your campaign to start and say, “I want it to start tomorrow.” And you can send us 15 emails and tell us that you want an email to go every other day, only on weekdays. Avoid Saturday, Sunday. That’s it. Our team will go in, make sure that your CRM is set up or we will use the CRM of your choosing. We support I believe eight different CRM outside of the exclusive micro reach mastery provided CRM. So you are not locked into using the CRM that we provide. Although we do recommend it, it’s the only one with the engagement amplifier. But we set up the campaign, we clean the list. That’s at the point where your list gets cleaned. So you get you get 20,000 raw data, right? because we want you to have the website address and the Facebook link and the LinkedIn page and the Google profile. We want you to have all of that data. So, we do not shrink that list by scrubbing it. But when you come to us with a done for you campaign, you’re ready to email. We’re going to take that list of data and we’re only going to email the clean data for you and we’re going to send them your messaging on your schedule where they go to your link or they call your phone number, right? And there is no expense. There’s no credit consumption. There is no profit sharing on the offer. This is purely completely a done for you service where we set up your account. We set up your campaign. We clean your list. We send the emails for you. We make sure that the content provided is can spam compliant. We run it through a spam check filter to make sure every single check mark to make sure that this email hits the inbox to get you maximum open, maximum visibility, maximum click rate, etc., etc., etc. We do all of that for you. We just press play. So, literally, all you have to do is fill out a form. If you’ve got an email campaign that is, like I said, 15 emails, and it’s running the five business days, that’s three weeks, that would take you five minutes of prep time, and you’ve got three weeks of emails working behind the scenes that our done for you team set up and sent for you, uh, just driving those leads into you, however you want them. Is it a is it a a landing page? Is it a phone call? Is it a an appointment setter? Is it um a webinar invitation? Is it a reply back to me? Is it to give me a call? Whatever you want is what we’re going to do. So, does that answer your question? Um, can you clean a list we provide? Absolutely. Yes, Scott. Yes. Yes. Yes. What we will not do is take a list of 20,000 contacts and scrub them. But anytime you’re ready to run a done for you campaign, you simply include your segmented list of the the list you want the emails to go to. In the process of setting up your campaign, we scrub that list and only send to authentic, validated, non-bounce, not spam trap emails. Yes. So, what you’ll see loaded up in your account, what you’re doing there also is with the repeated use of the done for you system with the done for you campaigns, you are growing a crystalclear, clean list inside your CRM because we’re only loading those cleaned lists. Make sense? How large of a list? Tony asks, um, so the lists we provide to you are all of the results that come under the criteria that you request. Okay? So if you ask for acupuncturists in Ohio, maybe that list is only 500 people, right? So you’re going to get the 500 people. Um, if you request a list of roofers in Texas, that could be the full 20,000. And so we would give you all the 20,000. No, that’s on the mass um today’s bonus, right? If you get a list of only 500, just let us know, hey, I was supposed to get 20,000. This is just 500. Uh I understand this is a small niche. Like, we’re going to keep working with you and keep pulling different criteria for you. We’re going to make sure you get that 20,000. Now, on the ongoing lists that you can pull every single day, those aren’t 20,000. Um but those are up to 1500 based on the criteria you’ve asked for. uh the criteria is a little narrower. You have to give us cities. Um so if you wanted uh roofers in Texas, you would need to say Houston, right? Um and that is just so because like we said before, we’re not sharing lead lists between users. We’re not the Angie’s list of marketing, right? I’m not going to pull one list of roofers and give it to 10 people and, you know, may the best gal win. So to make sure everyone is getting usable lists at all times, uh those are capped at 1500 and we do uh deliver uh by city instead of full states. Um I’m interested in this program. I need a complete written description of exactly what this program includes. Awesome. Good thing it is on the sales page, John. Um that is smallbatchsystem.comvip.

    That sales page has everything that’s included. And if you have any questions or if you need any more details, please send me your questions at um our support desk is gets support.biz, I will personally make sure that every single question you have is answered. I love to say no question left unanswered on any of these calls. That’s why we’re still rocking and rolling two hours in. Um everybody looks like everybody has stayed. So, uh I’m really glad that y’all are finding value with this. I I want to make sure that everybody gets everything they need out of this training. Um, how much do extra email addresses cost beyond the 20,000 per? This is a really big question. I’m glad you answered it and I want to make sure everybody hears me when I say 0 is included in your membership every single day. You can request a new list every single day, Monday through Friday, plus Saturday plus Sunday. You can request a list every single day of a new criteria, a new industry, a new niche. um just uh slightly vary the the city, the state, etc. Uh and yes, we do global lists. If you’re targeting Canada or Mexico, yes, absolutely. The Virgin Islands, British Columbia, everywhere, Europe, yes, definitely. The Netherlands, yes. Um so, every single day we will get you a new list. And there is no um there’s no credit system. There’s no, oh, you can get uh 10,000 credits per month and you consume them and we’ll charge you more. No, it’s every single day. We’ll give you all of the results that fit your criteria up to 1500 leads every single day. I’m glad you like it, Kirk. I’m glad you asked. Uh, when do we start paying month? It’s free for the first 30 days. All of the done for you services and the unlimited list, etc., etc. Um, that is uh Yep. So, 30 days a month from today, right? Um, yep. No extra cost for emails. Um, what time to get check out the Oh, how much time do I get to check out the system? Um, I don’t understand your question. If you start today, you can have access instantly. You can log in and start checking it out immediately. Right. So, it’s all Yep. All available today. The course is available to you. the complete course. It’s about four and a half, five hours to go through the entire course, but you can watch it at 2x speed if you want to. I present the entire uh the entire training. Um then on Monday, this Monday at noon is going to be your first interactive workshop that we do. And uh I hope you’re all there because that’s really the best time to go through onboarding FAQ. Um, like Brian said, we aren’t doing these webinars. We aren’t taking new members, right? Josh reached out and said that he wanted to share this with y’all because it’s such a great fit for what you are doing with him. So, we opened this up specifically just for you. So, what I’m able to do is make Monday’s call, which is, you know, for all of our small batch members focused on getting you up and running, live interaction. I will answer your questions directly. I will share my screen. We will walk through it together. I will show you how to do it. We will do things live. Whatever you need to get up and running super fast, but I definitely do recommend that you get started and just let our team go ahead and start warming up your email address. uh because that is like so super super simple. Um and start requesting your lists like let us get to work for you. All right, so charter membership everything included with your access. So the course, the training, the content, the setup, the monitoring, the bonuses. It’s a lot. Usually it’s $997. Like I said, we’re not even selling it open publicly right now at all. But when Josh reached out to me, I can I can show you the Facebook message. He hit me up on Monday. He’s like, “I know you’re not letting any new people in this course right now, but can I share it with my folks?” And I said, “Absolutely.” And while we’re at it, let’s take $500 off the top um just for you. So anywhere else, any other time, it is $9.97 if you if we ever even open it up. Um how long does it take to warm up an email account, Nat? We get started and it runs for seven days. Our warm-up process takes seven days from when we get started. So definitely don’t wait to uh in uh initiate that. Kurt says, “Thank you for the gift card.” You’re very welcome. Did you already get it? I told my my partner in crime to make sure it got sent. How long before we realistically get results? Can we get clients conversions in 30 days? Uh you it absolutely is a possibility. Absolutely. Yes. It depends on a lot of things. What’s your offer? What’s your messaging? Did you take action? Are are we doing all the things right? So, is it realistic? Absolutely. Yes. This is a very successful program. We have hundreds of very happy um active members that you’ll see in the Facebook group. Um I I said before you can do nothing and see nothing, right? Um I definitely recommend that you hop in, get started. Um, one of the things that we talk about a lot in the course is the goal of a small batch campaign is not an instant conversion, right? The goal of a small batch campaign is to work a contact through the engagement amplifier system to build a warm list. You’re building a reputation. You’re building um an authority presence with these contacts. You’re taking 20,000 contacts, strangers, and you’re reaching out to them and saying, “Can I be a part of your life? Can I make your life better? Can I solve a problem that you have? Can I give you a benefit? Can I give you um can I give can I give you something to make your life better?” And then of those 20,000 people who look back at you and say yes. Right? That is building your audience. That is building your community. After that relationship is started, that’s when we start working towards conversion. So, I am not going to sit here and say, you’ve got 30 days before your your membership renews and you’re going to make a $10,000 sale. One thing you’re going to learn about me is I’m never going to give you unrealistic expectations. I’m never going to make promises that I can’t uphold. What I can tell you is that this team is going to do everything it takes to take the burden off the tedious part of cold email from you. That we’ve been doing it together. Me and the team that are working with you have been doing it for 10 years. I’ve been doing it for over 20 with Brian. Brian’s been doing it for 30 years. We know what we’re talking about and we know what works. Um, and we will pull you up like a like a fast pass. Imagine if you had to spend 20 years learning everything the hard way. Like we learned it the hard way. We’re handing it to you the easy way, right? I think I had a slide, right? The hard way and the easy way. Oh, I want to show you. We’ve done it the hard way. I want to do it for you the smart way.

    All right. So, let me make sure I’m in with up to date with the questions. What’s the estimated time of the work hop on Monday? It takes about an hour. We usually spend an hour together, but when we have a lot of new folks, I will absolutely stay um longer, right? So, we’ve got 12 noon this Monday. I hope I see you all there. Um Josh, yes, I absolutely can. Let me figure out how Josh has come uh raised his hand. He’s on his mobile. Let me see. I need to go to attendees listenon only. Oh, Josh, I see about 50 accounts that are all with the same name as you. So, let me see if I can figure it out. This one a sign.

    I really I I’m struggling Josh with the new interface. It’s not letting me select from your comment to let you to promote you to a speaker. I’m so sorry.

    All right. He forgives me. Eastern time. Yes, our time is Eastern uh for Monday 12:00 noon Eastern. Uh we do not have a PayPal option. I’m so sorry. Um let’s see. Gotta got to jump. Okay. Thanks for being here, Glenn. Uh remember if you have any questions, uh we’ve got a link to me personally, getsupport.biz. Um one thing that uh goes along with me saying that I will never make a promise that I can’t deliver on. Um, we very truly do limit the burden and workload on our done for you team. As you can imagine, everything we’ve talked about today, there’s a lot of physical work involved in providing the service to you. As such, we never exceed a certain number of members at any given time that we are providing a done for you service for. Right? So accounts are truly limited to ensure my team’s ability to deliver the same service for each and every one of you. Um that not only protects my staff but it protects you. If I overburdened the staff and I had too many people, too many orders, too many requests, then you would have a subpar experience. You would not get the service you deserve as a charter member. So for all parties involved, we do have a cap today. We cannot take more than 50 charter seats. Okay. With a full done for you service, that is 100,000 a million email lists that we’re going to give, right? 20,000 times 50 folks. Um, so you can imagine the the workload that uh we’re I asked my team to do this morning when I told them that we’re going to do it. But I checked with them and they agreed that we could take 50 new folks today, but that’s it. So, um, you’ll hear Josh talk about that. Um, I believe we’ve got a replay. I believe he’s going to extend this out past a live on call situation, but all in again, we took this off the shelf and opened it exclusively for Josh. Not available anywhere else, including nowhere else that you can become a Finn Titan agent, but it is capped at 50. And, you know, there’s a real reason for it. So, um, the regular course fee is $997. Today it is only $4.97. We took $500 off just for Josh. Um, and we’re going to keep you up to date, right? So, as things Oh, I think I hear Josh. Yes. Sorry, I’m here. Oh, I’m so glad we overcame our technical difficulties together. No problem. Yeah, I apologize for everyone for not having chimed in earlier. It is the last day of school here in Miami. So, uh, my daughters would not have forgave me if I didn’t show up to pick them up. Um, but as you guys could see, this offer is amazing. That’s why I wanted to make sure that uh I they, you know, Vanessa and Brian could put this together. And, uh, you guys, again, you’re the only ones that can get into this. This has been closed uh, for what, six months now? Eight months, actually. Yeah, eight eight months. Um, and I’m sure you guys saw all all the the the account, the amount of of money that you guys can make, the money that’s been being made. And I told you guys at the beginning, Brian and Vanessa, they know how to build a business. They know how to make money for themselves and for their students. And that’s what this is this is for, you know, it’s for you guys to uh plug into their system that they’ve already uh created, perfected, and refined uh not only before they released it 8 months ago, but during the time that they’ve uh they’ve been, you know, working with their students over the last 8 months. And when we ran it the first time, it was it was pretty much like I mentioned at that time, they were building their their own uh sales, you know, you’re plugging into their sales team uh to be able to to run this. And did I did I hear correctly that you guys are offering 20,000 leads this time? Yeah, we had to outdo ourselves, right? Wow. That’s his guy. So that this is something that’s never been done before because before in my emails I mentioned 5,000 leads because that’s that’s what you know what what what usually is done. So they’ve outdone themselves and are giving you four times the amount of leads that I even thought was going to be offered. Um, so on top of that, what I want to do for everyone that that’s on here and everyone that’s jumped on, uh, and if you haven’t jumped on yet, uh, for those first 50 people, uh, I’m going to go ahead and give you the latest version of Agency Valet when we release it on July uh, 7th. You guys saw a the where it’s at right now is still one of our most powerful lead generators out there. But this next version that we’re releasing on the 7th is going to be unlike anything you guys have ever seen before. Uh it’s going to be pretty much uh instead of you logging in having to input a niche um and a location uh into the system for it to go out and find the leads for you. We’re setting it so that that’s happening 24/7 uh 365 so that you will be able to log in at any given time and get a steady stream of leads in any niche in any location that you can go in and start offering your services to start offering the service that Brian and Vanessa have and just always have a steady stream of of leads. On top of that, I’m going to go more in detail and create an entire training on how you can go out there and use these now. It’s going to be pretty much a done for you lead service uh with uh with uh accurate contact information as well to the business owner. Uh so you’re going to be able to bypass any gatekeeper and uh I’m going to show you how you can go out and offer uh all types of services. Cuz again, I’m a big fan of get your foot in the door with a simple service and then upgrade to uh bigger or and or recurring services after. Uh and this again, this works perfectly with that. And the first 50 people, I’m going to give you the bundle version of that where you again, you’re going to be able to just log in on demand and always have leads in there uh that you’ll be able to start contacting. Uh it’s going to be very similar to the way that it is now where you’re still going to be able to see all the problems that the businesses have. Um and all the contact information where we’re going to be improving on uh how uh much of the contact information uh you’re going to be able to see. So you may even see one or two or even three different email addresses that you’re going to be able to reach out to the business owner too. U so we’re taking this to an insane level when it comes to lead generation. uh and you guys will be the first ones to get in there. My developer told me that uh we should have the first version of that probably within the next two weeks uh of that. He’s already mapped everything out. He started putting it into place. Uh the majority of the back end of it will be done by next week, but then putting it on the front end of the app will be probably another two to three weeks after that. And then over the last two days, we him and I have been working on something. I don’t even want to mention too much about it, but it’s just it’s going to take it to the next level with this app that it’s again it’s going to put you directly in contact with the business owners. Um, so the first 50 of you that that pick this up will get access to that uh which works perfectly with this. Not only are you already getting 20,000 leads u done for you with Brian and Vanessa’s offer, but you’ll always also have access to uh done for you leads on demand inside of Agency Valet uh that you’ll be able to not only plug in with this system, but also uh plug in with any other service and follow the training that I’m going to show going to put together as well where I’ll show you uh how to contact the lead uh how to pitch the service uh and pretty much everything from start to finish so that at the end result you’re pretty much collecting at the very least a $500 payment. Uh and then after that obviously you can upgrade to everything else. So uh if you haven’t yet done so pick this up guys. This is one of the top uh offers uh that has made more people more money than anything I’ve seen before uh because of uh what how easy and how simple Brian and Vanessa make this and how they’re always there for you every step of the way and you know it’s just pretty much all the you’re getting all the resources that you need uh plus the training plus everything plus the you know all the support the community. So, uh, get in guys if you haven’t and, uh, it will, again, I can’t do more than 50 either because this the this version of Agency Valet, uh, is going to be insane. All right, you guys also know that I’m I’m running a ton of ads to Agency Valet, and this next update is going to take it to the next level, and I’m most likely going to retire a lot of the pricing that I have right now for Agency Valet because of uh, this next level that we’re taking it to. Um, so you guys being able to get it as a bonus is probably not going to happen uh for a while as well because again, this is something that I’m going to use to really transition out there and run even more ads with because uh we’re looking to really come and take over the lead generation uh space uh for agencies. And again, we’re going to we’re we’re really going to take off with it. So get in. Uh the link is in the chat box. The link is on the screen. And the moment you do that, send me an email with your receipt so that I can put you on the list the moment that we release the latest version. You’ll be the first one to get access to it.

    Awesome. I see everybody popping in the chat. I’m in. I’m in. I’m in. They want your bonuses. Awesome. Well, I’m really excited about planning out our call Monday noon Eastern. Um, I see a lot of folks Josh here who heard about Micro Reach Mastery um, back in January. So, if anybody has some questions about that and you’re making this connection and you’ve got some questions about how to like reactivate that, please, please, please, please reach out to me at getsupport.biz. If you go to that smallbatch system.com/vip, there’s a link at the bottom of the page to our support desk. Send me a ticket. Say, “Hey, escalate this to Vanessa. Send to Vanessa. I will personally take care of making sure that you have access to every benefit, feature, bonus, etc. that you that we’ve talked about here on this call. I’m going to make sure you get your 20,000 uh leads. If you have questions about micro reach, let me know. Um we are all standing by ready to take care of you. When Josh reached out and said he wanted to share this with your folks, I I put all my folks in boot camp. I was like, we got to get back in the trenches. I know it’s been eight months since we did it, but everybody get ready. Um because we’re gonna take care of Josh’s friends because I want you to be my friend, too. Awesome. And guys, just just if you want, you can go out and do a little bit of research. Just getting a list of 20,000 verified businesses will run you more than the cost of of getting access to to this uh program. So, um that alone, the fact that you’re getting 20 I I can’t believe it’s 20,000. I thought it was going to be 5,000 for sure. So, just go out there, do a little bit of research, and you’ll see how much it costs you to get that amount of verified uh leads. Yeah, I think Brian might have words with me after the call because I did spring it on him live, but I did I checked with our I checked with our done for you team and I made sure that we were able to support that number of leads unique, not churning everybody like Angie’s list and like they are exclusive leads, right? I’m not churning and burning and sharing. I made sure how many people can we have and they said 50 folks and I said we can give them 20,000 leads and they said yes. So I did make sure I can again I’m never going to make you a promise that I can’t keep.

    Thank you Paul. That means a lot. I appreciate that. All right. Well Josh I think we’ve answered every single question. I want to make sure everybody’s taken care of. Um if you’re in I’ll see you on Monday. Send emails to support for assistance. Absolutely. Yes. I’ll if you have pre-purchase questions, I know somebody said they wanted to see every single itemized detailed piece of value that we’re bringing, it is on the sales page, but if you have follow-up questions, please reach out to me. I am standing by to personally help you. Perfect. Thank you guys. And thank you to Vanessa and Brian. They did put this together last minute. Uh again, I messaged them I think Sunday, Monday, and like, “Hey, I would love to offer this to my crew because it’s an amazing deal.” And they were able to put it together. So, I will get that replay out to you guys as well. Uh, so make sure you do jump in uh the moment you’re you’re able to. All right. Thanks so much for having us, Josh. Thank you.

  • 06/09/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    All right. All right. Whoa. What was that? Oh, okay. All right. All right. All right. What is happening, guys? How’s it going? Everybody comment where you’re calling in from. Very excited to do this live training this evening. Where is everybody calling in from? All right, we’ve got um Devin from London. Kevin from Thornton, Colorado. Darnell, uh Atlanta, Georgia. Nice. I I made a trip there. Went to the aquarium. Went to the Coke Factory. Very nice spot. Uh Jacob Conro, Texas. Lach, Texas. California from Sumi. Uh oh, yeah. Leick was from Penny or Penny was from Leick. Uh, Alex, uh, Vdasa, Georgia. Nice. Oscar, Colorado. Rod, North Carolina. Steven Camas, Washington. Lee, Atlanta. Octavian, Alabama. James, Chicago. Justin, Roy City. Spencer, North Carolina. Teresa, Jacksonville, Florida. Joe, uh, Reading, Pennsylvania. Uh, Darren Osaka, Japan. Nice. And we’re actually headed there here in probably in the next two months we’re going to go be going to Osaka. Rosario Pennsylvania. Blake Washington State. Uh Maria California. Teresa Ohio. Amanda Nancy Kentucky. Jennifer Texas. Larry Jacksonville. Okay. Awesome. By the way, guys, while I’m reading these out, go ahead and comment um the number one reason why you are here tonight. What compelled you to come to this live training? Okay. What is the number one reason that you came to this live training here tonight? Uh Daniel, Philippines, awesome. Ross, Florida, Steven, Georgetown. Mark, Massachusetts. Troy, Augusta, Georgia. Angela, Wisconsin. Aaron, Carolina shoes. Anand New Delhi, India. Connie, Ohio. Shane, Oberlin Park, Kansas. Hey, I used to live right next to there. I think I played you guys in football. Um, I used to live in Lawrence, Kansas. So, yeah. Uh, Thuramal, Dresden, Germany, 1:00 a.m. Hey, thanks for staying up late. Appreciate you. Jimmy, Michigan. Uh, Jesus, Miami, Florida. Roberto, Houston. Michael, Deer Trail, Colorado. Uh, Wheeling, West Virginia. Henry, UAE. Ed, Atlanta. Le uh uh Leach, Texas. Uh Ben uh Patrick from Loic, Texas. Ben, Santa Rosa, California. Awesome. Okay, sorry guys. I’m gonna have to skip uh the names. Just too many people. Okay, let’s go to the next one. Um

    wisdom curious. I’ve got to get out of the rat race. Execution to get things started and going. Josh, need income in retirement. Bonnie, curiosity. Allison, can’t get hired. Muhammad connected. Carl, find a niche. Amanda, want to start my YouTube correctly. John Ye, start my first YouTube channel. Elite registrant. Uh, Sydney, Australia. Okay, awesome. Natalie, uh, Oregon. Okay. To see if I have marketable niche. Sue me. Earn money through YouTube. Darnell, how to use Claude for YouTube. Awesome. Guy, debtfree lifestyle. Alex, your awesome consistent content compelled me. Awesome. Appreciate that. Sean, make a business helping people with my experience. Maria, be financially free. Patrick, Seattle, Washington. Jennifer, need help with promoting intellectual property firm. Uh, how to get him clients. Gotcha. Okay. Yeah, we have seen a lot of those types of businesses, those more traditional businesses have been doing better and better on YouTube. We’ve been seeing a lot of realtors, financial advisors, law firms, uh, certain types of healthcare like cosmetic dentistry, uh, type stuff. Uh, those types of businesses are doing better and better on YouTube. and YouTube is making it more and more um kind of uh uh localized. Okay, so yeah, we’re seeing a lot more of that stuff. Larry stuff trying to figure out if I was uh if this is what I want to do. Awesome. John, looking for some great info. You’re going to get it. Uh Joe, need to make a career path switch. Fixed retirement income less than living expenses information. 83-y old man wants to help retirees understand the truth. Okay, awesome. Hey, welcome K. Collier to learn these uh from a subject matter expert. Um need dollars. AI plus YouTube equals money. Ed Lance Claude code uh looking to monetize my AI skills. Crystal I’ve been considering starting a YouTube channel in general. Isabella Rocky Hill Connecticut. George to make money with YouTube. Tony create a YouTube channel. Awesome. Bobby seeking independent income. Austin become more effective in my content creation and monetization. Nico Vancouver. Oh yeah. Okay. Awesome. One more question, guys, while I’m getting set up here. What is the number one problem that you have when it comes to getting started on YouTube? Because obviously, this training is going to be about YouTube specifically. Um, so what is the number one problem that you have when it comes to getting started on YouTube? Go ahead and comment in the chat. Uh while we’re getting ready here,

    okay,

    getting views, ignorance, content topics, getting established, the time it takes to make videos, lack of creative ideas, marketing my content, indecisiveness, um, making good videos. Uh, getting found. Uh, don’t want to have me be the face of the channel. Never really used YouTube. Kevin, tons of ideas. Unable to get myself to actually record and post. Fear, anxiety, others. Yeah, that is very common actually. That is extremely common. We actually talk about that a lot. I think the mindset side of things is very underrated. very underrated. Um, you know, one one thing I’ll say, guys, is if any of you have ever done, let’s just say sales, right? Like cold calling, door knockocking, that kind of thing. Cold calling and door knockocking is a hundred times harder than YouTube, right? But for some reason, it’s just normalized for people to cold call and door knock. So, it’s not hard because it’s just a normal thing to do. And if people put the same amount of effort that they put into cold calling and door knockocking into um their YouTube channel, like just just recording videos, which is pretty easy. You’re just talking to a camera. It’s not that hard, right? Um I mean, they they would all they would make literally 10 times as more is what you’d make cold calling or doornocking. Probably a lot more than that, right? Um because YouTube is way more leverage than than just personally going up and cold calling and doornocking, right? And I I kind of tell people that and you know I guarantee you that probably 20 years from now, 30 years from now, it’s going to be very normalized to just make content in the same way that people cold call or door knock, they’re just going to be making content all day, right? So this right now is an opportunity for you to get ahead of the curve and establish yourself as a brand way before anybody else can do that. So yeah, that’s that’s a really great topic, Kevin. We’re definitely going to get into that a little bit. Jennifer, considering starting a YouTube channel. What is the best way to start if I don’t know anything? Awesome. Lisa, picking a niche that people are interested in. Jeffrey, setting the schedule. Ryan, too complicated. Spencer, self-confidence. Ian, where to start and how to start unlike uh you buddy? ADHD and I have 100 things going on in my mind at once. I actually have been diagnosed with uh uh ADHD as well. So, yeah, definitely can um can help with that. Having a plan, says Sandy Li. Not sure how to get videos done, Stephen. analysis, paralysis by analysis, Carl, all the tips and tricks. Awesome. Okay, guys. So, we have a packed house tonight. We probably might end up hitting a thousand uh viewers tonight. So, we definitely got a packed house tonight. So, let’s go ahead and get started. There’s a lot of great questions, a lot of great answers there. Um, we’ll be going over those. Uh, I always do. We always analyze all the all the questions and responses we get. With that being said, let’s go ahead and get started. So, you should be seeing this on your screen. How to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 without fancy gear, without techy stuff, without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and follow one simple rule. So, why you’re here today, guys, go ahead and do the thumbs up thing. It should be on the bottom right of your screen. Okay. Uh, views. Are you here today because you want to get views? All right. Let’s see.

    All right. I’m seeing I’m seeing that’s pretty popular. A lot of people want to get views. Good stuff. Good stuff. But how about this one? How about this one?

    Money. Are you here because you want to make money? Right. Is Is that a better reason to be here? Okay. Yep. I’m seeing a lot more there. Okay. Yeah. People are more excited about that. Different different emojis. We got some confetti. We got hearts. We got the the shocked face like Yes, absolutely. Okay, but how about this third one, right? How about this third one here? Having an impact. Are you here because you want to have an impact? Basically, creating a business that you can be proud of and helping a lot of people. Because the thing is is if you get this one down right here, the other two are just going to take care of themselves, right? If you if you have an impact, if you solve other people’s problems, the views and the money is just going to take care of itself. Okay, perfect. So, lots and lots of people uh uh wanting to have an impact. That is great. And that’s what I teach, right? I teach people how to make channels that actually solve problems, right? You’re not just entertaining people. You’re actually solving their problems. And the market is going to reward you for that in the form of money, right? And views. Um so, yeah, you guys are definitely the types of people that I want to work with. So, that is awesome. So, by the way, we are giving away free stuff at this workshop. At the very end, you will get a chance to walk away with the niche validator pro. Both the chat GBT and the new Claude AI version. So, we up we made a new Claude AI version. We updated it’s a cloud skill. It is absolutely amazing. Uh definitely do not miss out on that. Okay. And this is the newest version yet. It’s a massive upgrade over anything we put out before. You also get uh you know $61,494 worth of bonuses and opportunity for that, but only for those who stay until the end offer. So, look at this. This just came out. Three uh uh sorry, straight from YouTube’s own blog, right? Three ways creators use YouTube tools to build full-time careers. Now, YouTube itself is showing creators how to go full-time. They want people to be able to make a full-time income, and they really wanted that from the very beginning, right? And look at the three things they picked. Storefronts, memberships, uh and mixed formats to reach new people. Okay? Now, notice what’s not on this list. AdSense, ad revenue, like the money that you make from the ads that pop up on your channel, right? That is not on this list. Um, and this is the thing that every beginner obsesses over, right? YouTube is the company that pays out the ad money. And even they’re telling you the career isn’t in the ads, it’s in everything you build around your channel. And that’s what these creators figured out. They stopped thinking like a content creator and they started thinking like business owners who happen to make content. And that is the shift. That is exactly what I’m going to show you today in the how to grow uh grow and make money on YouTube in 2026. Right? Thinking like a business owner, not like an influencer or a content creator. Right? Now, one thing I always want to say is this right here is a maze. You start here at the top and you finish at the bottom. Right? And your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you possibly can, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income, and then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place. So, if you’re here watching this right now, you are ahead of the majority of people. Additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part, by the way, anything you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering the maze because most people go into the maze, they get lost, they put their hands up, and they’re like, “Maze keeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear when that makes like 1% of the difference in the success of your channel, right? But all like 90% of their videos are about reviewing YouTube gear when that doesn’t actually matter. Of course, you know why they’re doing that. It’s because they make money from it, right? But it doesn’t actually matter. It doesn’t actually help you to grow on YouTube, right? But that’s the maze. that is the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you uh go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly, right? Let’s say you’re an absolute pro. Here is the fastest way that you could get from start to finish just like this. Okay? You know, I’m kind of outlining it here right here. That is the fastest way you could get from start to finish. Okay? And this is if you made absolutely no mistakes. But actually, it’s not the fastest because there’s another way. You don’t have to go into the maze. This way is faster, easier, and safer. You’re basically just going around the maze. Pretty clever, right? But even this isn’t the fastest route. This is We learned from a young age that the fastest way to go from point A to point B is a straight line. And what if I uh a straight line? And what if I showed you a way to do just that, right? Skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. Okay, one thing I’m going to say about this part right here, by the way, a lot of other YouTube advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice. I think a lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel, etc. I think some of them actually do purposely give bad advice, but most of them are trying to give good advice, but it’s just there’s so many different types of channels out there, right? There’s there’s gaming channels, there’s prank channels, most channels on YouTube are kind of entertainment uh related channels. Uh, and of course, most of those YouTubers don’t make money, right? Um, you know, there’s a ton there’s just a ton of different types of YouTube channels, but I’m going to be talking about a type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s a type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that is why uh when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so that you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out and it shows that before they said that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem in general was going to be worth around $1 trillion by 2034. And now that says it right there, right? And 6 months later, they updated it and they said it was going to be worth $1.6 trillion by 2034. So just in a 6-month period, the experts updated it by an extra 60%. So it’s growing much faster, right? The projections are just going up so much faster than anybody even expected. even the experts and uh by 2035 it’s going to be worth $2 trillion, right? So, it’s growing at an unprecedented rate. And look at this growing up uh just going up and up and up and growing while so many other things are going down. It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up. And that is a sign. And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. And I want you to do this while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sideline as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions every year, but it’s not going to lifestyle vloggers and entertainment channels anymore. And today you’ll be handed the keys to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we’ve helped online businesses of course, but also coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fs, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization, successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush it even harder. people that own software companies or SASS, uh, location specific, uh, people who are doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads, people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two to three times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brick-andmortar business owners, we’ve been seeing a lot of law firms, realtors, uh, dental, cosmetic, uh, clinics, um, financial adviserss, etc. These types of businesses are doing very, very well on YouTube, right? We’ve even seen people with disabilities do this, right? So, this works for almost any niche and almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to have to expose the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I am not trying to make fun of him at all, right? I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income, but he’s got about 4 million subs and he revealed on a podcast tour last year that he’s only making about $44,000 a year, which is less than the average income for an American. Now, he is one of hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views, but views do not automatically equal income. Okay? Views do not automatically equal money. That’s what everyone assumes, and it’s wrong. Okay? It’s it’s just dead wrong. I’m going to show you in a little bit a client who has 1,500 subscribers who’s making double actually more than double the amount of money than Boogie2988 is. Okay? Literally, we have a client who has 1,500 subscribers. She gets 100 to 200 views per video and she closed $100,000 already just this year. Okay? So, she’s already making double what Boogie298 makes in in uh with 4 million subscribers. Okay? So, it’s just absurd, right, that that so many people are are falling into this trap, you know? Um, so yeah, I work with people who get 500 views, for instance, they’re making $10 million a year on YouTube, right? But a lot of people out there get a lot of views, but they’re not making a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong. And it’s much more important that you get the right views than getting a lot of views. And seriously, I know there is a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, stuck because you were promised a gold mine and yet you found nothing. you’ve been uploading videos, you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or that gear first or this lens or that lighting or, you know, you need to set up a studio or you need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things that are usually a waste of time, right? So, you get lost in the maze and you find nothing but regret. Okay, so let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living because one of the things that we found is that a lot of the most successful people do something that has to do with their profession. Okay, so we’ve got accountant uh from Bri Ellie IT consultant EB very helpful. Awesome. Uh Cassandra analyst, John CSR, um customer service representative, Sam AI architect. Casey digital marketing. Carlos help desk. TJ technology. Uh K realtor. Angelica realtor. Jeffrey real estate. Awesome. Got a lot of lot of realtors here. Realtors are crushing it on YouTube right now. We have a bunch of realtors in our community crushing it. Anad data analyst. Blake retail asset project management. Uh Candace psychiatrist. Patrick IT cloud. John retired. Patrick insurance.

    Jennifer IT tech. Dan professional. Rob, I’m a CFO. Awesome. Rob, we have a uh if you’ve seen um the um the financial controller on YouTube, he’s one of our clients. Um not quite a CFO, you know, not not exactly the same, but very very close. Uh Shihan, banker. Patty, nurse. Jacob, I’m a unemployed network engineer with 17 years of experience who can’t get a job. Sorry to hear that, Jacob, but you’re in the right place. Kathy, teacher. Uh Roberto, engineer. Claire, voiceover in real estate. John developer Spencer uh union stage hand uh Bob maintenance uh Russell software developer awesome so yeah we found that a lot of our clients end up doing something that’s career related uh we’ll kind of give you some examples here um not all of them but you know a good amount of them do something that is career or industry related um something that’s kind of boring but pays a lot right because there’s a lot of demand for it so um yeah this is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out and let me give you an example of that my own brother. Okay, so I’m so confident in this system that I literally used it on my brother who’s in his 50s and who isn’t techsavvy, right? He’s never made a video in his life. And first of all, for context, um I use this system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided, you know what? I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead. Because he basically came to me and he said, Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body. Now, he’s in the trades, right? And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification. And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” And he was really surprised. He’s like, you know, “Well, I’m not techsavvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never even made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old.” All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I just told him, “Trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. it’s going to work for you. And the very first video that he posted blew up and got 800,000 views. And less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, he made $214 in a single day. That’s a $78,000 year run rate. So yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience. And by the way, update on Zach. Last time we checked, he made $520 in a single day. That’s $189,000 year run rate. Uh, plus he’s getting a lot of money from affiliate marketing, etc., etc. uh just the other day he got an $18,000 uh payment, right? So he’s he’s absolutely crushing it, right? So uh yeah, and that’s one thing we’re going to talk about. AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. Uh there’s lots of other ways where you can make more money. Sometimes you can make 100 times more than what you make from AdSense. Now, this is also for you if you’re someone who’s thinking about doing like a, you know, faceless channel, like becoming a faceless creator or YouTube automation, or you want to basically be anonymous. Okay, so here’s an example of that. Now, by the way, typically we do recommend that you actually do a personal brand. There are un just unbelievable advantages to doing a personal brand. With that being said, there’s a certain way of doing faceless content where it kind of feels like a personal brand. And let’s talk about that. Okay, so here’s an example. Whiz was uh one of our clients. When Whiz first started his YouTube channel, it was totally faceless. Um and he actually scaled his business to seven figures a year just being faceless. Then he did a face reveal and now he’s making multiple seven figures a year. The point is he said that almost all of his clients watched his YouTube channel either directly or indirectly. Got almost all of his clients from YouTube. So they might have originated from other sources, but then they watched his YouTube channel and that’s what helped prospects make the decision to buy from him, right? So again, he runs an agency um and he did make the decision to reveal his face later on. So you can see him right here. That’s his face. He revealed his face eventually and now he runs a personal brand channel, but he started off faceless and he was able to scale his business from his YouTube channel to over seven figures. Okay, so the reason he was able to do this is because he uses the hybrid personal brand method, which means you have a lot of options in the future. And we’ll get into how to do that later on. But one of the biggest things is having a cartoon character that represents you. If you are going to do a faceless channel, you want to have a cartoon character that represents you. And why is that? Well, think about your own buying behavior. Have you ever made a purchase from a faceless YouTube a purchasing decision from a faceless YouTube channel? Probably not, right? Have you ever made a purchasing decision from a YouTube channel that has a human being on it? Probably hundreds of times. Whether it’s reviews for a a walking treadmill or or whatever, right? You’ve probably done it hundreds and hundreds of times. Okay? So, if your buyer behavior is like that, chances are almost everybody else’s buyer behavior is exactly the same, right? So that is why you want to actually show your face or at least you want to uh have like the other person think that you’re a real human being because it’s much more likely for them to know, like and trust you if you’re a real human being, right? So putting the cartoon character helps that uh with with you know them actually feeling like you’re a real human being and then later on uh you can make the decision to you know reveal your face or or or stay anonymous if you want. Right? So, if you do this uh if you don’t do this the right way, you’re probably going to fail. Even if you succeed, you’re probably going to get your channel banned or demonetized. There’s a lot of faceless channels that get banned and demonetized. Um, and you’re even if you succeed, you’re there’s going to be a ceiling in terms of how much money you can make, right? And you’re just not going to have a lot of options in the future, right? So, you can do the faceless method, but we do it in a very specific way, which is you need to use a cartoon character. This is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. Example of that would be Davis. So, uh, Davis’s sales went up 400%. I’m actually going to his wedding uh, next month. Uh, so Davis basically teaches people how to become management consultants, but he owns a portfolio of companies, so he has other companies, but the main company I was helping him with at that time was teaching people how to become management consultants. And, uh, he was basically spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies. So just one YouTube channel and one company and that is obviously not sustainable. But eventually he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore. He has other people recording the videos and now he spends zero hours a week on his channel. Right? So this is something that a lot of like people on the business owner side are usually more interested in is they’re like, “Hey, listen. I just don’t have time. Like I I just don’t want to record videos. Can I have somebody on my team record videos instead?” Yes, we can help you set that up, too. Okay, that’s something that a lot of big companies like Progressive and you know, a lot of these big companies do. They usually hire someone to be the face of the company, right? So, uh yeah, he spends literally zero hours a week. Even though he has multiple channels and for multiple different companies that he owns, he’s spending zero hours a week, right? So, if you’re a busy business owner, you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, uh you can actually have other people record the videos for you and you can have a system that just takes care of everything, right? We help with that as well. This is also for you if you want to network so that you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or becoming an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, the direct benefits of YouTube are very obvious. I mean, everybody knows it. I I’m making, you know, eight figures from YouTube. Um, like there’s so many people out there that are absolutely crushing it on YouTube. We just saw three movies from YouTubers go into the box office and make hundreds of millions of dollars, right? I don’t know if you guys heard about that. Uh but there’s three different movies that should that by the way that should be on the slides next time. Aaron uh three movies in the box office uh made $100 million from YouTubers, right? So it’s just like everybody knows about the direct benefits of YouTube like making money from YouTube, right? But the indirect benefits are probably even better. So let me let me give you an example of that. So Josh basically started off uh making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry and he talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. And he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month on his channel to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are part of Fang, which is Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. Now, these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world where it’s literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale statistically speaking, right? And usually you have to apply to these jobs and you usually have to apply many many times over many, many years before you get accepted. But these companies were literally reaching out to him. So, he got an offer from several different fang companies and he ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. He lived in Japan. He was working a remote job, making multiple six figures a year, and it was literally his dream situation, right? His dream life. But then his YouTube channel kept going. It got to 5,000 a month, then 10,000 a month. So now he’s, you know, it’s went from a side hustle to a full-time income. Now, now he’s making a full-time income, right? Full-time business, then 30,000 a month. Now he’s making more than his job, right? And eventually we helped him scale it all the way up to over $186,000 in a single month using my strategies. And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for his time at that point. Now, I like his example because it goes over every single stage. Just getting started as a beginner, using it to become an authority in his niche for networking uh to get his dream job, uh starting a side hustle to make a little bit of money on the side, starting a full-time business, making 10 to 30k per month, uh and then scaling his business, right? So obviously the direct benefits of YouTube are incredible, but the thing that most people don’t understand is the indirect benefits are probably even better because when you are when you have a YouTube channel where you’re even if it’s just like a micro authority, right, in your niche where you’re connecting with a bunch of other people who who are networking with other people in your niche and being useful and helpful to them, that just opens up doors that you just could not you could never even imagine, right? They say there’s a reason that they say that your net worth is your or your net worth is your net worth, right? And your net worth is your net worth, right? So, there’s a reason they say that. There is a lot of truth uh to that. Okay? So, uh I have gotten invites to $50,000 masterminds. I’ve gotten to speak on stages in front of uh you know, nine figure business owners. Like just I’ve gotten to meet people that I just never would have been able to meet. Um I’ve gotten to work with companies that are worth 10 figures. Uh yeah, I I’ve gotten to meet people that I never would have gotten to meet uh if I didn’t have my YouTube channel. But you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s easy, then why do most people fail?” Because most people do fail on YouTube. That is a fact. Most people who try to uh have su uh a successful channel absolutely do fail on YouTube. And anyone who tells you otherwise is lying. Well, it’s because uh they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you have to show your face and have a fancy camera and have perfect uh lighting and a perfect set and you know um expensive equipment, etc., etc., right? Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. So, you got to edit the video and you’ve got to plan everything out perfectly and, you know, have to create this perfect video to even have a tiny chance of being successful on YouTube. And four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube, right? So, these are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, the reason that most people thinks uh it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. Just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Thomas the Content Growth Engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month starting the channel, right? And a lot of money that a lot of that money was made uh before we even got to 1,000 subscribers as well. And these are the myths that people believe in that stopped them from having success on YouTube. So, we’ll go over that here in a minute as well. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today you lacked the leverage to invade this soon to be trillion dollar opportunity and I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-farmarmacist. I have a 1.5 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down here. I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch, right? So, these were people that just started out from scratch. They started their YouTube channel. They they treated it like a business and they got to over 100K per month. I’ve helped countless other people get to a full-time income. And I’ve also helped 20 real businesses who were already doing really well uh well, well over 20 actually at this point, scale their businesses. Okay. So, um I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. Uh here’s a company that I worked with just as an example course careers. They liked working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because I gave that much value to the company and we were able to help them over 30x the amount of money that they made. Right? So I’m on the board of course careers. I got equity in the company. Uh and I also helped them, you know, when I first met them. I helped them over 30x the amount of money that they were making at that time. Right? With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals. And one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts. Uh, I came from a before this, I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing. I lived in trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. Um, you know, this is the Salvation Army. This is actually the exact Salvation Army in Lawrence, Kansas that I stayed at for about 6 months. Um, and then there were even times when we we slept outside, right? Like truly homeless, right? And um, you know, I didn’t want to be poor, right? So, I did what society told me to do. I went to college. I got a doctorate. So, I got the went to the, you know, did the highest level of what society tells you to do, got a doctorate, and I became a pharmacist. And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt to do this. I went over $300,000 in student loan debt. And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games, watch TV, whatever, right? But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time or money because I was spending all my time working uh working, right? And then I was spending all of my money paying down my student loan debt. So, it was kind of like an out of the frying pan and into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation uh because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit as well. And just to emphasize how bad this was, we got robbed three times in a 6-month period. So overall, I was burnt out. I was stressed. I was depressed. I just can’t describe how stressed, how depressed, how burnt out, how anxious I was in this situation, you know. And on top of all of it, all of that, I was literally in fear of my physical safety, too. Um, and so like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea? Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money. Shopify, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, uh, flipping websites, uh, flipping physical products, etc., etc. U, chances are if you’ve heard of it, I tried it. Right? Here’s one of them that I tried, the Booty Kit. Uh, this is something that I tried to sell on I think it was uh Shopify drop shipping and then Amazon FBA. Um, and it’s basically an atome device to work out your booty. I know, kind of embarrassing, but I tried selling it on on Shopify and Amazon FBA. And I pretty much failed at almost all of them, right? I couldn’t make any of these sustainable. And a lot of it has to do with me having ADHD and kind of just having shiny object syndrome. Um, just always trying a bunch of different things. But as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to zero. But YouTube was different than all of these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles I tried, they actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store. It’s almost impossible to sell. And so, I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. And after I tried it again at that time, um, you know, I was in a house full of seven guys and trying to save money, but also was an entrepreneur house. And one of the guys I met just being involved in that entrepreneur community was Sam. And he was basically a wedding photographer. And he moved from Lebanon and he barely even knew English. And he was actually forced to start his wedding photography business because I don’t think he could technically legally work a job, right? And so he started this YouTube channel he where he was making about $10 to $20,000 a month with a YouTube channel of less than 10,000 subscribers. Uh and he you know his YouTube channel is wedding photography business and he was doing wedding photography in the Las Vegas uh area and on the west coast as well. Now before that I had actually spent time with some influencers in LA and in Las Vegas. And these were people that had millions of followers or millions of subscribers and they were broke. They didn’t have any money, right? And I was like, Sam, how are you making so much money from YouTube even though you have a tiny channel? And he showed me what a proper monetization method looks like, right? He showed me how I can monetize a channel without having to have that many views. And at that time, nobody was doing this. And even now, almost nobody knows how to do this, right? But he initially taught me how to make money with a small channel, like, you know, 10,000 subscribers or less. But I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels that we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they’re making seven figures. There’s one channel we work with that has about 30,000 subscribers. They’re making multiple eight figures, right? Because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. So, this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was just not talking about it. And so, basically, I started posting videos. And just to put it in perspective, I have gotten a lot of views. 6 million, 1.2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views. I know how to play the views game with the best of them in the education space, right? I know how to get millions of views. But check this out right here. The most useless degrees. One of the most successful videos on my channel, one of my first breakout videos as well, got over 4 million views, um, was posted about 6 years ago. So in six years, it made about $31,000. This video right here, the 10 richest YouTubers in the world, new number one revealed, uh, 8.8,000 views over 6 months. So, in 6 months, it made about $48,000, right? And there, by the way, this isn’t just a like the only video that’s like this. This is we usually have like five of these videos at least every month that don’t get that many views, but they make a ton of money, right? So, it is way easier for me to reproduce a video like this than it is for me to reproduce a video like this. And the coolest thing is this video right here is going to keep making me money for a long, long time. I would be willing to bet that this video in its entire lifetime will end up making well over $100,000. Like well over 100,000, right? And so, it’s just going to keep making money for a long period of time, right? So, it’s way easier for me to reproduce this video. It’s way easier for me to get 8,000 views than it is for me to get 4.3 million. Okay? And just to show you guys proof, by the way, here is how much I made around two plus years ago. This was uh right before I started uh teaching people how to do YouTube. This is when I was just um uh having a coaching business where I taught people how to do remote jobs, how to how to actually land remote jobs, right? So, I started a business on YouTube where I taught people how to land remote jobs and I got that business to multiple uh seven figures a year. So, this is about three Septembers ago, right? So, $283,000. Then, right after I started my YouTube business, um two Septeers ago, I got to about $325,000. And by the way, this is literally pictures from my bank account, right? You can you can see it’s like literally like the stuff that went into the bank account. So, this isn’t some weird shenanig like revenue shenanigans that you you see. Um, so yeah, then $325,000 and then this last September, I made over $1 million. Okay. And the craziest thing is I was able to do all of this while traveling the world and only having to work uh 4 hours a week. So, this is a picture of me in the famous Tokyo uh crossing square with the famous Tokyo um uh taxi drivers that ignore you sometimes. If you’ve ever been to Tokyo, you know what I’m talking about. Uh this is um a picture of me in Singapore. Um and then this is a picture of me in the uh just off of Vancouver, British Columbia in the San Juan Islands whale watching. Okay, so orca watching specifically, right? So um yeah, and the reason you know the by the way, I’m not showing you guys this to make you jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there that are just coaches coaching coaches. They never actually started a successful uh YouTube business or YouTube channel themselves outside of just teaching YouTube, right? So, they’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers and they’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel outside of just teaching YouTube, right? But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel and I grew a successful business before I ever taught a single person how to do YouTube. And the craziest thing is, like I said, I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week. Okay? Now, I do choose to work more more than 4 hours a week, just to be very clear. But there’s been a month at a time uh in several cases or even there was one time where I spent two entire months without working on my business at all. Right? So, it is a choice for me to work more than four hours a week. And that’s kind of the the big point, right? You want to have that as a choice. I love working on my business because I love what I do. It’s my it’s truly my life purpose and my passion. Um, but I only have to work four hours a week. That’s the thing. Okay. So, um, there’s been many times where I spent zero hours on my business. So, I don’t I have an online business where I don’t have to have any in-person employees or anything like that. I can travel the world. I can do whatever I want. And my business just keeps going up and up and up. But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of. But once in a while, I would create a video and post it on YouTube just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online and I would watch it and I’d be like, “Hm, I don’t really think this works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels.” And so I decided once every six months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, Shane, can you coach me?” Uh, “Hey, Shane, can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” And I turned them all down because I was too busy or I just didn’t really want to do coaching, right? Or I thought, you know what? I think this works for my niche, but I don’t know if it’s going to work for other people’s niches. So, I turned them down, but I felt bad about it. And I shrugged it off for years until one day a friend of mine was really struggling, and he wanted and he wanted my help with YouTube. He was struggling financially, and I said, “You know what? If I’m going to help you, I might as well help these other people at the same time.” So I said, “All right, I’m gonna do it.” So I reached out to a bunch of those people and I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of them and I worked with a very diverse set of people as well. There was a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who was crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, another coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, etc., etc., just on and on. The point is, they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas, and of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. Um, there are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the craziest thing is every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy, right? Because I can only have so much impact with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people, right? And this is the first time in my life, like don’t get me wrong, I really enjoyed helping people get better jobs and get remote jobs and stuff like that. But this was the first time in my life where I I thought this is actually my purpose, right? This is my passion, right? And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people and they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And they all got rich by helping other people live better lives, their version of rich. Okay? And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content, which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money. And there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. And in fact, the first month that we launched my second channel, we were able to make about $1,736 per 1,000 views. So I got $24,000 views in that first month, and we made about $42,000. So that’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And keep in mind, remember I told you how much Boogie2988 was making, right? He was making a little bit more than $42,000 a year. And one month after launching a brand new channel, we made $42,000. Right? So, we made almost as much money as he does in a year in one month with a completely brand new channel, right? So, again, views don’t really matter, right? What matters is getting the right views. And to put that in perspective, by the way, entertainment channels uh in general make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. You see it right here. Um, education channels make about 10 times more, about $20 per 1,000 views, right? So, with an entertainment channel, if I would have gotten that same amount of views, 24,000 views, I would have made about 24 to $73. With education channel, if I would have got like a normal education channel, right? Um, if I would have gotten that same amount of views, I would have got, you know, 24,000 views, I would have made about $20 and that would have been about 48 or $484, right? So, a little bit better, but still not where you want to be. But with niche authority content or niche educational content, which is what I recommend that everybody starts off with, uh I was able to make $1,736 per 1,000 views and I made $42,000 in the first month, which is absolutely insane, right? Um and by the way, this is from all money, not just from AdSense. Some people when they hear the word monetization, they think, “Oh, that’s just AdSense. That’s just the ads that pop up on your channel.” Um the AdSense is one form of monetization, okay? There are many many other ws to monetize your channel. Okay. Um and so yeah uh much much better than normal educational content. Now one thing I will say uh what a I started my original channel with niche educational content. Eventually I decided to expand to to more mass market content partially because I just wanted to expand and partially uh because uh I’m again I’m scatterrained, right? There’s a lot of different interests that I have. there’s a lot of different things I want to talk about and you know it’s probably not the best business decision for me to do that. Um but even with this channel, the 1.5 million subscriber channel, um I still make about $400 per 1,000 views on average. In fact, sometimes it’s up to that $800 range. So it’s usually about that $400 to $800 per 1,000 views on average, right? So it still makes a ton of money, but you can make way more money if you do niche educational content. And it’s also way easier to get started uh doing niche educational content. But the point is later on, especially if you use the hybrid personal brand method, which we’re going to talk about, um you can expand to other things. You can pivot and you can expand, right? Um because you don’t have to stay with a niche subject if you set your channel up with the hybrid personal brand method, which is something that we’ll talk about here in a bit. So, let me give you some examples of niche educational content. And these are people who actually just stuck with niche content, right? like even even when they got a lot of views, they just stuck with with that type of content. So, one of them is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about 300 uh 36 to $100,000 a month on this channel according to view stats. And that is just from AdSense alone. Now, if he’s properly monetizing, he’s easily making far far more than that. But we are going to be hyper conservative here and say that he’s making 136 to 250,000 a month from his channel. So, that’s $10 to $20 per 1,000 views. That is extremely conservative. Um, and he is making that much money without even having to upload in 62 days, which is insane. So, he he was making this much money passively with just from AdSense alone without even having to upload uh in 62 days. So, he uploads like once a month, once every two months, and he’s just making millions and millions of dollars a year passively. I wouldn’t be surprised if this channel makes over $10 million a year. Um, and it’s just all passive, right? Right? And that is because he’s been uploading these videos for a long time. And each video is like a little soldier that just goes out and makes him money forever. Okay. Here’s another one. Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s and he makes content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him, he is quite entertaining. So, when I say make educational content, I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you’ve ever watched him, but he basically made $24 million from YouTube. and he even said in an interview that he made more and basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars and help them with different car related products and that is his whole channel, right? And basically this stuff is dead simple for him.

    Okay, so uh and that’s one thing I want to uh point out about the organic chemistry tutor as well. The stuff that they’re teaching and and this is something that’s relatively common with a lot of people we work with. the stuff that they teach is is kind of simple and boring to them. But don’t assume just because something is simple and boring to you because you do it every day because it’s part a part of your career or you you know do you did it growing up or you like spend a lot of time doing it as a hobby or whatever. Just because something is simple and boring to you does not mean that it’s simple and boring to other people, right? So this stuff is dead simple to him. He’s just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on and he just did the same thing but he recorded it with a camera and he posted it online. Right? So, organic chemistry tutor Scotty Kilmer, same exact thing. Stuff that’s very easy, very simple to them. They just did the same thing they were already doing on a day-to-day basis, but they just recorded it with a camera and put it online. Right now, here’s the craziest story. This is the one that just absolutely blows my mind. Okay, this is physics walla. Okay, his name is Alak Pandi. He came from a small village in India and his first vis uh videos were in his parents’ basement and you can see how bad they are, right? Like blurred face, uh you can barely even see the whiteboard, the lighting is terrible, etc., etc. But it didn’t matter. He started making videos about these standardized tests in India with this potato camera that he had, right? And these standardized tests are incredibly important for your future, right? It’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT in the US. And he just made videos about these certifications and standardized tests. And at first he was just talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. And so let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is. Physics India standardized tests only very specific how he was tutoring people. And he started making these videos and he kept going. And then he launched a company that’s now worth $5.2 billion called Physics Wallet. It’s an educational app and it’s now worth $5.2 billion. and he launched it from his YouTube channel and it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos, right? And he is probably richer than Mr. Beast, right? And that is the power of educational content because you are solving people’s problems. Now, just to put this in perspective, guys, he does have a lot of subs. He’s got about 13 million subs, which is impressive. But Mr. Beast has like what 500 million subscribers or something. Everybody knows who Mr. Beast is. And yet, Alak Pandi, who I’d say 99% of you have probably not heard of him, unless you’ve heard of him from my videos, um, most people don’t know who he is, and he is richer than Mr. Beast, and he’s a YouTuber in the education space, right? So, that is the power of educational content. You don’t have to get that many views. You don’t have to be that well-known to make a ton of money with educational content. So, now I’m going to be handing you the formula for how to do all of this. And there is a secret formula, right? And these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s probably because it’s not important. So first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now, generally speaking, there are three niches out there that are the most profitable niches, and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, there’s a lot of other amazing niches outside of that. I am not saying by any means that you have to choose health, wealth, or relationships, okay? There’s lots of other amazing niches. I mean, we just have like all kinds of different weird niches that we’ve helped people with, right? Um, so if you already have a niche or you have something else that you want to do, that’s totally fine. But if you’re struggling to choose your niche, you have no idea what direction to go, uh, generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche to go into, you should be looking into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and you need to make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. By the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is uh in the comment section, right? Um I’ll probably uh read a few of them while we’re going through this. So, just comment what you think your niche is. And I’m actually doing this to illustrate something as well. Uh so, yeah, comment what you think your niche is. um music, uh health and relationship, wealth, travel, educational, dog training, covering stories, uh African immigration, integration, uh definitely wealth, health, do-it-yourself, single father, reversing diabetes, flower arranging, uh acting, midlife transition, veteran wellness, retirement, health, uh side hustles, fixing your life, AI, AI, uh faceless parenting, fitness, wealth, uh etc., etc. Okay, now I know a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers when you comment your niche, which is exactly what happened. Okay, maybe three-word answers max. And I don’t blame you for that, but that is incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes something like this. You select a market or what most people would traditionally call a niche, but I call it a market. And then you pick one specific problem that that market has. And you need to pick a specific problem, right? because they might have 20 different problems, but you pick one problem that that market has. Okay? And then you find a specific solution to that one problem. That is your niche. Okay? So, it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Now, uh the Z is something that we can do later on, right? The Z, don’t even worry about that right now. The Z is the specific solution. Uh the important part is you establish that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well and you help them solve that problem. That is the foundation of how markets work. Markets are all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible uh in mass, which is what YouTube allows you to do. Okay. So, let me give you a few examples of how to do this. So, I’m going to be using the accounting market specifically because for some reason I’ve worked with a lot of accountants. So, I’m going to be using the accounting market, right? So, I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And uh all these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients, I’ve worked with them, or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. I am not making any of these up. These are all people that I’ve met, right? And by the way, I’m just going to do five examples, but I could do 50. I probably could do 500 uh examples, right? We just don’t have all nine, right? So, I’m just going to do five. So the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So that is a bit more of a mass market channel, but it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts like the organic chemistry tutor, but for accounting. So this person is making really good money. Uh probably pretty close to seven figures a year and they’ve been doing it for a long time, but they’re making really good money, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L? Now, second level, which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So, they got an accounting degree. Uh they’re trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications. And that would be like physics walla but for accounting, right? Because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications. So, physics walla but for accounting and in the US instead of India. So, that is the second one. And I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA. Okay, third level helping people land their first ever entry-le accounting job. That is another business owner that I know and they are making multiple seven figures a year. Okay, so who’s the market there? People who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first entry-level accounting job, right? That’s the market. So that is different than all of these other ones. It’s totally different content than all the other ones that I just mentioned. Uh people who are trying to refresh their knowledge of accounting uh or learn accounting for the first time as a student do not necessarily want to get an accounting job, right? Totally different content. And people in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job or how to land your first job in accounting. Fourth level, the people who are already accountants and they’re making $50 to $100,000 a year at least and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller. Uh this is one of my clients as well. Uh he helps people who are already accountants making $50 to $100,000 a year become a financial controller who can make 200 to 300,000 a year. So totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller obviously, right? Or what are the highest paying accounting careers? And then finally the fifth level which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case, it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants and they’re actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience. And the type of content you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all of those different ones. So I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement. Even though it’s all the same niche, right? It’s all the accounting niche. Because if I would have asked you before we went over this, if you’re in one of those niches, hey, what’s your niche? You probably would have said, oh, it’s accounting, right? Just like all these people for instance that commented their niche and they said one, two or three word answers like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching, uh, etc., etc., right? Uh, that is why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. Uh, you need to know who you’re helping and what problem you’re helping them with. Right? If you don’t have that, you have lost from the beginning. It is so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now, did you find that valuable? Give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable. Uh, and if you want the niche validator GPT that’s available both for Claude and ChatgPT, uh, which is going to help you dial in your your niche hypothesis statement, which we’re going to be giving out here in a bit. Okay, awesome. Good stuff. And by the way, people in this market would be interested in a video like how to hire the best accountants or where to hire accountants from, something like that. Okay, so I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people. But you need more than that, okay? You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand because you probably know what personal branding is. But when you mix personal branding with the correct niche and our YouTube automation AI system, you have what’s known as the hybrid personal brand. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis uh statement, right? But I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche. Okay? So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But uh when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So yes, you are going to start extremely niche with IHELXY. But once you get traction, when you build your channel in the correct way, uh when you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else. So, let me give you an example of that. Um Alex Herozi, when he first started posting on YouTube four years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was, I help gyms do marketing and sales. And now he can talk about just about anything. Now, obviously, he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the uh different types of businesses, but now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time and yeah, I mean now he can talk about just about anything that he wants. But he started niche and if he tried to do that from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. He started off being the king of a puddle, then the king of a small pond, then the king of a lake, then the king of a river, then the king of a sea, and the king of the ocean. Right? And you got to start small, right? You have to start niche, but don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it. That is how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method. Because when you create a hybrid personal brand, there are so many different ways that you can monetize your channel, right? There’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content as uh as well as the topics that you talk about as well, most importantly as the ways that you could make money with your channel, right? So, there’s so many different ways, AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, uh networking, membership, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Ramoszi opened up basically like an investment fund. He has one of the rarest types of businesses in the world known as a family office. and he opened that up and used YouTube to send uh views and leads and and deal flow uh to his family office, right? So, he has a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets his deal flow from YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions on each one all the way down to doing a SAS that cost a few dollars a month or you could do memberships, you can do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products. The point is all of these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand traffic and you have distribution people that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems. So, they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So, let me just give you an example of that. Doug Demiro uh launched this website called callsc carsandbbits.com and uh he’s a car reviewer really well known and he launched this website called carsandbbits.com from his YouTube channel from his personal brand YouTube channel and then he sold the website for $80 million right and the reason he was able to do that is because of the fact that he built his channel with the hybrid personal brand method right the personal your hybrid personal brand is your golden goose you can lay eggs from your golden goose never sell the golden goose lay the golden eggs with your golden goose and then sell the eggs, right? Um and that’s exactly what he did. Okay. Um because none of us can predict the future, right? Uh and and this is a secret way of building your channel that makes it so much easier to do whatever you want and it increases your chances of success by so much as well because like I said, none of us can predict the future. But what we can do is build a channel that can evolve as ch as things change over time, as we evolve, as the market evolves, as things happen in the world. you can build a channel that can evolve so that it has the ultimate advantage which is it can adapt to changing circumstances right because you are a growing breathing human being you might have certain interests now and you’ve changed those interests 5 years from now right um and your business and your your YouTube channel should be able to and your personal brand should be able to grow and evolve as you evolve and as the market evolves as well okay and if you think this only applies to big educational channels well that’s just all. Okay, here’s some examples of our clients. Uh, this worked for Waqen. So, Waqen was 18 years old when we first started working with him. He was a freshman in college and he was making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, all kinds of stuff like that. And he was making content on engineering as well. U, but he’s basically a business and engineering double major, but he wasn’t making any money, right? And we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche, and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? because he was a foreign exchange student who got into an elite university in the US. So, we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month, he made around $80,000. Now, he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and weightless customers trying to buy his program because he just had too many people uh that wanted to work with him immediately. Now, that’s a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right? and we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university as a teenager, which he was, which is pretty crazy to think about as a freshman in college, a teenager. Um, here’s another example. Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients I’ve ever worked with. He was working like 80 hours a week at a Fortune50 company as a project manager or uh yeah, project manager or product manager. Yeah. Uh he had a new baby. Uh real estate investments that he had to take care of. uh other investments, just a lot of stuff going on. Just a super super busy guy. One of the busiest uh clients I’ve ever worked with, right? And he was basically able to grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about 2 hours a month. So yeah, I’m very proud of this case study because it was quite difficult to get him results. Uh but he could only work because he could only work a couple hours a month. Another example, guy, right? This one is a really cool story. He’s actually disabled and his goal before he worked with us was just to make a couple thousand extra dollars a month because he was close to retirement, right? So he’s disabled. He has what’s known as tenitus, which is constant ringing in the ears. And this is something that a lot of veterans have, right? My dad has it as well. Uh he’s a veteran. It’s very debilitating. And uh he had a great mission which he wanted to help other people with tenitus manage it correctly or help people avoid getting it in the first place or avoid it getting worse, right? So he made this channel um to help people. And his goal was just to make about$1 to2,000 extra dollars a month in retirement. Right? That was his version of rich. And he was able to get to $1,500 a month, a $1,500 a month brand deal with less than 500 subscribers. 446 to be exact, right? And this was a brand deal for $1,500 a month. And now he’s making a lot more than that, right? He’s close to 10,000 subscribers now. He’s crushing it even more. Um, so he’s he’s making way more than that. But the point is he was able to meet his goal before he even hit 500 subscribers. So if you think that you can’t make money before you’re monetized, before you hit 1,000 subscribers, you absolutely can. Okay. So, one simple rule, guys, to make this happen. Start simple and scale fast. You do not need a fancy camera, fancy editing, a million-doll studio, high production quality, top tier video editing skills, uh the best video editing software, right? Um, and you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content, right? Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas, right? This is one of the most important things after dialing in your niche. Uh, then you need titles and thumbnails to get clicks. Then you need an effective intro for retention, video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. That is a lot easier to do than you think. Now, let’s talk about the most important out of all those things, and that is the viral video ideas. So, I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry. And basically, he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance. and I applied it to YouTube. Now, I was the first person to ever do this. Uh, so what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. Okay? So, lots of views video coming from a channel with not that many subscribers. That is important, okay? Because if they have a big channel, they have a big audience and that audience is probably going to watch anything that they put out, right? So, it’s not an apples to apples comparison. It’s not a fair comparison. So, you want to find a video that has a lot of views despite coming from a small channel and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. Okay, so the thumbnail, the title, the intro were either mediocre or bad. Okay, so here’s an example right here. Um, you can see his face is blurry, right? Um, the door is in better focus in the background than his face is. Uh, he was also drunkenly ranting for 25 minutes about college degrees while literally drinking beers. This is a Coke Zero, but he was drinking beers, right? And he had really bad audio and the video was I don’t think it was edited at all. It was just ter terrible at just overall just terrible. And it looked like it was recorded with a potato, right? So, um just a objectively bad video from a small channel, 10,000 subscribers, and he probably got most of the subscribers literally from this video. Um and yet the video did incredibly well, right? it got 760,000 views, right? So, this is the a perfect example of the type of video you want to find, right? Um, then what you do is you steal the idea of the video, right? Now, the idea is going to be uh sort of expressed with the title. So, you’re going to keep the title relatively close. Okay? You can change the title up a little bit. So, what we did is the most worthless college majors, uh, the most useless degrees. That’s the title that we chose. So, you make uh you you change it slightly. you make a better video and boom, that’s what happens. 4 million views, right? Um, so I made a better video with almost the same title, the most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Very similar. I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. And this is what I’ve been doing now for the last 6 years, guys. This is my secret. It’s called the icon method, and is the most powerful way uh to do this. Right now, there’s a bit more to the icon method than that, but that’s the gist. Okay? So for instance, you you know there’s other rules to the icon method. You can also do the icon method with revenue. So we have certain tools that allow you to predict the revenue that a video is going to make, like the actual sales it’s going to make. So not just the the views it’s going to get, but the sales that it’s going to make. And you can use the icon method with revenue. That’s kind of what we do these days. We we actually do that more often than views. Um you can also use the icon method with stuff that comes from other platforms, right? But there’s more to it than that, but that is the gist. That is the gist of how it works. Okay. Um, so once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. And once you get this down, giving the value, especially using our AI tools, which we’re going to actually give you a taste of them here in a bit, um, it’s not going to be a problem for you to post consistently and your videos will do all the work for you. They’ll be like a little soldier who never sleeps and just gets you views and makes you money for the rest of its life. Now, let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine. with no daily uploads if you don’t want to, no complicated editing, no being on camera if you don’t want to, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, proven videos uh temp proven video templates plus AI scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, uh one day per month content workflow, scalable monetization from day one, top and top tier coaching behind sevenigure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash printing YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this earlier because there are a few bonuses that we’re only going to give to people to get this early access to and you’ll have a much higher chance of getting the bonuses if you actually book a call now. Okay? Or you can type in gosh.com/coaching or scan the QR code with your phone. Um, so here’s what you get access to inside of CG. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over these bonuses here. You’ll get all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, who is booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call. Uh, because we do have a special bonus for you. And I’m telling you guys right now, we are absolutely going to run out of spots. And we’re probably going to run out of spots very, very quickly. Okay, first, uh, we’re going to help you pick a profitable niche, right? We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the best of the best that will help you pick, uh, find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, and also something that you’re passionate about. Next is the foundations, the core foundations. And this is also the mindset section. So, you might be having a hard time starting even though you know that you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it. It sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues and this module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposttor syndrome and helps you take action fast. And this is actually when I ask people usually these first two are their favorite modules, right? The niche selection and the core foundations. And even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations, um you know, another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable. Right? If you follow the system, you will understand that when you go through this on a deep logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level, that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, it was his very first video that he posted, right? It blew up, got 800,000 views, and he was making a full-time income in less than a month. For some people, it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 plus videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you will understand that on a logical and deep level when you go through this module. And when you understand that, it’ll make it way easier for you to actually take action. Right. Number three, the content genesis system. So, this shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. Now, this is where the secret is right here. Finding the right video ideas. Um, the next is the holy trifecta. This is where we go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chances of success for your video. Oh, oops. Uh, That was weird. Uh, highest chances of success for your video to get the views. So, all three need to be good and you need to make sure that they are congruent as well. It’s actually more important that they’re congruent, uh, then they’re good. Next is the script writing alchemy system where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than one hour per video or in many cases way less than that. So, just as an example, my brother who got his first video to 800,000 views only only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you the exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system. This is where we actually turn things into a system. And this makes it possible to only have to work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel. And in some cases, if you’re a very busy business owner, um zero hours a week, right, if you want to fully outsource things, right? Um and uh or a couple hours a month if you want to still do it yourself. You just spend a couple hours a month recording and that’s it, right? Everything else is taken care of. And this is done with systems, processes, and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. So, the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. Now, we have systems for every problem you could imagine on YouTube. Uh, and lastly is the cash code system, right? And this is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views. This is very, very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly, right? And that is just a taste of what’s inside of the community. You don’t get one or two tools. You get the entire arsenal. Custom GPTs, Cloud Skills, all built for one thing, growing and monetizing your channel. And the tools that we don’t build ourselves or the tools that we think are better than the ones that we built, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time. Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and much more. So whether you run Chat GPT or Claude, there’s a tool sitting there ready for you to solve your problem. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. Um, and this is just a peek inside of our private community. You know, you can see these real wins, and this is what it looks like on any given day, right? Uh, these are coming in every single day. One member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views, grew 5x in a few months. Another finally landed their first 10 leads straight from YouTube. One disclosed to $75,000 a year contract inbound straight off the platform. Uh, someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another person crossed 5,000 subscribers. uh you know 39,000 views on a channel with 800 subscribers, right? Just on and on and on. This isn’t a course that you buy and forget about it. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few. This is what the group looks like on any given day. And this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to 10K in just 18 days. Here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. This is This is also the system that’s responsible for these results as well. Usually there’s a shaded graph right here under the analytics. This is typically what it looks like right here. You’ll notice there’s no shaded graph here. And the reason for that is because this client had been posting for 8 years and never had a single video take off. Their very first video with us took off and ended up getting over 180,000 views within about 2 months, right? And probably a lot more after that. Um, and it was so much bigger than anything they had ever posted before that the shaded part was literally uh uh in the x-axis like like blended in with this bottom line here, which is pretty crazy. When we first saw this, we were like, “What? Where’s the shaded part? What what’s what’s wrong with this one?” We realized it’s literally just blended in with the bottom line cuz it’s so much higher than anything he’s ever posted before, right? This person right here uh went from zero to $1,000 a month in AdSense in almost no time whatsoever. Uh like a month, month and a half, something like that. Um, they were also making a lot more from other stuff outside of AdSense. This person right here is literally number one in a very competitive niche. They’re getting 8 million views a month, making $50,000 a month just from AdSense alone. Uh, multi-8 figure business per year. Uh, number one in a very competitive niche. We We are the kings and the queen makers in many niches. There’s many niches out there where we are literally like the people who are the kings and the queen makers of that niche. We have well over 10 people who are number one in in their niche or subniche. And we’re and we’re not talking about tiny niches. We’re talking like bigger niches here, right? Niches with that get millions and millions of views. This person right here closed 80% of the calls that they booked. And this was this is the first time they’d ever been taking sales calls, right? And they closed 80% of the calls that they booked from YouTube. Now, if you know anything about sales when you first start, you’re probably only closing like 10 or 20% if you’re lucky. This person was closing 80% of the calls they were taking. Uh Bill here transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177K subs. Uh he’s, you know, he got up to $70,000 in a single month. Uh and he he’s crushing it. He’s making a ton of money. And he basically said that Shane helped me out with his keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business. Uh so he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all of his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn was stuck making about $30,000 a month, and he scaled all the way up to over $500,000 a month. So he said, “Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue. Uh Sean is also number one in his niche. She’s another one of the king m kings that we made. Um Cheryl, she helps people through spiritual awakenings and before joining us, she was stuck under 50 subscribers for literally years with a great message but no strategy. And we gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and thumbnail frameworks and hands-on coaching. and she immediately grew to over 9,000 subscribers and got monetized in months. One video hit 128,000 views and now she’s landing brand deals. This is what happens when you stop guessing and start following our system. Jen’s another example here, right? She’s uh in the healthcare profession. Uh she also recently joined our program. I think she joined about 2 months ago or so, something like that. And before joining us, she was a complete beginner. No idea what to make, no experience. And in her words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube.” And now she’s making uh now she has uh 16K plus subscribers. Uh her channel’s got over 16 million views already. Uh four of her videos have already crossed 100,000 views. This video right here uh literally 1 month after posting it already got to over 500,000 views. And this was I think a month and a half after she started her channel or something like that, right? And she built all of it on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation because she’s a lifelong nurse, right? So if you’re a healthcare professional, something like this could be for you. Again, she’s just talking about stuff that she already talks about with her patients on a day-to-day basis, right? She’s just recording it and posting it on YouTube, right? So, this is what happens when you follow the system. And she kept things very simple. Her videos are quite simple. She did not overthink things. So, I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry. I basically know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll tell you kind of how this industry works, right? Usually, the highest paid people, the best people work with big corporations. And so they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year. Uh in many cases working with these big companies, it’s going to be at least a six-figure contract, right? Uh in my case, you know, some of the companies I work with, I literally just get equity in the company. Okay. Now, the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably something called a build and release offer. Now, I have some friends that do this and basically like one of the very few people out there that are actually really good on YouTube besides myself that really knows what they’re doing. And they charge $300,000 to do a build and release offer. And this is basically where they work with like a seven, eight, nine figure companies and they build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months. They hire everybody for the channel. They build it out. They figure out exactly how the channel works and then they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out to them. And they charge usually $300,000 to do that. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are at least $50,000. Last year I was in two. This year I’m in another two. And these are extremely valuable, too. And I learned tons of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. And so there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000, right? And it would easily cost you 35,000 in mistakes if you were to try to do this on your own. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to get even one of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. Now, I’ll tell you right now, there are different tiers to what we offer for these different types of businesses. But most of you are going to be on that beginner level or you maybe are a small business and you just want to get started on YouTube. you have a small YouTube channel or you just want to, you know, get started on YouTube in the first place. And so what we’re going to be offering at that level is a program called the content growth engine. And that’s going to be about $9,800. You can get it down with the payment plans uh to $1,000 a month or less. Uh and there’s even in-house financing, 0% APR financing if we think that you’re a good fit to work with us. We can get the payment plans a little bit less than that. With that being said, I’m going to give more details on the on the payments here in a moment, but a special offer only for this workshop. When you book a call within the next 24 hours, we’re offering something that we’ve never offered before, right? We’re going to talk about some of the bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, gosh.com/coaching, click the link in the chat or scan this QR code. So, bonus number one, this is a big one. You get a one-on-one niche accelerator call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. This is when I started earning big. Not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out showed me the ropes. Now, that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that is exactly what this call is, right? Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.5 million subs and over 1 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. Now, this is worth $12,000 easily, right? But this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what the actual coaching looks like. I can already see uh some people signing up as I’m talking, so don’t wait on this one. Go to go.shenhum.com/coaching. Scan that QR code to click the link in the chat. All right. Bonus two is the idea gen AI. This is easily worth like $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view count, studying channels, you’re going to be looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you’re going to be paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas uh for you in your niche in as little as 30 seconds. And this is not some generic AI tool spitting out random titles. It’s built on the icon method, right? It finds what’s already working from small channels that have pretty bad content and it hands you a better version, right? So, the titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways, a chatbt and a claw AI version. So, whatever AI you are to use, you are covered. This is included as a bonus. So go to go.jnomomas.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Now here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you’re using chatp or cloud, by the way, we built it for both, right? So here’s what it actually looks like with both of them. You give it a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works. Then it hands you five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.chain.com/coaching, com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the advanced script writer software. This is worth $7,000 easily. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished, attention-grabbing YouTube script. So, it captures your tone, your style, your voice so that it actually sounds like you. And just like that last one, you get it both ways. Chat GBT or Claude, whatever you are to use. If you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re going to be paying $3,000 to $5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So, go to go.inhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it looks like. Uh, same tool running in both uh chat and claude. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format preference, uh, dialing in exactly who you are so that it can actually write a good script that sounds like you, not AI slop, right? Uh, then you tell it the goal of your video and it writes the full script. A real YouTube script with hooks, structure, a tone that matches you, your voice, your channel, etc. So, go to go.shenomomas.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the CGE done for you thumbnail templates. This is worth $10,000. Now, your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. If your thumbnail does not stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it does not matter how good your video is. Now, if you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re going to be paying $1,500 a month easily. That’s $18,000 a year. And they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming but not for educational content. So, there is a psychology behind every thumbnail because again, you want to get the right views, not views, right? So, you could get a lot of views, but you get the wrong views. You know, thumbnail is good. It has a good click-through rate. It gets a lot of views, but you’re getting the wrong views, right? So, there is a psychology behind every thumbnail. And this is my entire thumbnail system. the guide, the templates, the swipe files, the framework. You get it all as a bonus. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault, fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. And you see those annotations. That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the framework so that you can build your own. So, go to go.shenomomas.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the upload settings validator GPT. This is worth $6,997. And this might save you like an entire year, right? This is where we got a claw in a chat GPT version as well on this one. Uh, but basically, most creators hit upload and they hope for the best. Wrong tags, wrong descriptions, wrong settings, and they wonder why the algorithm isn’t pushing their video. Now, this helps you with both the upload settings on your video, but also the upload settings on your channel. So, this tool checks everything before you publish. Your title, your description, your tags, your settings, the upload settings on your channel. All you got to do is just uh uh screenshot them and upload them to the tool and they’ll tell you if it’s right for your channel, right? And this is all validated to make sure that you’re giving YouTube every reason to push your video. It’s like having a YouTube expert to look over your shoulder every single time you upload. Right? One wrong setting can kill a video. My brother found this out the wrong way, right? Um, he listened to some random YouTuber who told him to turn on some random setting and it actually tanked his views and his revenue on his channel. Now, I was able to go in and kind of fix it and and help that, but you know, I I don’t know why he did that when he has a brother who’s an expert at YouTube, but he listened to some random person. They told him to turn on a setting and it and it tanked his views, right? So, one wrong setting can actually kill a video before it even has a chance. And this makes sure that never happens. Um, and it makes sure that your channel is set up for success. So, go to go.nomomas.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it looks like. Uh, you get the claude and chatgbt version. Go to go.shm.com/coaching. Scan the QR code, click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the backdoor access to profitable niches with live updates. This is worth $4,997. This is the one that everyone asks me about. You know, what niche should I start? Uh, what’s making money right now? What niches are nobody talking about? I hired an entire team that all they do is they just look up niches pretty much all the time. Okay? Like there’s an entire team of people that’s all they do is they look up uh niches and they try to figure out exactly how much money they’re making. I’m even working on a tool that’s going to be able to guesstimate how much money a YouTube channel is making, not just from AdSense, but from everything, right? So, this gives you backdoor access to profitable niches that most creators don’t even know exist. and we update it live so that you’re always seeing what’s working right now, not what worked 2 years ago. But we don’t just hand you a list. We get your niche dialed in. We ask you questions to make sure we find the exact niche that fits you, but also makes real money. So go to go.shinhubus.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you. The YouTube niche monetization accelerator. And this one is different from all of the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and it maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense, we’re talking affiliate deals, uh, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, etc., etc., the full picture. Because every niche is a little bit different, right? Every niche has better ways to monetize, uh, slightly different ways, right? U, and here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money figures itself out later. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video. So, you’re going to know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool we give you, you get it in both Chat GBT and Claude, whatever you’re already using. Now, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call you book. That’s it. You book the call, you show up, you get it. So, go to go.shanehus.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And the second you show up to the call, you book, you get instant access on the spot. And whether you like chatur claude, you can use this either way. And this isn’t some watered down freebie. It’s the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine. and it is yours for life. So go to go.shun.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus 8 is the 90-day action taker advantage money back guarantee. Now this one is absolutely priceless. You can even put a price tag on this. You’ve got 90 days. You follow the program, do the work, you show up, and if it does not work, you just tell you just tell us and you get your money back. That’s it. We have a very low refund rate. If you did the work and you got no results, we give you your money back. No questions asked. Right? And I am I am not asking you to trust me blindly. I am asking you to test it and see for yourself. Right? But with that being said, we sent out a survey to our clients that finished the program. We asked them, did you feel like you got a uh ROI from the pro program, the return on investment, right? 91% of clients said yes. 91% of clients said that they felt like they got an ROI from the program. That is absurdly high in an industry where most people like only 10% of people even finish courses. You can look up these stats. I’m not making these up. Only 10% even finish courses. We uh and of course we don’t do a course. We do hight touch one-on-one coaching, but it’s still the information product industry, right? Um we got a n% of people felt like they got an ROI, right? So absurdly high, right? So go to go.shenhum.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat for that. So let’s add this up. Eight bonuses, total value, $61,494. Now remember, bonus one, the one-on-one session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they’re gone. And bonus seven, the YouTube niche monetization accelerator. You only get that if you book a call and you actually show up to it, right? That’s it. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. And after that, these bonuses go away. This exact package at this exact price with all eight of these bonuses, you will not see it again. We cannot guarantee you’ll get any of these individual bonuses again. And let me clear something up really quick as well because I get this question.

    You just have to schedule a call within the next 24 hours. Uh so if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. So go to go.shinhome.com/coaching or scan the QR code right now. uh book a free strategy call. Uh we’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together. Worst case, you get on the call, you get some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with a plan. Uh no pressure, no hard sell, but if it’s the right fit, we go to work, right? So, go to go.shin. Uh what’s that? Repeat. What are you talking about? The sound went off when you’re trying to explain what sound. Your sound. Oh, my sound went off. Yeah. Just for Wow. Okay. So, my sound went off, guys. Okay. Okay. Uh, that’s something you should just explain. Yeah. Um, okay. So, I don’t I don’t know what what part I have to repeat here. I I don’t know how long my sound went off. That’s weird. Okay. Um, any anyways guys, um, basically like uh you you get you can book the call with as long as you book the call within the next 24 hours, you’re good. Even if it’s booked 3 to 5 days from now, you’re you’re totally fine. Okay. Um, so one last thing, and this is important. Once you book, you’re going to get two emails, one from Calendarly, one from a consultant that you booked with. They’re both going to be called the CGE MasterClass call. Okay? It’s going to look like this. CGE masterclass call. Okay? Um if you don’t see them, which is quite common, you must look at all mail, spam, trash, uh promotions. Okay? The easiest one in Gmail is just to look at all mail. In some of the other ones, it’s a little bit different. But if you saw the calendar and you were able to book a call and then you don’t get an email, you have to check these, okay? And you must accept that. If you don’t accept it, there’s a good chance we might not uh accept you for the call, okay? Cuz our our call slots are very limited and we, you know, we can only talk to people who uh can follow instructions, right? Who are good fits for the program. Um so yeah, make sure you look in promotions, spam, junk, all mail, etc. uh sometimes they hide there instead of your main inbox and those emails have your call details. So find them and open them. Okay, very important you do that. With that being said, let me kind of go over the pricing really quickly, guys. So I know somebody asked about the pricing. So at the very top uh level, right? Um you know, we work with big companies sometimes. Usually about 5% of people talking either work for a big company or uh they own a big company and they they want to work with us, right? um for those types of projects, the scope of what they need is just completely different than for content growth engine, right? So the scope of what they need in that case is going to be like okay, we build out their department, we uh make all the SOPs, we build the systems, the processes, we hire everybody, we uh train them, we implement things, we implement, you know, training for hiring other people in the future, etc., etc., right? So a lot of the time they just want us to hire for them, do the work for them, etc., etc. that is going to be a six-f figureure contract or more, right? In that case, uh for those some of those types of companies we discussed like equity for instance, right? For small businesses, so multi-6, 7, 8 figureure businesses, um typically what they want is for us to hire uh as well for their team. A lot of the time they want us to hire for them like video editors, creative directors, etc. They also in some cases just want us to do the work for them, right? Just literally do the work for them. Um but a lot of the time they want us to train their team for instance as well, right? So it’s again totally different scope of what they want versus normal people. Um and so for that type of business typically it’s going to be anywhere from about 12,000 all the way up to about $60,000 for that type of business. It really depends on what you want, right? And then for the beginners typically what we charge is about $9,800. Now this we are actually increasing the price pretty soon. We’re going to increase it to $12,000 very soon, but this is very hightouch one-on-one coaching. It’s for a long period of time as well. And uh we have to charge, we literally have to charge that much to to actually make money because we’ve invested so much into hiring the best coaches, uh spending so much on getting you guys results, right? So, uh just as an example, I hired one of the world’s biggest AI experts and I flew him out and he now lives right next to me. I also pay for his apartment uh because we want you guys to have access to the absolute best of the best AI stuff, right? That is very expensive as you can imagine. AI is pretty hot commodity right now, right? So, uh we invest heavily in making the program as good as possible. And that is a hightouch one-on-one coaching program um where you know you’re working directly with an expert who really knows their stuff on YouTube and you can ask anybody else questions as well, right? So, that’s going to be $9,800. uh you can get it down to less amounts with payment plans. We even have in-house financing available for people that we think are really good fits, so we can get it down to even even less than $1,000 a month if you need to. But yeah, it’s it’s $9,800. We’re also raising our prices soon. Um if you think that’s a really high price, just enjoy my free content, right? Enjoy the live training, enjoy the free content, and uh yeah, that’s uh that that’s that. All right, so I’m going to go over questions. Uh, also, do we have any spots left? I think we might have run out of spots. Um, let me go ahead and check here. I’m going to take take a look here at the calendar. I think we I’m getting mixed signals here. I think maybe they opened up some more spots. Okay, so we have one spot tomorrow. All the spots for today are booked out. And by the way, guys, I’m across the world from you. That’s why it says 8:30 here. Um, one one uh one spot tomorrow available. And then this spot right here is available. And then how? Yeah, we have one spot. Okay, we got two spots left, guys. So, you better book your spot now. I I think we are like actually completely off uh uh completely out of spots here. Can Can we even open up more spots or we just totally I I we can’t even open up more spots, can we? It’s going to be hard. That’s That’s it, guys. Yeah, there there’s no more spots, guys. Um you might be able to get a triage call. Um, should we open up? No, no, no, no. These are options. I know. Should we? I I’ll talk to Caleb. I’ll talk Yeah. Yeah. Talk to Caleb. Let Let me know if we can open up more spots. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. So, yeah, you guys saw it right here. Um, there’s, you know, there’s two spots left. So, when I say that, you know that, you know, these Okay, now there’s one spot left. Who’s going to get it? When I say that these spots book out, guys, I’m not kidding. Right? So, by the way, everybody who booked a call, I’m just going to say right now, you’re going to have a thank you page. It’s going to look something like this. Okay? It’s going to look something along these lines. It might be slightly different, but it’s going to look something like this, right? So, on this page, you want to watch this video. There’s a reason there’s a giant stop sign right there. Okay? You want to watch this video. Okay? It’s not that long. Watch the video. Um, you’re also going to get a valuable YouTube niche report as well. So, download that as well. And we’re going to give you some really good information down here. We’re going to answer a bunch of your commonly asked asked questions like, “What does the first 30 days look like? How long does this take per day? I’m not tech-savvy enough, I don’t have time, etc., etc.” All these very commonly asked questions. Um, and we’re going to give you instructions on what you need to do, right? So, you need to follow these instructions. Additionally, we’re going to have a bunch of amazing testimonials from our clients. You know, you might be wondering, “Hey, I wonder if this works for my niche or I wonder if this works for my situation, right? You’re going to find one of the clients that’s in a similar situation to the situation that you were in.” Okay? It’s I guarantee you, you’re going to find a client who is in a similar situation. All right? So, go ahead and watch these uh do that watch these, you know, very thoroughly uh before you uh attend the call. Also, like I said before, guys, make sure that you uh uh any information we send you, the confirmation email, the emails we send you, make sure you read those, make sure you respond to those. Okay? Also, if we reach out to you, we will reach out to you, right? Either via phone or text, we will reach out to you. So, make sure you answer those calls. Uh it’ll be a CGE representative that will reach out to you, okay? So, make sure you answer those calls. All right? Um so, yeah, guys. Uh yeah, we uh I I believe that we don’t Yeah. Well, it maybe it loads or whatever. Yeah. No, there’s no spots. Oh, yep. There’s no times. No spots available. All right. I’m going to see if we can open up a few more spots, guys. Uh I can’t promise anything, but I’m going to see if we can open up a few more spots. All right. Um

    All right. Um, I booked a call but didn’t get that page. Yeah, it might look a little bit different. Your confirm like we we we have different confirmation pages. So, it might look a little bit different. But the point is make sure you actually follow the instructions on that on that page. Like save that page. Okay? Save the page. Follow the instructions and save the page. Um,

    uh, Glenn, thank you for, uh, saying that. Okay, we will cancel that spot. By the way, is that Eastern Standard Time, Glenn? You kind of you kind of got to say which which, uh, time it is. Um, Stephen, Kevin, uh, please follow up with Glenn and open that spot up for somebody else. Appreciate that, Glenn. Thank you. Jacob, you’re going to have to file your own taxes. Yes. Yeah, Kyrie, thank you. I’ll check out the niche validator. Awesome. Yep. Niche validator is dropped, guys. Um, Lilbeth, Lily Beth, it is not a recording. He lost audio live then addressed it live. The niche monetization validator accelerator is when you book a call. There’s no such thing as free in this world. We’ll be paying for his experience and knowledge of what works on YouTube. Um, this is what is being offered. There are free courses in YouTube, but you might have to figure it out yourself. But if you want something tailored to you, this uh this is what the 9K is for. Yep. Lily Beth gets it. You get it. Yeah, guys. And honestly, if you’re I I have to be honest with you guys. If you’re really upset about like a coaching like a one-on-one six-month coaching program costing $9,000, like I don’t know what to tell you. I really don’t know what to tell you. Like, um just enjoy the free content, okay? I put out lots of amazing free content on YouTube. I I give you guys these free trainings. I answer your questions. Just enjoy the free content and figure it out on your own. It’s probably going to take you a lot longer, but you can figure it out on your own, right? Um the the the the if you’re really upset by that, I have to be honest with you, you you have some serious mindset issues, right? You need to uh realize that they’re like if somebody’s going to give value, they should be paid in return for that value, right? And that might be the one of the things that’s holding you back is you just don’t understand how the economy works, right? You need to understand how the economy works. The economy works because you solve problems for other people and then you get paid for solving those problems in the form of value. Sometimes that is direct value that you get in the form of money. Sometimes it can be indirect value like goodwill for instance. That’s why I do a lot of this free stuff is because I want to build up a lot of goodwill, right? And uh that’ll usually come back to you. Goodwill usually compounds a lot faster than money. So that’ll come back to you uh in spades in the future usually, right? So uh yeah. Okay. Uh Shane says, “Thank you so much.” You got it, Shane. My pleasure. Uh great name and with great power comes great responsibility, Shane. So, uh make sure you uh use it responsibly. What area code? I filter spam. What area code? I I don’t know. I don’t know what you’re talking about. Oh, what area code are people coming from? What area? I think did I think it was Michigan, wasn’t it? Yeah. Uh, Stephen and Kevin, could you answer that Stephen and Kevin for the area code question? KB, if you don’t accept my idea.

    Uh, then I’m going to do it myself and in that instance, you can’t control the outcome. Sure. Okay, do it. Jacob, good thing I got in early.

    Yes, absolutely. Tabiso, thanks for your time and info. You got it, Tiso. Uh, Bruce, thanks Shane. Have a great evening. You got it, Bruce. My pleasure. Have a great evening yourself. Eric, hey, you guys going to Are we going to open up more slots or no?

    Can you can you call him? Okay. Um,

    Erica, I was wondering about percentages. Does this count as a consultancy? Okay. So, this is a question that I get a lot. We have partnered with some people but it you have you have to realize that it just doesn’t make sense for us to partner with people because we would have to essentially copy your personality right so you are a unique human being and your uniqueness is what makes you valuable on YouTube like using your uniqueness your unique story your personality etc is what makes you valuable so yes we can actually copy people’s personalities but it’s a massive amount of extra work and it’s way easier for you to just do it yourself, right? So, um, once in a while we do partner with people, but it has to be worth it for us because if I’m going to spend my time building up somebody else’s channel, I could have just built another channel myself, right? Like, if I’m going to, you know, do all that all that stuff. So, it has to be worth it for us. So, what’s more valuable is is basically when we just and, you know, instead of fishing for you, we just teach you how to fish. It’s just like way more valuable because then you get to fish for the rest of your life, right? So that’s what we typically do. Now with some of the bigger businesses, what we do is we’ll just build out like a fishing machine and we’ll teach their team how to fish and how to use the machine, which is much more, you know, better than just like them doing it themselves. So it’s much more efficient and then the machine will just fix for them uh fish for them with their um uh machine doing most of the work, right? So that’s that’s why we work with a lot of our business owner clients. Um, Maria, where can we see this video again? It will be sent out via replay. Tim, what area code will the call come from? Uh, good question. Uh, Kevin and Stephen, uh, admin Kevin admin Stephen will answer. Jennifer, I’m confused. Are the bonuses free? Yep, I I explained the bonuses in great detail. Maybe you weren’t listening at that point, but I explained them in great detail. Um Tanya, so so the uh this one uh is only for the first um five of the first people who sign up. It is randomized, but you have a higher chance by you have a higher chance of getting it. This one right here, you YouTube niche monetization accelerator is for showing up to the call. So if you guys want this bonus, which by the way, the YouTube niche monetization accelerator, guys, our most popular one is is the niche um niche selection tool or the niche validator. Our second most popular tool ever, the one that people absolutely rave about is the YouTube niche monetization accelerator. You get that literally just for showing up to the call, right? So, just show up to the call and you’ll get it. Okay. Super super valuable. Um,

    all right. Tanya, as in there are only one intro video to watch. Yep. Just one video. That’s it. Maria, please. Shane, where can we watch this presentation? It will be sent out again, Maria, uh, to anybody who showed up. The replay will be sent out, probably within 24 hours, but it might be a little later than that. Daniel, uh, Shane, thanks for the info and the opportunity. You got it, Daniel. Um, by the way, the replay might be sent out via Zoom itself and it’ll probably be re uh sent out via us. So, just look for both of them. Glenn, central time. Shelley, thanks for the freebies. You got it, Shel. My pleasure. Maria, please, Shane, where can we watch this again? Yep. Uh, just answered that. Christopher just got on now. I had to work late. Uh we you can watch the replay, Chris. Uh I’m on deep way. So if I join the oneonone call, will I get all these? Oh my gosh. Oh my goodness. I I’m I’m not answering it again. I’m sorry. KB Shane, the video series about me taking your course. What are your thoughts? The video series about me taking your course. What are your thoughts? I’m not I’m sorry. I I didn’t see that one. Uh S. Rowan, do you have the best video wreck in order to establish a YouTube channel from scratch? I created a new Gmail account to not tie it to my personal account.

    YouTube wreck. I’m guessing you mean recommendation or recording? Wreck. Recommendation. Establish a YouTube channel from scratch. I created a new Gmail account to not tie it to my personal account. Yeah. Yeah, we definitely teach people how to start uh channels the correct way. There are definitely a few things for sure. Uh price 9,800, Tanya. Uh or or more depend depends on what your needs are. Um learned a lot from the niche validator. Awesome. Awesome. It’s all about helping us make money. Yep. Starting a biz takes money, people. Yep. Some pe some people are surprised like like yeah I mean there’s 15 people working on the team you know of course we have to charge money for that you know one thing I’ll say guys and I’m not saying this to throw shade by any means uh but there’s a reason that Ali Abdal shut down his program right it’s you know he was he was doing a high ticket and and he shut down his program because it cost more for him to deliver the coaching than it than what he was making from the coaching. he was losing money, right? So that’s why, you know, like high ticket coaching, especially one-on-one intensive coaching, is is expensive to deliver, right? So, uh, we have to charge money. Um, or is it about uh is all about helping, you know, if you think about it, 6 months, that’s only about $1,500 a month, right? Okay. Uh, it’s all about helping us make money, starting biz. I ain’t mad, I know the game. I just want to get in. Yep. All good. Esrron, we can have a video in our channel called How to Set Up a Channel. Yep, absolutely. How do we get the bonuses? Um, I explained that in pretty great detail here a few different times. Kyle, uh, you don’t accept Australian mobile phone numbers. Really? Hm. Can we look into that? Can um Aaron, I’d say, uh, maybe ask Caleb if we should be accepting Australian mobile phone numbers. Um, yeah, ask if he did that on purpose. That’s kind of weird. I I figured we would accept Australian numbers. That’s That might be wrong. Yeah, sorry about that, Kyle. Yeah. Um, hopefully uh yeah, Kyle, uh, maybe we can reach out to you. Reach out to supporthumus.com. We can try to hook you up. We have a few uh, Australian uh, people on our team. Actually, we got some Aussies on our team. Luca Luca is on our team. War do accept Australian numbers. We do accept Australian numbers. There’scept an Australian. But what’s the name? Cuz Kyle Kyle Boddon is at least that’s his name on Zoom.

    Yeah, I’m pretty sure we accept Aussies. Of course.

    You guys have an advantage with that accent, right? Everyone loves that Aussie accent. Um Jay, thank you. You got it. Jay Tito, uh lost a success page after booking. Yeah, let’s uh we’ll go ahead. I’m going to I’m going to shoot. Okay, I’m going to um Yeah. Can we can we post both of the the thank you pages, the success page? Can we Can we go ahead and post those, guys? I’ll have the admins post those just in case you guys want to review that cuz it is really important you review that before the call. Okay, it is really important you review that. Um like make sure you watch all those videos before the call. That’s going to answer a lot of your questions too honestly. Uh Aaron, thank you Shane. Awesome. Elias, um were you able to open up additional slots? Let me see here. Um I don’t believe so. Let me let me refresh. Oh, we did, but they’re already closed. Yeah, we we did open up a few more slots, but they’re already closed. Yeah, I I honestly, guys, I I don’t think we’re going to be able to open up more slots. I think we’re completely booked out. I do apologize, but um we might have more here in a few days that we can open up. So, yeah, we’re we’re totally booked out, guys. I I do apologize. Uh but one thing I’ll say guys is uh um you know um don’t book a call unless you’re serious about getting started, right? So don’t look there’s other people who really want to join the program and so don’t book a call unless you’re serious about getting started, right? Um Maria, where can we get all these bonuses? Oh my goodness. JP, thanks Shane. Very fair and the price is right. Got a jet. appreciate the time. I’m not there yet, uh, but will be soon. I have something big dropping soon, a YouTube channel in my future for a serious niche idea. Love to hear it, JP. Good stuff, Rob. Much appreciated. Tons of great content. Awesome, Rob. Um, Jacob, uh, the meeting invite will tell you the number it’s coming from.

    Yes, that is true. That is a good point, Jacob. Yeah, the meeting invite will will actually tell you the number that it’s coming from. Yeah, you’re that is that is correct. Uh area code 470.

    Did we get any um answers on that area code? I didn’t see maybe Kevin and Stephen answered it. I would I answered the question. So basically the area code depends on the consultant that they Oh, depends on the I I thought we had like a standardized one. Okay. Yeah, I think I think it depends on who you who you book with, guys. But it will be an American number. It’ll be an American number for sure. Um, yeah, it depends on who you book with, guys. We We don’t have that standard, like totally standardized yet. Um, yeah. Okay. Sorry, I lost consciousness for a few minutes. What’s the support info? Um, support info. That’ be supporthumus.com. All right, guys. Um, I’m going to answer questions for a little bit more and uh then I’m going to head off. Um, uh, Sue says, “Thank you.” Bobby says, “Thank you.” Awesome. Thank you, Sue and Bobby. Lee says, “Thank you.” Awesome. Thank you, Lee. Lisa says, “Thank you.” Erica says, “Thank you.” You got it, Erica. Um,

    um, this is not done out of goodwill. Actually, we were doing just as well with just a VSSL. I do not have to do these live trainings. 100%. So, you’re just dead wrong, TJ. You’re 100% dead wrong about that. I do not have to do these live trainings. We would still make plenty of money uh if I just did a VSSL or something like that. I definitely do not have to do these live trainings. You’re just dead wrong and you’re ungrateful. So, don’t don’t even book a call if you have an attitude like that. Sharon, thank you. This was great. You got it, Sharon. Uh Alisa, uh thank you for your time and insight here. You got it. Uh Alisa, appreciate you. Candace, um I’m looking forward to my one-on-one. Do you see me in the list? Uh, I think uh Kevin and uh Stephen should be able to confirm that. If you might have to give them your uh your your name and email though. Spencer, do I have to pay for my call tomorrow or uh just if I do the full program? No, the call is totally free, guys. Uh in fact, we give you stuff for showing up to the call. We give you a um niche monetization accelerator for showing up to the call. Uh Tim, thanks for the area code. That way I can receive the call. You got it. Uh, thanks. See you on the call. You got it, Lee. Looking forward to the call. Awesome. Lee, Connie, thank you, Shane. Step by step and you are making it possible. Great backstory. Love to hear, Connie. Yeah, guys, I’m curious. What What was your favorite part about the training? Go ahead and comment what your favorite part was about the training. Um, I do have to leave here in a few minutes, but comment what your uh favorite part was about the training.

    Yeah, if if you absolut like like if you don’t have 9K right now, that’s totally fine. Remember, if we think you’re a good fit to work with us, we have payment plans available. But if you’re not willing to pay 9.8K in like a payment plan, um then yeah, definitely don’t book a call, right? Like like you know, you’re going to have to pay us. Like you can do it in a payment plan, but you’re going to have to pay the money. like we we can’t just like this isn’t like a free operation that we’re running here, right? Uh we we I’m paying like 15 full-time people to to do this, right? So, you’re going to have to pay the money, right? So, um with that being said, if um uh if you can do it in a payment plan and we and we think you’re a good fit to work with us, which by the way, we only accept about 18% of people who apply uh and we only accept a limited amount of people actually into the program at a time, right? So, if we think you’re a good fit to work with us, um we’ll we’ll figure we’ll figure things out. But but yeah, it’s um like it’s going to cost you at least $9.8,000. Like I’m being very transparent, very upfront about that. Um I’ve paid like $50,000 for coaching programs before, right? 9.8 is not that much. Um so yeah, with that being said, if you can’t afford it, I get it. I’ve been there, guys. I give you lots of amazing free resources on my channel to help you to afford things, to help you to start a YouTube channel. So, a lot of the resources on my channel, for instance, I talk about how to get a really good job, right? I I I detail step by step how you can, you know, go to WGU and get a college degree in 6 months, a good college degree, not a crappy one, but an actually good one that’s going to get you a good job. I talk about lots of different jobs out there where there’s shortages, right? So, I I help you get a good job, right? I also help people start on YouTube for free. So, it’s all like I give like 99% of the stuff I I give away uh you know, I give 99% of the value I give away for free, right? Um so, yeah, just enjoy that. Uh and if you can’t afford it, like that’s why I do all the free stuff, right? You can you can make some money from the free stuff and then you can uh actually work with us one-on-one either in a coaching capacity or just a done for you capacity where we literally just do the work for you, right? Okay. Uh Anthony, I booked a call. Uh there isn’t anything in the inbox. Yeah, the application has been submitted. Um that that’s probably because we just we just um by the way, when you Anthony, when you said you booked a call, did you did you actually book a call on the calendar? Okay. Um because if you didn’t book a call on the calendar, if you saw the calendar, it might just be that there’s just no spots left, right? Um unfortunately. So, um Candace says, “Your story, you understand the little guy. Marlene, the formula.” Awesome. Um Namul, thank you for this awesome webinar. Looking forward to the call and unlocking my financial freedom. Awesome. Namul LL Q&A is the best. Orlando, the potential. Donald, you spoke directly to our needs. Awesome. You emphasized impact, says Candace. Love to hear it, Candace. Blake, “What and how niches work?” Um, Lisa says, “I’m definitely booking in the future.” Love to hear it, Lisa. Um, yeah, actually, everybody who wanted to book, but they couldn’t book, go ahead and leave your name and your email. You You can um, by the way, you can, if you don’t want other people to see it, you can select hosts and panelists, but leave your name and your email. We’ll copy them and we’ll reach out to you in the future. Okay. If you if you wanted to book but you couldn’t book a call, just go ahead and leave your name and your email. Try to send it to host and panelists if you can. So So you select the little two thing and then you send it to host and panelists. Um Lily Beth, when you laid out your system, not step by step, the skeleton is there. Awesome. Charles, you’re answering the questions is my favorite part. Awesome. Charles Patty, how else can we be booking a call? Any waiting list? Uh I yeah, I just I just said how to do it right there. The success formula. Awesome. Jacob, love this information about how you don’t need a huge following to make money. People don’t realize how much information was actually given here. Yeah, I mean guys, this is the most important stuff. Like I revealed the most important stuff on today’s live training. Um, you know, a lot of people don’t believe this that that like like that’s why I just try to show you guys so much so so much proof, right? I literally started a channel and in the first month I made as much from that channel as Boogie298 uh makes in with 4 million subscribers in in an entire year. Right? I I I started my brother’s channel. He went from zero to full-time income making more than Boogie 2988 in one month. Right? I my client Carla I showed her she’s got 1.5K subscribers. She gets 100 to 200 views per video. She made more with one sale than Boogie makes in his in two years of making content, right? In one sale with with getting 100 to 200 views per video and and and uh having a 1.5K subscriber channel, right? She made more in one sale. Okay? You see what I mean? Just like everybody sees like the big views, big subscribers, and they’re like, “Oh, that’s how I make money. Like, I need to make, you know, entertainment content. I need to go prank people. I need to make, you know, uh Mr. Beast style content, right? And it’s just not the case. There’s only so many eyeballs in the world and uh uh you know, it’s just that simple. There’s only so many eyeballs in the world and uh Mr. Beast is already getting a lot of them and people are already spending over 10 hours a day on their screens, right? So we YouTube pretty much covers all of the first

    all people in first world countries are already watching YouTube and and social media etc etc and uh they’re already spending 10 hours a day on their screens of screen time. So there’s really so so you there’s only so many views you can get and there’s only so many hours in the day that people can watch YouTube and so there’s only one other way to make money and that is to serve each of those people better and more deeply aka make more money from each person right and so what’s going to happen and what’s happening right now and this is what you know I’m the only one talking about this is it’s just way better to just start a very niche channel and just help a very niche amount of people and that’s going to be a way better way of making money, right? Then later on, if you want to go more mass market, you can, but it’s a choice, right? That’s the point. Um, so yeah, good stuff. Love to hear it. Love to hear it. S Q&A is good if you actually answer the questions in the comments. Richard, you’re very generous with your free info and is easy to see how valuable your paid program will be. Awesome. Bobby came late. Thank you. Anyways, you got it, Bobby. My pleasure. Tanya, showing other success with your program. Awesome. Tristan, um, uh, the fact that you have everything down to a science is amazing. Yes, I’m Hey, I came from a scientific background and and I’ve kind of made YouTube into a science now as well. Derek, those who you helped, awesome. Natalie, honestly, didn’t feel duh. Cool. Uh, Hindsley, how many of your F full-time have their own YouTube channels? All of the coaches have their own YouTube channels. Uh, admin Kevin, uh, S, how much do we make back? 91% uh ROI rate from our clients when we sent out a survey. Um Robert, totally okay with the payment plan. Awesome. Wregistrant, thank again. Shane K, hey, I apologize. I may have misunderstood. I’m not able to invest at this time. Um okay, awesome. So, one spot is open. Somebody somebody uh uh took the spot away. So, let me see if there’s a spot open here. Nope. Somebody grabbed it up already. Okay. Um, how much did you charge your brother? Nothing. I did it for free cuz I’m a good little bro. Uh, S, but I also made him promise that he was actually going to take action, right? So, and with my brother, I can kind of hold him accountable, right? So, like that, you know, I think somebody asked like, “Hey, can we document me doing the channel or something?” No, I can’t because I can’t make sure that you do the work, right? with my brother, I can actually make sure that he does the work, right? So, that’s why I did a case study on him because if he didn’t do the work, I would call him and I would, you know, chew him out, right? I can’t, you can’t really do that with a client. That you can you can lead a horse to water, but you can’t make them drink. Christopher, can I become successful with free bonuses? Uh, yeah, of course you can. Yeah, it’ll probably take you longer, but you can definitely learn. Absolutely. Stephen, thank you so much. Favorite part, high data explanation. Uh, Ver compelling stories constantly explain why statements are true. Yep. Love to hear it. Awesome. Patrick, thank you for everything. Stanley, does this work for viral shorts? It does, but we focus on long form content. Stanley, uh, but we teach you how to syndicate your content to to make shorts. Where do I subscribe to your site, mate? Uh, Shane Hummus. Um, also I have a second channel, Shane Hummus, the content growth engine. That one’s a little more business related, and I haven’t posted on a while, but I’m going to start posting on it soon. Okay, awesome, guys. Okay, I think that’s it, guys. It’s 9:00. This is uh this is Candace says, “Chew me out, please.” That’s funny. That’s funny. Um, awesome. Okay. Yeah. Oh, my bro’s channel is Zack of All Trades. Yeah, check it out. Okay, guys. Thank you so much. It’s been an awesome one. I’m glad I didn’t have an earthquake this time. I had an earthquake last time I did a live training. That was pretty crazy. Um, so yeah, thanks so much, guys. Have a good one. I’m sorry for all of you who didn’t get a call, but we did, you know, get your um information down. I will say you can screenshot this page. You can save the links as well and you can check them in the next 24 hours and if if a spot opens up, you can grab the spot. Uh and hopefully you can grab one of those. But uh yeah, I do apologize. We just simply don’t have enough people to take all the calls. Um, and but uh, yeah, make sure the people who did do the calls, make sure you read your email, make sure you respond, make sure you uh, mark it in your calendar, etc., etc. Anytime we reach out to you, make sure you respond. That’s going to be a much higher chance that we’ll accept you to work with us. Again, we only accept about 18% of people who apply. It’s actually going down. We’re getting more and more picky. Like, it’s probably, last time we did the numbers, it was 18%, I bet it’s actually closer to 10% now. Okay. So, um, yeah. So, just make sure you follow all the instructions, show up to your call on time, uh be in a quiet place, uh make sure uh make sure you’re not distracted or anything like that. And um yeah, we’ll have a great talk and we’ll see if we can work together. Have a good one, everybody. Take care and I’ll see you guys next time. Have a good one. Bye.

  • 06/09/2026 – CallFluent AI 2.0 Founders Live Webinar

    Oh, sorry guys. I had a mic problem. I was I’ve been talking to myself for a minute now. Again, let me just restart. Uh it’s been a technical issue with my microphone. Can you guys hear me? Just give me a five in the chat room if my voice is coming out clear now. Okay. Wow. I’ve been talking for a minute by myself. This is incredible. Uh but nevertheless, since you are in the chat room, if you can’t find the chat room, it’s actually the questions box where you can be interacting with me. uh just take a minute to introduce myself. First of all, uh thank you for showing up. I’m Adrian. I’m going to be your friendly host for today’s live session. Um I am the co-founder and co of Kofland AI. Um and I I’ll be hosting this live webinar for all uh the founding members and new people that showed up on this live session. Okay? So, go ahead, grab a cup of coffee, get comfortable, and let’s get you set up because I am here today because in the past years, I’ve been a an AI in uh industry leader. I’m a marketing expert. I have like over 19 years of building software uh with over 18 product launches under my belt. Now, a lot of people already typed in I’m in, but I do want to know where you guys are connecting from. Just give me let me know what you’re connecting from. What city are you tuning in from? cuz I want to just give a couple of shout out to everybody who uh took the time and show up live. Look at that. We got Louis from San Antonio. Um there we go. We got Denton Texas. Willie, welcome. Uh we got John from France. Tampa, Andrew, welcome. Uh there we go. All comfy here says someone. Ken from Virginia. Cabera from Australia. Eddie from Utah. Spain on the line. There we go. We got Michigan. Stefan welcome. Marcel from Vancouver. California on the line. uh can’t see you or your screen. The screen is shared. Can you guys see the screen? Just, you know, just type in screen if you if you can see the screen. It should be like 00 on the screen. All right. Cool. Uh I I don’t want to waste any more time because I want to get right into it. Okay? Because in the next 70 minutes, if you give me your undisputed attention building live an AI phone agent and call someone from this room with it. Okay? I’m not, you know, I’m not just going to to the talk. I’m going to walk the walk. Okay. Now, I’m going to tell you that replay is not guaranteed. So, if you stick until the end of the webinar, this is the perfect time um that you connected because I do have some special things uh for all the um founding members from 1.0 and also everybody who’s live in this session. Okay? But it’s only going to be during this session. Okay, cool. So, let’s dig in because there’s so much thing I want to cover today. uh you know um I call this you know this the big idea that I call the quiet revenue inside every business already exists you know the money that already exists but leaks of every unanswered call okay it’s not about getting more leads it’s about keeping the ones they’re already calling the businesses whatever is your business or whatever is someone else’s business does that make sense let me know if that extends to you. Let me just uh figure out how can I put the chat room over here because I want to see what you guys are typing over there. You know, the way I like to run this live session is two-way communication line, which means I’m going to be at the other end of the microphone over here, okay? And you’re going to be interacting with me doing this chat room so you can get the best out of it. All right? So, again, it’s not about getting more uh calls or leads. It’s about already saving already uh the ones that are already calling. And tonight and today, you know, I’ll show you exactly how you can collect for yourself or for other businesses. Cool, cool, cool. Okay. Uh, I want you to type recover in the chat. So, everybody that types recover right now, um, and the AI, no, no, the Cold AI founding members from 1.0 locks a a special 100% $100 discount, but only at the end of the webinar. Okay? So just go ahead type it in. I want to make sure that everybody is settled in. Let me just see check the name. There we go. Such an amazing audience. We got Steve says recover. Chris recover. Recover. Recover. Yes. Uh recover 1.0. White labeler here. Eddie. Welcome. I appreciate you for being with us for so long now. We’ve been doing this for a while. Okay. This is not uh some uh some untested software, some untested methods. Okay. We’re actually serving over 60,000 to 70,000 minutes every single day. Okay, recover one point. That’s two, three. There we go. Uh Hal, Amy, Tom, recover everybody. Cool, cool, cool, cool. Awesome. So, I’m not going to waste more time because everybody is paying attention. Um just do do yourself a solid, okay? Don’t do my don’t do a solid for me. Do yourself a solid. Just put away all the distractions. just close to Instagram, Tik Tok, any other distractions that laying around around for the next 60 minutes. And I promise you, you will walk away not only with a strategy, but also with a method and a software that will actually help you make recurring income because we’ve been doing the same thing for over two years. Okay, cool. Now, I want to set the stage a little bit because people already know this, but not everybody understands it. Okay, so software has been eating businesses for over 20 years and the last phone call era is right here. Okay, because software already ate retail scheduling payments, you know, Shopify 20 in 20 uh 25. Okay, and ate most of the retail, right? Do you agree with this? When Shopify, you know, emerged, what happened with retail? It synced. Okay, everybody moved to online. Everybody started to um uh everybody started to sell online via Shopify, right? Scheduling, you know, usually it’s it’s been done uh manually, but Calendarly and other platforms showed up, boom, immediately dethroned everything. Stripe for online payments, right? It show up in 2015 and everything changed after that. And right now 2025, 2026 and beyond the phone. Okay, it’s every other call. This is the last layer in automation. This is the layer is being automated right now. And early movers like yourself, like myself are going to be the ones who win. Let me know if you agree that the phone calling and answering industry is going to be the next big thing that’s automated. Actually, I already know this. I just want to see if you guys are on the same page because I’ve I’ve started working on AI phone calling and answering automation software ever since before it was a thing. Okay? So, we have foreseen the future and now everybody is jumping to automate their calls because it’s cheaper, faster, it works 24/7 and is more reliable. Okay? And I’ll prove to I I’m going to prove this to you. But before I do that, I just want to take like two minutes, not more than that, just to put a face and a name to it because there’s people that already know who I am and there’s many people that don’t know who I am. So, let me know one in the chat room if you know who I am and if you’ve been working with me and my software and two if you’ve never heard of of me before in your life. Just one or two. Let’s just see. Just want to make um make a vibe check over here. Look at that. Eddie, uh Andrew, Kenneth, Kenneet, um Randall 111 coming in. Ed, thank you. Thank you.

    Oh, there we go. Chris says too. Ramsey says, “I know you.” Awesome. Awesome. So, there’s the audience is like, you know, I have to, you know, to put my name as well for everybody who is new and never heard about um me before. Uh Ben, can we integrate claw via API? I’ll cover in the FAQ section. Okay. Uh Angela, I know you’re from. Okay, cool. Uh it’s glad to see you here. Okay, so for those of you who don’t know who I am, I am Adrian Ishvan. I am a builder, a software creator, operator, founder. I’m a father of two. I’ve done over 18 product launches, a seven figureure exit on leads gorilla. Maybe some of you have been customers uh on that software. Uh I run a 35 plus agent AI infrastructure running behind every product that I ship uh for founders, operators who want real playbook, not just the LinkedIn version of me. Okay. So, currently I am the founder of Creativio AI, Coluent Club brand AI. Uh I’ve used to run leads gerilla uh which led to a seven figureure exit. Uh my focus is AI uh service as a uh as a software multi- aent system launch strategy teaching people how to win with um AI. You know, I write, you know, weekly letters from inside a real AI software business. So, if you’ve been one of my subscribers, there we go. Eddie says, “Love creativity AI. I love Kofland. Uh, thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Uh, Liz Gorilla AI also. Yeah. Uh, you know, I I only deliver quality products. So, if you’ve been with me, you already know that. Uh, cool. So, I’m not saying this because I want to brag, okay? This is not about this. I have like 18 product launches, multiple seven figure exits. Uh, I’m a top vendor or every platform that matters from JVZ, ClickBank Warrior, even Paddle. You know, I’m not sharing theory today. I’m handling you a playbook that already works because I myself use it in my business and I also been teaching my students to do the same. Okay. Now, I run my own AI phone agency on this exact same platform that you’re guys going to be uh show seeing today. Okay. And what you’ll see isn’t a lab demo. It’s an actual business and we’re going to be doing it together during this training. I put my skin in a game so you can trust the playbook. Is that a deal? Just type in deal if that sounds good for you. Okay. I like to put my money where my mouth is and I want to prove the things that actually work before asking you for anything in exchange. Cool. Cool. Deal deal. Flung in the chat room. You guys are an amazing audience. I love when people are actually paying attention and also interacting during this live um webinars because this is how I know that there will be people um who will uh who will live as winners from this live session. Okay, so the opportunity guys, it’s huge. Okay, there’s 33 million small businesses in America alone. And I I bet there’s a 100 million businesses worldwide and every one of them one way or another runs on phone calling. Just think about it. Beauty salons, um HVAC contractors, um any kind of service, everything you want to solve within a local business, what are you doing? You’re trying to call them, right?

    Uh Rachel, your chat is not locked. I see you typing in. That is the questions room is the chat room for everybody who um who doesn’t know where to chat. Um cool. So every business in the world actually runs on phone. Some of them are more dependent than others, but that’s the market we’re going to be playing in tonight. And it’s a 21 billion market industry within phone automation. And you may wonder why is that? You know, because there is a huge problem within this market. Okay, this is what actually happens with the phone industry. Over between 20 and 30% of all inbound calls goes unanswered. Okay, the exact rate, you know, can change by industry and time of the day, but the order of magnitude doesn’t. It’s been one in four missed calls for years now. Every study every year shows the same data. Every missed call is a customer who calls the next business. You agree on this? How many of how many how many of you guys are actually using phones to close businesses? Let me know if you if your business has a phone line. Just type in yes or no. And how many businesses have you actually called in the last seven days and how many didn’t answer? Just let that sink for a bit. Okay, just let that sink off for a bit. Right? What did you do the next thing? You just call up the next business to solve your issue. Right? So the first business that you called because he didn’t answer, he lost you as a client.

    Okay? And this happens to every single business in the world. Okay? Now let’s make this a little bit concrete and put a dollar on every single call per industry. Okay? A missed call isn’t just equaling AC isn’t equal across all industry. Okay? You can watch on the screen right now. Okay? Because some industries lose way more money than others. Okay? I’m talking law, medical, home services, HVAC, plumbing, real estate, insurance. Okay? These are niches that every single missed call can cost thousands and thousands of dollar. And guess, it it adds as a compounding effect. Okay, it’s not just one call missed one day. It’s multiple calls missed throughout the day that stack up and at the end of the month, you’ll see that in a moment, how much money a a real business can lose? Right? Do you agree a missed call at a law firm does not equal a missed pizza order? Let me know yes or no in the chat room. Do you agree with this statement? A missed call on a insurance or a law firm lawyer does not equal the same with a with a pizza around the corner. Like the pizza can be $30, right? Look at that. Ben says, “I sell HVAC.” They said, “I’m in the real estate industry.” Look at that. People are already saying the niches that they are in. Cool. Because how many of you want to see exactly the math for one business and how much potential um loss they have in one year, you know, and because someone says I’m in a HVAC um you know, chances are that I’ve put this together for an HVAC company. Uh because and correct me if I’m wrong. Someone said in the chat room, Ben says I sell HVAC. Tell me how much is your average job in the chat room. Ben over there. How much is your average job if you close it? Just want to make sure I got my number straight. Okay, let’s see. Let’s see. Ben, waiting for you. Uh, look at that. Ben Green says 9 anywhere from 9 to 12K one job. And I was very conservative when I said like 1,000 one one one $12,000. Okay. Um, so that can be your league daily. If you missed 40 calls per day, okay, you’re looking at daily leaks of $12,000 every single day. And if you stack up for the next 30 days, you’re looking at $360,000 of missed potential income. And if if you look at that yearly, well, you’re looking like a a seven figure loss on the year. Okay? So, that is undisputed loss money for any kind of company. And it’s it’s not just for HVAC. We can do this all day long, but I don’t want to uh keep you here for 3 hours, but we can do the simulations for every kind of business out there. Okay? And again, I want to reframe this because it changes everything because many of these businesses doesn’t have a sales problem. It’s not a sales problem. It’s a collection problem. The demand already exists. The calls are already coming in. you or other businesses are not just not collecting them yet. Okay? And why is that exactly? Because before I show you how to do it, I want you to understand what kind of business we are actually um doing, right? I want I want to teach you things before I show you how to solve the problems. Is that okay? Just give me a give me a five in the chat room if you already enjoying the session so far. I want to make sure that nobody is bored over here and everybody understands the importance of knowing what’s wrong in order for us to fix it and actually, you know, create opportunity and revenue. Look at that. Andrew says, “Loving it.” 555 coming from Tom, Marcel, Kenneet, Greg, Andrew, Ross, Hal, thank you, Willie, Jonath, David, Ralph, Eddie, everyone. Thank you so much for, you know, for for paying attention. Okay. Rebecca says, “You are so right about it all.” Of course, because I’ve been doing this for a long time and I know. Okay. Now, there’s some fixes that used to work. You know, you could hire humans. Like a full-time receptionist can cost you or any business anywhere from 2,00 uh 2006 $2,600 per month for each. Okay? And it still can’t cover 24/7. Is it clear on the screen? Can you guys see the screen? You know now if you try to outsource to a call center and this is what other big businesses are doing because they have the founds but not the small ones not the medium ones they charge per minute pricing human margins you know it just makes it too expensive for most small to mediumsiz businesses to even afford it to even consider it okay if you’re thinking dev you know de first uh de first AI solution you can forget it they’re powerful but you need engineers developers skills to ship the working agents for the businesses not to mention that businesses are not technical people like you and me. Okay, Mike, that is the chat again. Cool. And there’s also some premium AI software like Air AI and other big companies that charge around uh anywhere from 375 to,497 per month and still are too complex for brick-to mortar. You know, they buy solutions. Businesses buy solutions. They don’t buy software tools. You and me, we love software tools because we can automate it. Okay, cool. Now, there’s three, you know, three threshold that you we need to cross at um at once for this to be able to be um shipped, you know. So, each each one of these line can’t be shipped without. Okay? If you want to provide AI powered voice solutions to businesses, you need voice quality good enough, you know, to not make the difference, to at least fool you for the first few seconds. You need latency as low as possible, enough to feel human. And of course, you need no code so anyone can build it. And all three hit in the last 18 months. That’s the window. And that’s what we’re going to be showing and demonstrating today. Okay? because I’m about to introduce you to a hyper engine uh hyper agent engine. You know, the system that finally collects that quiet revenue for any type of business. It can book appointments, follow up, do outbound, inbound, uh after call, after hours calls. It can survey, it can save data, anything. Okay? Anything that you imagine you could automate during and post um a phone conversation, it’s here and it’s present in Colentu AI 2.0 with upgraded with hyper a agent engines. Okay, this AI voice agent that call and answer in seconds with lowest latency possible. Hundreds of calls at once 24/7 everything on autopilot. Okay, this is the machine that finally collects this quiet revenue for your business or for your customers businesses. Okay, why am I saying for your customers businesses? Because we’ve been working in this industry to know that many of you guys are offering services to businesses. Okay, do you guys let me know in the chat room if you guys are currently offering marketing services to other businesses, local, mediumsiz, enterprise, I don’t care. Just just let me know. Just type in services if you already sell some sort of marketing services to other businesses. Okay, look at that. Thomas services, Carlos services. Eddie services. Um, Ed services. William, David services, services. Angelo, James, Willie, Angela, Cruz, Ramsey, Lee, everybody services, of course, because more and more people are going to buy services more than software because they don’t know how to automate. They don’t know how to set up all these things. Okay. But we know. Okay. Now with uh you know together uh now what what exactly is the hyper engine? Okay. Now I got I got blown away by the chat room and I forgot my my notes over here. But here’s exactly what makes the hyper uh hyper agent engine so efficient. We have the the hyperrealistic voices. Okay. 97% indistinguishable in over 30 languages. We got 60cond agent studio. No code, no code. Just we’re going to be setting up the next the next demo is going to be setting up the agent in under 60 seconds without writing a single prompt. Okay. And then you need a white label whistle layer so you can put your brand and you know position yourself as a markete as a marketing expert and leader industry. Okay. So each of these ones alone are powerful but combined nobody can match it. and I’ll show all three live in a uh in a moment. Okay. So again, we let let’s just go ahead and break down a bit the hyperreal voices. I already said like 97% indistinguishable from real human. You know, it’s build test agreement on conversational delivery. We got under 500 millisecond response. So there’s no uh latency in the call, no awkward pauses. It just feels humanly. It just feels natural and I’ll let you guys test it. I’ll let you guys talk with these agents and feel that for yourself. Okay. Uh we got over 30 voices. Actually, we got over 400 voices. I need to update the slide from 30 languages, accents, tones, uh pacing, you know, per market and needs. And it can adapt in real time. Okay, enough talk, enough theory. How many of you want to see me build a an agent in just 60 seconds flat, you know, without writing a single line of code, without having any experience. Um, let just go go ahead and type in demo in the chat room. If you guys are ready for this because what I’m about to do is in front of your eyes right now, we’re going to be building an agent together. Okay?

    Uh, cool, cool, cool. And once we’re done, I’m going to ask someone from this chat, from this live session, to actually go ahead and talk with the agent so we can make this as real and as transparent as possible. That sounds good. I’m I got excited about this one. Uh, so let me just go ahead and do the demo. Now, I do have a couple more slides. Uh, but I think I’m going to be covering this um after. Yeah, let’s let’s do the demo first, okay? Cuz I’m excited about this one and I want to show you how fast you can actually build this kind of agents. Uh, look at that. Law firm, real estate. Uh, cool. Let me just give me one second to switch my screen really quick and um um log the dashboard of Kofluent AI 2.0. I’m excited about this one. Hopefully you guys are as well. Um there we go.

    All right. So I switched the screen. Hope everybody can see the dashboard. So, if you can see the Cofflent AI dashboard, go ahead and give me a five in a chat room right now. Let’s make sure everybody has the uh the visual inside. Now, again, let’s go in under 60 seconds and create a real estate agent from completely blank. Okay? But there’s a trick. I’m not going to go from blank. I’m going to go from a template. All right? So, we’re going to do an outbound, an agent that actually makes call. If someone kind of fills a form on a website, then immediately this agent is going to uh go ahead and call them. Okay. So, let’s go ahead and select Morgan Chase real estate. Everything is kind of pre uh configured. All you have to do is just select the phone number that you want from your Twilio and give it a voice. We have multiple voices over here. Uh we got over 400 voices available inside Cofflent AI. Uh more about that later. Let’s just go ahead with Matt. I think this is a real hyper conversational uh natural agent. What I’m going to do is because I do use a 11 Labs voice, I’m going to go ahead and use a the fastest model. And now here we’re going to just give it a welcome message really quick. Hey, this is Morgan from Sunshine Estate. Oh, sorry.

    I wanted to follow up on your inquiry.

    uh on your

    let’s spell this

    to buy a home.

    It’s a good time to talk because this is an outbound agent. I’m going to put like um let’s say zero welcome message delay. The call recordings on. We can also have voicemail detection. More about that later. Now everything is pre-filled for you. We do have some new templates you can actually use from um uh from the agent type. We’re going to go with real estate agent. Uh and we’re going to go with warm and professional. Uh and almost everything you have to do right now is just uh replace the placeholders with your company.

    Okay, let me just uh make sure I spell that correctly. Uh there we go. Sunshine estate. Let’s see if we have uh this placeholder anywhere. Uh actually, I think I can just get rid of that. We don’t need that cuz an outbound. And we should be good. Uh cool. Everything is fine. Everything is pre-filled for you. Just hit submit and you are basically done. Okay. You can embed this on your website on your customer’s website just as a pop out uh or as an inline widget or even you can use web hooks to customize the fields that you want to also capture like the name, email, um location, whatever, and the agent will know everything about it. Okay. So, let’s go ahead. What I’m going to do now is actually make it more interactive. Okay. Uh, I want to do this live and what I’m going to do is ask you if you want to talk with this agent live. Just put your phone number right now in the chat room in the chat box. Um, no, no, no one else is going to see it. It’s completely private. Only uh we can see the organizers. So, we’re not going to be sharing that. We’re not going to be putting here live. I’m going to switch the screen while I put the live number here and initiate a call. Okay. Now go ahead, put your number if you want to be among the ones who test this live on this call. Just put your number over there. I’m going to select somebody randomly who can talk with this agent so that we make this a more fun live demo. Okay, just give me a quick um moment to look at the chat room. Beautiful, beautiful. Many numbers flowing in. Okay, so what you’re going to do, we’re going to you’re going to receive a call from a USA phone number. Just make sure you respond when that happens. Okay, cool, cool, cool. Let’s go with look at that, David. Okay, David is actually a real estate agent. Uh, so he wants to try this and simulate everything. Okay, that that is actually a perfect scenario. So, what I’m going to do is select that and just um give me a second to switch the screen and initiate the call.

    Hey Dave, this is Morgan from Sunshine Estate. I wanted to follow up on your uh inquiry to buy a home. Is this a good time to talk? Yeah, I have a few minutes right now. Great. Can you share what specific location you’re interested in for your new home? Uh I think that uh maybe somewhere around the hills. That sounds lovely. Do you have a budget range in mind for the property? Uh, I would say maybe from 1 and a half uh to 2 million. Thank you, David. That’s a solid budget. What type of property are you looking for? Single family home, condo, or something else? Yeah. Uh, single family home with three bedrooms. One of them I’d like to be uh the office and then would like to have a kids room, you know, like a normal family home. Absolutely. I understand. A normal family home with those specifications is very desirable. Would you like to schedule some viewings for suitable properties? Yeah, let’s do it. Maybe tomorrow at 2 p.m. I have I have a free slot. Tomorrow at 2 p.m. works great. Just to confirm, can I get your phone number for any updates? Would this Thursday at 2 p.m. work for you instead? Um, Thursday at 2 p.m. Yeah, I think I can make it. Yeah. Fantastic. I’ll schedule you for this Thursday at 2 p.m. Can I get your phone number for confirmation? Uh, it’s better if you send it to my email uh instead of the phone number. So, uh, uh, the email is [email protected].

    Thank you for that. I’ll send the confirmation to John 1678gmail.com shortly. Yeah, thank you. You’re welcome, David. I’m excited to help you find your new home. Yeah, see you soon then. Have a good day. Bye. Thank you, David. See you on

    now. How amazing was that? David, thank you so much for jumping in on this real life call. Uh I appreciate you actually simulating as you were the customer for this agent. This is actually the perfect way to use it. And I think that this call has been amazing. Low latency uh agent was on point. Uh property booking has been scheduled. Uh, David, let me know in the comments if you find this amazing. And everybody else, let me know in the comments right now. What do you think? How did this go? Okay. And as you can see, we’ve done it in 50 in under 60 seconds, right? Cool. Now, let me just get back to my screen and continue the awesome presentation because now it’s the good part. Just give me one second to switch.

    Yeah, you guys seeing the new screen. Ah, cool, cool, cool. Awesome. Real nice flowing in the chat room. Whoa. Amazing. Awesome. Thank you. Someone says Chris says David was [ __ ] Don’t believe. Look, Chris, stick around until the end because at the end of the uh training, I’m going to share this number. So you can also call in and just talk to the agent yourself if you don’t if you think like if you’re skeptical and it’s okay to be skeptical uh skeptical but I’ll share this number at the end of the webinar so everybody can actually go ahead and give it a try and you know experience the talk the direct talk. Uh now I’m not going to do this right now because we still got a lot of things to cover and I can’t pretty much have everybody calling at the same time and uh nobody’s going to pay attention to this. Okay. Uh Chris, no worries. It’s not not about disrespect. I completely understand and I wanted to treat this uh because uh I do care about everybody who is in this together. Okay. Uh cool. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Um can the system make outgoing calls as well? Yes, actually this was an outgoing call through David’s phone, but I’ll share it so you can also make inbound. If you stick until the end, you can I’ll give you a phone number which you can call and you can talk with the same exact same agent uh that David just experienced. Uh David, again, thank you so much for you know uh being really um simulating like a a real customers that would be a um uh that that was awesome. Okay, back to it. Um I already covered the components. This is the 60cond agent studio. Now, we already covered that during this demo. I wanted to show you this demo early rather than rather than later because I want to see to show you not just see the images but to show you how fast I was able to put together a real um live simulating um real estate agent and we have templates for any kind of niche. If we don’t have them we’ll get we’ll give it to you. Okay. Now uh the third component which is one of my favorites is the white label reseller layer which you know you can just turn CFLand AI into your own application and add your clients under your own brand your own domain SMTPs you know you get unlimited sub accounts you know you you set your pricing your margins whatever you want you know and customers will never see that you’re actually using CFluent um in the back end okay so we’re going to be invisible by design and you’re going to be the one saving your business or you can just use golf as it is for your own business. It goes all ways. Okay. So, um six things. Um Okay. So, this I I already covered. Now, I’m not going to do this um again. Um okay. But there’s some secrets that I wanted to share uh during this um during this live presentation and uh I want you to understand this because this is very important. Okay. So, missed calls are aren’t a cost. Okay. they are a recoverable revenue. So people who are not understanding this clearly obviously um will lose money. Uh Carlos, yes to your question, but stick around until the FAQ. I have more. Uh so missing recover missed calls is actual increasing revenue. Does that make sense? Just let me let me know in the chat room if that makes sense. If you’re able to recover the missed calls, you’re going to make more money or your customers are going to make more money. Okay. And and there’s there three multiplications, just one number. Okay, daily call. If you get 40 calls a day and you miss like 25% of them, you know, and your average value, it’s about $1,200. Well, there’s $12,000 walking out the door just because no one was there to um uh pick up the phone. And you can use it on your own business or as a cold outreach script to your to other businesses, to other services. Sell it as a service. Okay, there’s multiple ways to use this. Okay. Uh there’s other three real verticals because people have been chatting over there and says like dental, real estate, HVAC, uh lawyer, um can you so Mike says cannot hear. Just want to make can you guys hear me? Just give me a five really really quick in the chat. Just want to make sure everybody Okay, Mike, you need to reconnect or something. Is everybody else like flowing the the chat room with the fives? So, we’re good. We’re good. Um so as I was saying all different type of verticals, different type of niches um lose different amounts of money uh monthly. Okay, depending on the LTV of that cost of that um business. Okay, now depending Troy Miller says no, let me just try to uh check my microphone settings. Uh I do have my I do have this one. So yeah, we’re we should be good. Uh if you if can’t hear just reconnect to the webinar, it should it should work. Okay, cool. Let me I I lost the chat room, guys. Okay, cool. Audio is okay. Awesome. Um okay, so if you’re able to recover this amount of money for these niches, just three examples, okay, with the real numbers, don’t you feel like they will be more than happy to pay you any any amount that you ask for? Okay, even four figures, five figures per month if they’re able to recover more customers and more business. Okay, and then the agent doesn’t have to recover all of it. Even if they just recover half of it, you’ve actually doubled the business, recover a quarter and get paid 18 times over. Okay, the payback at a 25% uh missed calls is actually 18 times. And I’ve done the math. Trust me on this one. I have done the mess the math. Cool. But um I don’t want you to, you know, take my word for it because I know there’s many uh many other uh CFL users here that’s been with us for a while and I want you to hear what other people have to say about Kofluent AI and they’ve been with us as founding members since the beginning. Uh many of you might be here in the chat room as well. Uh so let me just play this. It’s a quick two demo two minutes demo. um not demo but um uh more like experience of users that’s been already using this. Let me just see if I can actually play this if it’s playable. Hold on. Uh uh I think I messed up. But fortunately I have saved it over here. So just give me one second. I have it on my other screen. I can play it for you. Um, so I want you guys to know that, you know, we’ve been doing this for a while and there’s been people already been using this. Uh, where exactly is my Oh, there we go. Got it. Henry here just to say I’m loving the tool so far and uh telling what I’m doing wrong, but your support has been brilliant. Your technical people have been wonderfully assisting me really quickly. So, at the moment, I’m absolutely chuffed. I just set up CallFluent AI for my recording studio and I’m super happy because now I can just keep on working or sleeping while Call Fluent AI handles my calls and appointments. The crazy part is that it may actually do a better job at setting appointments with my customers than me. So now I’m just going to let it do its job and I can do my job what I do best. Thank you. Call Fluent AI. Hi, my name is David Lesnik. I am a SAS owner. I am absolutely amazed at the quality of the program and its length and breadth. The capabilities are overwhelming and it’s going to take me quite a while to understand and learn it all. Uh but I have great hope for it. I think I am going to close a lot of business using this program and that is the important part. So do I recommend call fluent? Absolutely amazing. It’s a game changer.

    Okay. Okay, that’s enough. Let me just uh get back to my screen. Just a sec. Ah, this this uh application is just lagging. Uh okay. Hopefully, we’re back. Now the reason I wanted you to hear from um a founding members uh founding members uh mouth is because they are normal people without technical experience. Okay, which leads me to secret number two. Okay, you just pick it up um um create agents, you don’t build, you don’t have you don’t have to have any kind of technical skills, you know, the hard work is already done. You just create agents, assign and um and uh sell to businesses. Okay, you don’t have to build them from scratch. You just need the right template and we have it for you. And if we don’t have it, we’ll make it for you. Okay, so don’t build the agent. Just assign it to different companies, HVAC, dentals, real estates, restaurants, med spas. One of my favorites, med spots, because my wife is actually running a beauty saloon. And I have automated all her call intake, outbound, everything for her saloon, which, you know, just saves a lot of uh time that I get to spend with her instead of her being on the phone all day long answering and booking appointments. Um, okay. So, Gilbert, we’re going to be right there. Don’t leave anywhere cuz this is the best part. Uh, it’s just about to come. Uh, the like secret number three, the last one, which is very important. People think like this market is already crowded. It’s not crowded. It’s just open. You’re not late. You are in early. And you are in as early as it can be. And I can prove it to you. But because we’re a little bit behind schedule, um you can you can do the same search. There’s just requires with zero owners on, you know, on um on um AI phone calling agencies. So this is something that you can build in the future. Okay. Now, I can show you more numbers. uh there’s like you know 0.5 deployments a day within the three 33 million businesses that I showed you and this is growing with a 35% annual growth. Right now we are at about 21 billion uh market but we are heading uh around 50 billion by 2034. like 20 uh 25 were websites here early not too late because 2025 2026 and beyond it’s all about uh automation um call automation okay this was supposed where we created the real estate uh agent from blank but we already did that so I’m just going to skip this slides I uh you know I got uh I got uh taken away early um of it so I just uh I just did it uh now there’s One more thing, I’m going to keep one more demo towards the end for those of you who are staying at the end where I’m going to show you some more. But because we are already behind schedule, okay, can you guys can you guys still hear me? There’s a lot of people saying lost volume, lost uh just give me a five in the chat room if my voice is coming through. Okay, it’s like the fourth time I I’m asking for your guys’ input. Thank you so much. uh Bryce, Marcel, David, Stephen, Louise, Andra, Don, everybody who’s just interacting throughout this webinar with me. You guys are amazing. And because you are you stick with me until the end of this, I hope first of all, let me know in the chat room if I delivered on my promise, if I showed you the strategy and you know, how can you actually benefit and and create revenue from it? And right now, um it’s that time, that moment. Now, this is no news flash. You you this is not the first webinar you’ve been on, okay? But certainly, it’s going to be the mo the most benefical one you’ve ever attended to. Everybody knows that it’s time to showcase what exactly we have, what we have on the table. So, if you’re ready for it now, people will think that I’m crazy, okay? Because we’ve been selling this like crazy monthly, yearly, uh high ticket, but because uh in celebration of launching 2.0 and inviting all the um 1.0 O founding members, I’m going to make a deal that is quite unrefusable. Okay? So, type in in the chat room right now ready if you are ready for the deal of the lifetime on getting access to all the software, all the upgrades, everything. Okay? Because today I’m going to open the gates to Cofflent 2.0. This is the founders only VIP bundle deal which means on this webinar you only got live here because there’s one partner that invited you or you are already a 1.0 uh founding members. Okay, look at that. Dios are born ready deal ready. Let’s rock. Andrew I’m ready ready flowing in the chat room. Loved your energy guys. Now the reason you’re here it’s for two reasons. either you already have access to Confluent AI and you qualified for this uh founders uh only VIP bundle deal or you got invited on this webinar by one of my trusted partners. Okay, because today you’re going to get everything that you need to start and scale your AI phone calling empire instantly. The complete platforms with every single upgrade unlocked and masterclass training and the done for you and scaling resources into one single bundle. People asking what’s new in 2.0. But there’s a lot of new stuff in 2.0. First of all, we reduced to latency like 10x lower latency than the previous version. Uh we added like the latest AI models like GPT 5.5 5 uh 5.5 I believe. I I need to check um and many more new features and and I’m going to show you uh towards another demo until the end. But first I wanted to show you exactly what’s included in this because it’s not about not just about the software. It’s about the software plus all the upgrades including white label license. It’s uh about the training, the master class training and it’s all about the scaling resources that will get you there faster. Okay, this is the ultimate AI phone automation bundle which includes software training resources and everything you need to run this successfully, including access to me, a really cool guy that’s going to help you um do marketing the right way. Okay. So, the software, the training, the resources. Now, because we’re far behind, I’m not going to read all this stuff. I I’ll probably going to leave it on the Enchore session, you know, tomorrow. Um, I just want to go through everything and show you what exactly it is that you’re accessing, right? So, obviously, we’re going to give you CFL 2.0 full platform access uh to everything, everything unlocked. Uh 400 hyperreal voices from 30 plus languages. uh 60cond agent studio you know you can build by template you get outbound inbound in one hyper um fast uh AI calling engine you got white label reseller layer included you got numbers calendar booking CRM integrations everything this real world value is alone that that is exactly what we’re selling for on a yearly price it’s between 1,997 and 2997 for you know um outside this training Okay. Now, speaking of training, okay, I want to share my playbooks, the exact processes that I use to build and sell AI phone agencies to other businesses. You know, this is will be a seven uh 75 minutes masterass plus the replay. I’m going to show you step by step the build playbook, uh the recovery mat calculator and scripts, agency sales process, you know, from cold to closed, live monthly QA with myself, lifetime access to every single update in the training. Plus, because I know how lazy some people are, I’ve put together the best resources, the done for you assets that you can sell agents tomorrow morning if you like. Okay, I set five pre-built agents, but actually, you know, I’m going to offer like a 100 pre-build of this. Okay. Sales scripts, objections handler, cold outreach kits, recovery mat angles, everything that you can think of. Onboarding checklist, client templates, you know, private community uh with other operators like yourself and myself and also pricing and proposal templates already done for you. So, you don’t need to play a guesswork. All of this value alone just like this is around 49 4,997. Don’t get scared because it gets even better. Okay. Uh, but before I show you what else I included in the bundle, I want to make sure that I kind of quickly walk through all of the components of Cold Flint AI 2.0 Founders Edition access. Okay. Um, we’re going to give you lifetime access to this platform, which means uh you can use it as long as you have like minutes in it. And if you, you know, if you spend all your minutes, obviously you can get more minutes, but there’s no extra charge uh other than just getting more minutes. so you can expand and scale your business and revenue. Okay, so you’re going to get full platform access to the founder pricing locked in. Every feature, every update, you know, is never going to be a right price for that. This is alone worth $4.97 and you’re going to get like two AI voice agents, 360 calling credits, included minutes, uh six neural voices, uh 30 plus languages, and overage. But because there’s also pro, we’re going to add another 750 minutes to the deal and another 10 voice agents, another five workspaces, and all of the features that come with it like, you know, web hook integration, 11 labs integration, open AI, uh custom API integration, uh Zapier integration, CRM, HubSpot, Salesforce, you name it, we have it. automated SMS actions, automated booking, scheduling, done for you template scripts, priority routing, call forwarding, you name it. It’s it’s included in the package, okay? Because you also unlock access to the professional license. Okay? Now, this is built for professionals uh who want to scale with more agents, more workspace, and the full automations and integrations intelligent stack plus the white glove on boarding. Okay. Now, because I told you you should sell this to other businesses, well, it just makes logical that I hand over to you the agency license as well, which is included in the bundle, by the way. And it’s built to run an agency. over 30 agents if you want 30 workspaces. The deepest agent tuning controls, advanced security, and intent detection are all features part of the agency license upgrade, which is included in your bundle, which also adds another 1,600 minutes to the package. Okay? Plus, you unlock all the voices, 400 neural voices, hyper realistic in over 140 languages supported. And because we know you’re going to sell this to customers, okay, we’re not going to charge you um normally for overage minutes. No, no, no. That’s going to be half. Okay, so it’s instead of 15 cents per extra minute, it’s going to be just 0.079. So that’s 0.08. Okay, let’s just call it like that. That’s the uh the top you’re going to be paying for every extra minute that you need for you or for your customers. But it gets better because in this bundle deal, we included the white label license which we normally sell this sell this alone for thousands of dollars to big agencies. Okay. But part of this, you know, part of this training, part of this live workshop, I’m going to allow you to resell Kofluent as your own. You get unlimited agents, unlimited workspaces. You get your own dashboard, your own domain connected, your own uh you can set your own price and billing to pay and you can just add your client’s day. We stay invisible and you can call it as you want and you can serve the customers within the same dashboard. And on top of that, we’re going to be adding extra 3,600 uh minutes in your account instantly. Okay? And we’re going to be lowering the overage uh to 0.07. Okay? So you get all the features from all the upgrades plus you can make it and call it your own. So again let’s quickly recap before I move forward and you know unlocking this deal because this is going to be limited. I don’t want to share this with everybody because we’re selling this normally yearly and a much higher price. Okay, cool. So here’s exactly what you’re going to be getting uh if you decide to um secure CFL 2.0. And this is one of our biggest stacks that we’ve ever put together. It’s going to be one bundle, six concrete pieces plus all the bonuses that we unlock when you stay on this webinar and on this page. Okay. So again, number one, you get CFL AI 2.0 founders edition access lifetime. Boom, secured, you’re in. Then you got the professional upgrade. All of these are valued at $4979.99 agency license. We normally charge agency customers for 299 2997 per year, okay, to sell this AI uh phone agents to other customers because we know how much money it can be made in the industry, okay? And as a as an agency, there’s no revenue shared to us ever. Okay? You get to keep exactly what you sell. Okay? Plus, we’re going to include our, you know, best and most wanted white label account. Oh, sorry. uh under your brand. This is normally we charge 4,9997 for big agencies that want to, you know, list theirelves under your logo, your domain, your pricing. We just disappear. We work from the shadows. A client is your platforms, not ours. But we handle everything in the back. So, you don’t have to worry about anything. Okay? Plus, I’m going to be doing bi-weekly webinar training sessions with you guys. Um, uh, we’re going to do every two weeks build sessions, sales sessions, you know, vertical deep dives, QA, you name it, we’re going to do it together. Uh, that’s valued at 1,997 as my consultancy price is way more than that, but because I want everybody to have success with CFL AI, I’m going to include this at no charge at all. Okay? Plus, I will I will share you all of the cheat sheets, follow along playbooks, bonuses for all the upgrades that I’ve just listed from one, two, three, four. All of the upgrades and bonuses um and cheat sheets are going to be included in the bundle. Okay, don’t guess. You just need to follow. Plus, these are my favorite ones. Uh who are ready for just type in bonuses if you are still here. This means you just qualify yourself for the newest, most exclusive bonuses that are not going to be shared outside this room. Okay? And I’m glad none of you have left. None of you. Look at that. Lee, bonuses, uh, Joe, bonuses, David, Waldo, uh, Thomas. Oh, I I it’s it’s impossible. Elliot, Jonathan, Sim, Dennis, Roosevelt, it’s just impossible to keep up with the chat room right now. Uh, but it’s for a good reason because these webinar bonuses are a surprise. We h I haven’t even mentioned about them anywhere. They’re not going to be listed. Only people on this live session and on this page are going to get them and unlocked at the price reveal. Okay, cool. So, without any further ado, with the bundle deal, I’m going to include this awesome bonuses because during this session, I want you to get the software and do not leave it on the shelf to collect digital dust. I want you to use it to make revenue. And I’ve put my my bones to work in order to make that happen. Okay? That’s why I created these special bonuses. So, I made a CFL AI agency playbook for 20 uh 26. Okay? This gives you uh the AI but uh you know they help you find clients, close the deals and keep them paying. Okay. Uh this bonus alone is going to be your daily uh cheat sheet in you know finding closing clients for AI powered phone calling and answering automation services. And trust me everybody out there every other business wants to automate. They they just don’t know how to do it. And people don’t know how to sell this service. what we’ve been doing for two years and I’ve put everything in these bonuses. Okay. Now, this alone are valued at $1,297, but this is going to be included for free in today’s bundle deal. And because you are part of my inner circle community and you’re live with us now, bonus number two, I’m going to give you the AI voice interaction playbook. Okay? You know, I’m going to teach you how to use the platform that handles the calls, you know, to make them convert. you know, uh it’s not about closing clients, but it’s about making agents for them that actually convert leads into uh clients. And this is exactly what this bonus solves. Okay, we’re going to teach you how to um how to prompt engineer the agents to actually close deals. And because I want you to have a good starting point as bonus number three, I’m going to give you my targeting guide, the 50 best niches for AI calling and answering. 50 best niches that you should target. um that actually uh have the money and are willing to pay for. How many of you guys want to know the 50 niches that are actually reliant on f phone calls and their whole business is actually made through the phone? I can give you like one or two example right off my head. Like think medical uh medical uh medical uh spa saloons like Botox doctors like anything that is highriced service and are getting calls they’re in this bonus. Okay, cool. So you’re going to know exactly who to target and why. This guide is going to break down the 50 businesses across the five market categories that is the best fit for AI phone automation. Okay. Okay. So, you can skip the guesswork and and go straight to the prospects that are most likely to say yes to any proposals that you’re going to do. Okay, look at that. Zoblin says, “High ticket DTC sales.” Of course, plumbers. Yes. Hback. Even HVAC. Even plumbers. Yes. Those are urgency calls. People call the plumber when their pipes broke. They need help instantly. If you’re not picking up, they’re going to call the next one. So, you guessed it right. Uh, who said that? Um, Randall or sorry, James? Chris? Yeah, Chris. Chris, the skeptical Chris. I I see you, Chris. Uh you’re going to call my agent. Don’t worry. Uh okay, back to it. Bonus number four. Uh we’ve done we’ve created this done for you library of 100 agent vault. So most people, you know, who buy AI phone servers never deploy it. Uh and we’ve seen it before. Um never deploy an agent and a single revenue generating um uh agent calling not because it’s hard but because of a blank page. Okay. So what should I say? How do how do I qualify? How do I how do I create a prompt? Well, this 100 agent vault eliminates the blank page entirely and just gives you the ones that are working. So, combining all of the um the things that we’ve put together on the bundle plus the webinar only exclusive bonuses, uh the total real world value with the bonuses included have gone up to $50, uh and $170 uh with all the items that we’ve included in the bundle. I haven’t even mentioned the bonuses uh that I included for all of the single upgrades. Those are also included. They’re not even here. They’re going to be on the next page. But I want you to, you know, I don’t want you to worry because the best part you’ve been waiting for, you’re here until the end. You I won’t be charging you $50,000. Okay? Heck, not even 4,997. I mean, this bundle deal is actually a steal. everything above, software, training, all the four bonus included at $1,997 per year. Right? Just let me know in the chat room if you think that everything I’ve put together and I’m going to give you access to is worth at least 1,997 per year because this is one of the price point we’ve been selling like crazy for the past year. Okay?

    But because you know you are part of my community, you probably are already CFL AI members and I want you to have this resource upgrade feel naturally for you. Okay, I want you to be to uh I want you to be felt valuable because the value you get versus what today’s VIP bundle deal is far better. Okay, the value is well over $50,000. But today, because you are here now live and because you stick with me until the end, okay, I’m going to lower this to just a one-time payment, not a yearly, not a monthly, okay? This is not a monthly payment. This is not a yearly. It’s just a one-time payment during this launch, live launch event. Let me know. Just type in fair if you think this is a fair deal. This is not just any other software. This is a software that’s going to produce sales, that are going to close customers, that are actually going to deliver and improve your uh revenue bottom line. Okay? It’s not something that you’re going to get and leave it to collect dust or just think that it’s not working. In fact, stick around because um at the end, we’re going to be doing some more live um live interactions together and I’m going to allow you to, you know, talk with any of agents and we’re going to configure some more. But here’s the good part. I like you guys so much because you’ve been sticking around because you’re very very um uh very engaging during this session. I want you to give one more I promised at the beginning of the webinar if you type in uh recover I’m going to give you another 100% discount but only for the first 50 people to claim it. Okay? It’s because we also have costs on this thing. Okay? And I can’t I can’t go bankrupt offering everyone the best deal possible. But I do want to reward the fast action takers who join in during this live and are among the first 50. Okay, there’s just 50 usages of this coupon. It’s limited. And if you want the coupon, just type in coupon right now and my team are going to send you the link which is all the discounted link plus the coupon to get an even $100 extra discount just because you are probably part of my CFL AI founding members of 1.0 or you’re just here on the live session. Uh it doesn’t matter. I’m going to uh offer for people who are not founding members of CFL AI. Okay, initially I didn’t want to offer this to everyone just to my founding members which have been with us since the beginning. But because it’s a special event and I have so many people I got hundreds of people connected with us live. I’m not I can’t promise this is going to be working for each and every one of you. But if you type coupon right now and you act fast on it, you’re going to get it for 297 one time and all the benefits, all the bonuses, everything included. Okay,

    there we go. Hundreds of coupons, ladies and gentlemen. There are hundreds of people typing in coupon uh in the chat room. I think my team is going to have a hard time uh sharing coupons individually because literally the chat room is spammed. I I I wish I could just make a screenshot and show you guys how many people just type in coupons. In fact, I can just read names. Look, Scott, John, Choices, coupon, James, coupon, Miles, coupon, uh, Kenneth, coupon, Louise, Eddie, um, Luis, Eddie, Anita, uh, Manuel. There we go. Uh, Brad, so if you can hear your name, you know that we are live. Okay, Godfrey, even if you don’t hear your name, we’re still live because it’s hard to just read every other people’s name. Michelle, look at that. Awesome. Rupert B. And these are just the last ones that came in. Uh, Austin, look at this. Zabin wants a coupon. D, uh, Anna, Tom, Louis, even Chris. Look at that. Ralph roll out. Okay, so what what I’m going to do, I’m going to ask my team to do one thing. Um, in fact, I’m going to put this deal into the chat room along with a coupon code, okay? So that I won’t be giving more chances to the people that we respond first. So guys, look in the chat room right now. We got the bundle link over there. just, you know, let me just um actually, you know, something I’m going to click this myself and I’m going to show you. Okay, just don’t mind just close everything over here. Just don’t mind what you see over here. Uh the reason it’s this video is here is because we are live and we don’t have the webinar replay yet and probably won’t have it until tomorrow. Uh but you want to go ahead and claim, just go ahead, click on the claim bundle deal or just scroll down. Doesn’t matter. Just scroll down and go ahead on the checkout form. Just fill in the first name, price name, you know, select your uh payment information. Uh and here is the coupon. I believe um we have call bundle 100. Okay, so the coupon is call bundle 100. Okay, it’s very limited if you apply it. Okay, uh I just literally stole one from you. If I’m checking out right now, I’ll probably just stole one. So, I’m not going to do that. But just fill in your information. It’s all a secured checkout form over here. It’s reserved for the next few minutes. So, you know, take your time. I’m going to wait here until you you know, you complete your um um your account until you complete your bundle uh your bundle deal. And once you do that, it is very important because we need to tag people that are actually among the first. Okay. Once you got it, I want you to come back on the chat room and don’t leave the webinar. I still want to show you so much things. Okay? If you can spare like 30 more minutes, we can spend some really quality time together where I’m going to show you some hidden stuff that you know uh many of many of you wished they knew before. Um yeah, the normal price uh the discount price is $4.97. But if you you know, if you go to the link that we’ve just uh shared in the chat room again, let me just give the link again. Let me see if I can pin this message somehow. Um everyone, let’s let me just see if I can pin this somewhere. Oh, there. There we go. So, I’m going to be pinning the link at the top of the chat room. should see uh grab your Cland AI 2.0 bundle deal here. You’re going to see coffin.com. You’re going to see the link that you need to you need to go to use the coupon that you know you are instructed to use and just complete the checkout um and be among the first 50 people. And once you do that, don’t leave the webinar, you know, don’t close the session. We still have to show you uh a lot of stuff. Okay. And for those of you who are wondering how come I did uh this awesome webinar, well, I use clo uh design which is awesome. I hope I can, you know, I can see you in in inside the members area which I plan to hold a webinar and show you how I did it all. Um because I’m a geek when it comes to AI and I just want to help everybody around. Uh there we go. So if you are in, very important, if you’re in, come back to the chat room. Just let me know, Adrian, I’m in. Uh, I want to congratulate you, welcome you to the family, and also have my team tag you for the ultra exclusive bonuses and also for the um private um training webinar session that we’re going to be having um only with members that are joining during this launch special. Okay, pretty cool. Pretty cool. A lot of people I need link. I need link. So, let’s see who was first in. Let’s see. I want to I want to congratulate the first one who actually made it in. And I think it’s Michelle London says, “I got in. Congratulations, Michelle.” Uh, welcome. Uh, Dennis Eddie says, “I’m in.” Eddie Ma Eddie Miles in. Congratulations. Welcome, Eddie. Um, uh, Carlos, uh, will I be will I still be able to use and sell 1.0? Yes, Carlos, you will. But this actually upgrades your 1.0 to 2.0. And um it’s it’s it’s going to be so much more interesting after that. Uh cool. Oh my god, the chat room is actually on fire. People needing coupons, people needing link. Start says link. Uh the link is in the chat room. It’s actually uh pinned. Let me just put the link here. People still need link. Um it is in the chat room guys. Just you know if you don’t have the link just comment link and my team is going to help you. Uh Marcel says I am in. Congratulations Marcel. Uh congratulations for smart decision. There we go. Start says coupon. Uh, Hal says, “I’m in. Big upgrade.” Yes, exactly. That’s the whole idea. Welcome. Joseph just purchased. Congratulations. Uh, welcome. Uh, Godfrey says, “I’m in. Congratulations.” Steve, I’m in. Congratulations. Chase me. I’m in. Congrats. Noella, I’m in. Congrats. Andrew, I’m in. Congrats. Um, uh, who else? I I think these are duplicated. Goofy says like three times. I’m in. Congrats. Uh, and Zavin says, “Please help with what I I am here. We’re not going anywhere. We’re going to stick around.” And guys, even if you buy, uh, do not leave the webinar. I still want to show you a lot of cool stuff, okay? I still have surprises for you. So, stick around. Um, uh, Vixen says, “I’m in. Congratulations.” Lee is in. Congratulations. Okay, so these coupon deals are actually fl uh, you know, flying off the shelf. Joe says, “I’m in.” With a big smile on his face. Uh, welcome, Joe. Congrats. Should it uh should it 397 or 297? It should be 3.97 if you use the coupon. I already applied mine. Okay. Okay. What am I doing over here? Something is happening. I I clicked my mouse. Uh let me just get back to my presentation over here. Uh just give me a moment. I am trying to figure out where we are right now. Okay. So yeah, it is 3.97 if you get a chance to claim one of the 100 discount coupons that I we’ve put for you. If you don’t have the coupon, Ralph, just comment coupon. We’ll give it to you. Uh uh but again, I already pinned this in the chat and we got the link. Uh mine says it’s 397 after coupon. Yeah, it is 3.97 after coupon. Okay, so without coupon, you’re going to be paying $4.97 like everybody else from this. And I want to make something important. Uh, while people are still getting in, I’m going to allow Stephen says, “I’m in. Congrats.” Denise says, “I’m in.” Uh, Richard says, “I’m in. Congratulations.” Oh my god. Uh, coupons are actually flying off the shelf. Uh, I might need to go ahead and check with my uh, team if there are still coupons available. Guys, if you are using coupon and it’s not working, it’s because you’re too late. Okay? But if it’s still working and you see the price dropping down by $100, don’t sit on the fence because even if you applied coupon not checking out, somebody else will cuz there’s still hundreds of people on this. And speaking of that, while people are still securing their access, I just want to say um during my years of experience um in this industry, I’ve seen it all. But here’s why most people missed these opportunities and regret it afterwards. Okay, people think like, you know, I’ll come back later. But what happens later? You pay more. You lose all the bonuses. The 397 launch price is gone. You’re going to pay the full price. And most likely, we’re going to switch to yearly at the end of the launch. So, you’re probably going to be, you know, uh, paying a subscription instead of getting it all for the lowest uh, possible price. and also losing all the four webinar bonuses, which is alone a $3,000 uh plus in stacked value. And most importantly, they can lose the fast action um and and fast people who pivot, who are actually the pioneers of putting this to work and winning fast, plus $100 coupon code are going to be gone. Founder pricing may never come back to what you’re seeing today. So, on the other hand, if you’re securing the best deal now, you’re going to be unlocking everything, lowest price possible, one-time deal, you unlock the full platform, all upgrades instantly, plus you keep all the bonuses uh and you get, you know, uh founders pricing locked in for life and founding members um uh status. And there’s one more thing I want to show you, okay, this isn’t theory. We’re already serving um a lot of businesses in the AI phone calling industry. Okay, Zablin says, “Okay, it worked. I’m in.” Thank you. Uh welcome. Uh welcome, welcome. So many people still joining in by the minute. I forgot to actually read more names. Look at that. Jessica says, “I’m in.” Okay, so the important thing that what I’m teaching, what I’ve teached you today, what I’m offering you today isn’t just theory. You know, we have real inbound messages, real people, real results, real businesses already responding. I mean, I’ve been contacted by big enterprises and big companies. Some names that might seem familiar to you as well. Okay. Uh uh Hig Vision has reached out to uh make a collaboration with them. And then Jordan Belelfford, those of you who knows the Wolf of Wall Street, I got emails from them as well. And I’ve got emails from many more players that I didn’t want to put in the webinar, so we’re not going to stay here all day. But these are some of the most, you know, iconic names that you should already identify with. Look at that. Ron says, “I’m in. Better late than never. Hope you got the coupon.” Craig, uh, Anthony says, “I’m in. Congrats.” Uh, can you integrate with any existing website? Anna, yes. And that’s why I said don’t leave because there’s more that I want to show you. It’s not about just um uh Patrick. Yeah, you might be right, but still uh he wanted to to work with us. Um cool. Uh and one more thing, you know, you actually have zero risk on your side because for the next 14 days, you get everything, you test it. If you don’t like it, you go it’s on me. Okay? You It’s a risk-free for the next 14 days. If CFL AI 2.0 0 isn’t for you. Just send me one email and within next 40 days and you’re going to be fully refunded. No forms, no hoops, no hard feelings, no complicated contracts, no questions asked. One email, we’re just going to refund. Okay? We’re going to decide with zero pressure. Look, I don’t want your money if you’re not able to make money with my um uh with my training, with my software, with my tools, and with the business that I’m I’m giving you. Okay? If I if I don’t uh if you’re not able to make this back within next 40 days, then it means I don’t deserve to keep that um uh your hard-earned money. Okay? I’m as real as it gets when it uh when when it comes to refunds. I’m not going to fight for them. If this is not for you, okay, but I don’t want you to leave here wondering, “Oh, but what if I actually decided to go?” Okay. Today, I’m giving you the risk-free decision to just give it a try. If it’s if doesn’t work, no biggie. We’re just going to split um split ways uh as friends, okay? But I do want to give you this opportunity to get it at the best price. Test it out. Um put your work into it. Now, again, as a disclaimer, this is not a push button um getrich money-making scheme opportunity. This is a software, a training, a real business that I want to hand to you. But at the end of the day, it’s still you who have to be the one behind the screen to decide to use it. Okay? So, please don’t buy it if you never intend to use it. Okay? Just don’t buy it because because I know how to sell, because I’m hyped on the webinar, because everybody does it. If you feel like this is going to change your business or other people’s businesses or you’re going to be, you know, finally having a great service to easily sell, you know, and a direction, I am uh how can I say I am uh I am okay with guiding you with helping you succeed. But if you are not willing to put in at least one or two hours per day of work, then I’m sorry. Just go ahead, close the webinar, get out of here. This is not for you. Okay, this is not a get-richquick scheme. This is a business that I want people to use it to make more business, to make more money. To send me an email one week from now and say, “Agent, thank you. This was the best decision of my life. I’m so glad I I I joined CFAI. I already signed three customers. They’re already paying me monthly. This changed my life.” This is the kind of emails I want to get from my customers, not the ones that, “Oh, can you refund me? I didn’t have the time to uh to check it out.” That is not what I’m interested in, okay? that this is not why I been here talking for the past 60 uh to 90 minutes. Okay.

    Okay. So, James, this is a good one. I have to read this comment. Hey, Adrian, I need this bonus. I want your voice clone. Why? Personally, I don’t think my voice is best, but you know, um uh but some people just enjoy, you know, uh enjoy my my voice and and the vibe and the energy that I bring to this live trainings and I can’t do it any any other way, okay? I love doing these live trainings. I love putting the best deals for people who are sticking out and uh it’s not just about giving you strategies uh training, it’s also about giving you the best uh deals possible. Uh, what about credit cost? I am in. Um, Kathy, welcome. Rol says, “I’m in. Finally in.” Why? Why it took you so long, Rol? This, you should have been in like minutes ago. Um, if you guys are still, you know, uh, if you have problems with checking out like some people just uh, let us know uh, in the in the chat room. Yes, it is a onetime price. Uh, and so are the minutes. Okay, the month the minutes are not monthly. there all one time. But I do give the best deals and really affordable uh minutes. Uh you can overage you can purchase more minutes after that at as low as 0.07 per minute. So if you need like more minutes, that’s no biggy. You can get as many minutes as you want and you can scale as to as many clients as you want. Okay. Uh Senol has says, “I’m having problems. Let us know what’s uh what the problem are. My team is going to help you. Uh, okay. Cool, cool, cool. Let me just uh give me a sec. What I’m going to do now, I’m just going to put um uh put 30 seconds of pause because I need to consult with my team and find out how many coupons are left because people still want to buy it. And I think the coupons are almost um are almost done. Hold on just one little second. Uh just just give me one. Adrian, your team is top gun. Uh yeah, hopefully hopefully I don’t have to fire them and yeah, just keep saying good things about the theme. Okay, look at that. Okay. Uh yeah, uh we got the update. There’s only nine coupons left, but I I want to double check this. Just give me one sec.

    Meanwhile, you know, while I’m checking this, just make sure you’re checking out while the coupons are still there and they’re still working. Uh hopefully everybody is getting the chance to, you know, to claim it and not getting left behind.

    Okay. Okay. Okay. I just confirmed with my team. Uh I am attemp to make a purchase. I already tried. What do you mean you’re $10 short, Anna? Um Ali, please help Anna as well. Uh and I am not embarrassed to say it. Lol. Anna, we we’re we’ll help you out. Okay. I’m just I just asked my team to go ahead and um and help you out. Thank you for coming up uh forward. Okay, cool. Cool. Uh seven just seven coupons left, guys. If you are not yet checked out, make sure you are uh checking out. Anna, we saved your spot. So, my team is going to give you the opportunity to just go in. So, no worries about that. Um, let’s see who else joined. I want to make sure I’m actually

    uh trying to pay now. Senov, Sinoa Cartel, I don’t know. I’m sorry I didn’t pronounce that name correctly, but uh yeah, go ahead. It’s still seven available. Okay, cool. So, before we do some live interaction and while people are still checking out, is it okay if I play you a demo video that I’ve I’ve recorded ahead of this webinar for the pages, but I feel like I’m demonstrating there something I didn’t got a chance to do it live, which is the new improved real time uh web RTC technology that we added to call 2.0, 0 which means the you can do um uh calls directly on a uh on a web. So you won’t need any phone number, any Twilio integration. You just take the widget, put it on your website and just have it work. Okay. So I’m going to take uh a um a minute to switch my screen and play you. Uh Miles, please repeat the question, okay? while we’re going to be playing the demo, we’re going to be trying to uh answer that as well. Okay, it’s just we’re sorry if we missed any of your questions. Please ask the question again. The chat room is literally on fire. Hundreds of people typing in the same time and my team is trying to handle it. I’m here live. It’s hard for me to respond. But why I while I play this demo video for you, there’s still unanswered questions. Go ahead, put it. And after this demo, we’re going to be jumping into uh the Q&A session where I’m going to make sure that each and every question is not left unanswered. Okay, cool.

    Hey, it’s Adrian here, the founder behind Cold Flint AI. And in this demo, I’m going to build a working AI phone agent that gives you the ability to book appointments, have text follow-ups, and then call it live on my actual screen. Let’s get started. You have two options. Can inbound or outbound. Let’s do inbound for this example. Now, we’re not going to start from scratch, even though you could. You have many more templates, already created agents, so you can move fast. Let’s go ahead and pick one that actually is going to help us demonstrate the booking capabilities of an agent. We can either do restaurants, insurance, or beauty services. Let’s just go with Skyler and save and continue. But because we selected a template, everything comes prefilled. You don’t have to do anything. And then we can have a welcome message. Now the welcome message, we can put this to zero. We don’t need it. We can leave call recordings on. We also have voicemail detection. Now, everything here is prefilled. We also added some new agent types that you can choose in the 2.0. Let’s say go appointment setter. Uh, also there’s a lot of new options in the tone of the agent. Awesome. Now, the goal is already pre-created for us. We just need to replace a couple of placeholders here and there. Let’s say new age. Sorry, let go. Age beauty. And pretty much that’s all you have to do. Just swap a couple of uh placeholders and your agent is ready to go. Now, click submit. And that is all. Last step, you can put your agent on any website by embedded a simple form. Just copy and paste it in your website anywhere. You can use pop-up widget, inline widgets or even a link or you can even use web hooks and add fields that you want to use. But for more advanced, you can find trainings inside. Now we can give it a call right now. But before we do that, I want to show you that you can also add knowledge base. So you can add your files like price lists or whatever you feel appropriate. Last but not least, I want to show you how we add actions to the agents. Very simple. We have a list of actions that agents can do in call or post call. Let’s go with Google calendar. Give it a name. Okay. Now give it a meeting title like booked customer. Now we’re not going to allow multiple bookings. Uh we can send confirmation SMS. Uh we can give it a meeting description. Now in the instructions you can use plain English to tell agents when this action should be triggered like create a booking calendar. Once user confirms uh and agent confirms better and booking slot available. Yeah. Now meeting details. Here you can set the availability to check like let’s select one month. Um booking time like 1 hour. Also, you can set weekdays like Monday to Friday from 8:00 a.m. to let’s say you can even put different week uh weekends timing or you can just turn it off because it’s a beautiful. Let’s just turn it off for this demo. I’ll create action. And that’s how simple it was to create a booking action. Now before we call it, let’s just create one more action and let that be send an email to the customer confirmation. We want to send this email to customer that your booking is confirmed. Same princ same principles. You can just uh put plain English instructions of when this automation should be triggered. You can put whatever content in the email you want and just save it and it’s done. just create action and that’s it. And of course we have many more actions that you can choose from like call forwarding, sending text, SMS, web hooks, JPER integration, data collections, go high level calendars and many more. Okay, this is it. Now let’s go ahead and actually do that live call.

    Hey, welcome to New Age Beauty Salon. Uh, yeah. I’d like to book a reservation, please. I can help you book an appointment right now. Which service would you like to schedule? I’d like to schedule a haircut. I can schedule a haircut for you. Do you have a preferred stylist or should I book whoever is available? Uh, you can choose whoever is available. That’s fine. I’m checking available weekday times so we can pick a good slot. Please share your preferred week. How about tomorrow at 2 p.m.? Tuesday at 2 p.m. Your haircut is booked for Tuesday at 2 p.m. What name and phone number should I use for the confirmation text? Uh, it’s Adrien and the phone number is plus I’ve noted Adrien with plus 4. Your booking details are saved for confirmation. That’s the phone number for confirmation texts. What email address should I send the confirmation email to? It’s ISF A. Let me quickly confirm that email and get your confirmation sent. Your confirmation is on its way by email and text. Is there anything else you’d like to add for your haircut visit? Um, no, that would be it. Thank you so much.

    You’re all set for Tuesday at 2 p.m. If anything changes, just call us. Have a great day. Thank you. Bye-bye. Thanks for your time. Goodbye. Bye-bye. Now, how amazing was this? And we can check my calendar and see if the booking is actually there. Oh, look at that. 14 or 14. So, it’s my local time on 9th of June already booked customer for beauty. Awesome. It’s all there and it just took me minutes to set up this kind of agent for any kind of business. Also, we can have the full call history. We can download the the recording, the transcript, everything. You can find this in call history and you can even look over the full transcript uh on this menu. Okay? And everything that happened during the call actions are also um filled over here. So you can check them real time. Look at that. Google calendar booked and yeah the rest of the call is there. Email has been sent with this powerful features all the businesses need to implement this to survive and confluent AI 2.0 is your answer and I look forward to seeing you inside the members area shortly.

    and you guys can’t hear me. Oh my god, nobody says no audio and I was talking to myself for the past minute again. Okay, so I was saying um that so let let me just start over. I you know I was I was talking by myself. I was asking you guys, how did you find the last demo that I’ve played for you? This was a recording one, but I wanted you to see that there’s um some new WebRTC technology that we implemented that allows you to just put a answering AI AI calling AI answering agent on your website that doesn’t require any phone number. So, how did you what did you think about latency about the quality of the conversation? That is exactly how it you know how it sound you know there was no cuts in between. I just put the whole recording there. Um more than that I would um towards the end of this after an FAQ whoever wants to say to convince themselves that this is actually sounds just as good as you hear it in these demos you can call one of my agents and just talk with it. Okay. Um cool. Now, uh I think if you’re not in yet, I think there’s still a couple of coupons left. I want you to go ahead, take one minute break. Go ahead, check out and remain here in the webinar because we’re about to go into the Q&A session. And here I’m going to just answer all the questions that you guys have. Let me just uh find the right slide for that. So many slides. I’ve been working on these slides for since like forever. Okay, good. Found it. Um okay, so now we are in a FAQ session. I’m going to be spending 10 to top 50 minutes over here just to make sure that I handle all of the questions that are coming in the chat room. Okay, but please be patient. There’s a lot of questions you guys are throwing at me. You guys hear me? Someone says no voice again. Just want to make sure like I I’m going to have nightmares that I’m going to uh talk alone during this live session. Can’t have that. Okay, cool. We can hear fine. Voice is fine. Voice loud and clear. Adrian, thank you Miles. Thank you. Thank you, Ben. Thank you Chris everybody. Um Chris I feel like you are enjoying this. I mean somewhere around the webinar you said like ah this is [ __ ] He’s not real. Now I want you to be the next one who’s actually uh having a call at the end of the webinar with whatever agent you want. Okay just stick around. Uh cool. Are future upgrades included? Uh yes. Uh all of the new things that we’re pushing to the 2.0 are also included. Yes. Um okay. So guys, right now, um, if you want to, if you have questions, whatever it’s pricing, whatever you have trouble checking out, whatever you have, uh, uh, questions about minutes, about money back, about whatever, okay? Like, do I need any tech skills, like none, pick a template, drop your details, and you’re live. You’re assign your agents. You don’t have to build them. Another uh, formula questions, will it work for my language? Yes, it will. We offer 400 neural voices uh and hyperrealistic voices across over 30 plus languages. I think 120 the slide is wrong. 120 languages for both inbound and outbound calls. Is this the founder price locked locked for life on this call? You know it never come back to the number once you know the session ends. Can I use my own brand? Yes. White label included in on the agency and the white label tiers. So it’s going to be your domain, your prices. we actually disappear in the shadows. We just run it from the uh from um from the background so nobody knows uh nobody has to know that you are actually using this service um in the back end. Okay. Uh what if I get stuck? Okay. That’s why I created the masterclass training and on boarding are included plus ongoing support with me my team. You’re never going to be alone if you join Kofl AI family. Okay. If you know me, you already know this. I I don’t abandon my products. I grow them, I improve them, I scale them, and I make them uh work for my customers. Okay. And how does this guarantee it work? Well, as I said, I can’t guarantee you are going to make money with it because this is not a push button money-m magical mushroom that you eat and just, you know, pop monies out of your somewhere, right? It is based on your own actions. So, if you are willing to put in one or two hours per day to build your business, well, then I am willing to say that you’re probably going to have success with this. Okay, it’s if not, okay, if if if it’s even not working after you’ve put your efforts into it, this 40 days money back guarantee, one email, full refund. You know, you risk nothing by starting today. Okay. Okay. Now, let’s get into the submitted questions. This was this ones was the most common that I see all the time. Now, I want to make this chat room a bit bigger if I can uh to actually get into questions. Okay, let’s see. Um Tom Lynch says, “Can we install everything for a client remotely or do we need to do that at their place of business?” You don’t have You don’t even have to visit their place of business. You can just set it up all in the cloud. You just need to ask if they want to use their own phone number or if they want to use a phone number that you provide and you just set up completely um behind your desk. Okay? You don’t have to go physically and install anything anywhere. Okay? It’s just it’s just in the cloud. Uh can we train it on sales infoscript so you can learn and use it as a pre-sale warm-up? Yes, you can. Zabin ask that and yes you can and I’m going to show you how. Let me just uh let me just exit this. How do I exit? Okay, cool. Uh let me just show you actually. Okay, I’m going to log back here. Okay, and I’m going to show you some extra things that I might not covered on the uh on the demo. All right, so uh each of these agents, right? So first of all, we have workspaces. You can create as many workspaces as you want as a bundle deal. So you can create workspace for every client that you come on that you bring on board or for every business that you run. Okay, we have a very well organized structure structure so you can scale. Okay, you can create workspace or clients workspace. And in the workspace settings, you can basically connect it with your Twilio to have the phone numbers. You can add your 11 Labs account. You can even connect with Chad GPT. And we recently are pushing the latest model GPT 5 um 5.5 nano which is going to be amazing and it’s only for the 2.0 members. Um it’s already done. I just waited to um push it after the initial launch. Uh we got Google integration so you can basically just connect your calendar your Google calendar. We have go high level integration uh and many more other you know integrations but these ones are the ones you can basically uh set up here. And if you want, you can just add your customers or team members inside the platform. So you don’t have to share your um you don’t have to share your your credentials with anyone. Okay? And you can just type in user or guest. So they can uh they have limited things uh and control of what they see. Okay.

    Now as a white label um white label um uh uh Manuel depending on what country you are in uh Twilio may work Twilio works in most countries. Uh UAE yeah it works Dubai. Oh my god Dubai so much business in Dubai. Plus I love Dubai. Everybody can know I I’m a big fan of Dubai. Can’t wait to get there again. Um yeah as I was saying you snatched my attention away. Uh, as I was saying, if you’re a white label, you can just customize the whole thing. So, when your customers are logging in to check their phone calls, they will not see call. They will see your your brand, your name, and your email, your uh domain name, everything. Okay? Your website name, description, even the emails that are going out are going to be under your own um customized SMTP host. Okay? Uh, also the widgets. Okay? You can customize the widgets and have them say whatever you want. Okay, the side by banner, a lot of customization for white label members. Of course, we do offer dark um uh UI as well. Uh also, we do have a lot of um video training, walkthrough. As I said, this is not uh something that we’ve just released yesterday. It is something that we’ve grew for the past two years and we’ve reached to the 2.0 version with a new UI, fresh look, lowest latency, um that everybody enjoys and love. Um, cool. Now I want to show you something about automations. Somebody asked about can we do integrations? Yes, there are many more integrations that you can do and this is under actions. So you can basically you know add all kind of actions like send emails during the call, post call, uh call forwarding, web hooks, zapier integration, you can collect data from what’s talked during the call. Basically the opportunities and um the flexibilities are literally unlimited. It’s just your imagination um that can create like new actions, new integrations. Okay. Also, we do offer web hooks, which means you can just send your data to our web hooks and initiate the calls automatically. Cool, cool, cool. Uh I’m not saying uploading leads. Yeah, uploading uh uploading leads or CSV is not supported. Not because we don’t want to. It’s because um we want to prevent you guys from getting your Twio account banned. Okay? because there are like even if we allow you to do that, there’s going to be uh there’s going to be um limitations on Two or any other calling platforms that’s not going to allow you to call thousands of of leads at at once. Okay. But what you can do, okay, is actually um actually use web hooks to just send one call at a time and we can handle hundreds of calls like just 3 seconds delay between them. So we can do that. Okay. So speaking of knowledge base, yes, you can add knowledge base to your agents. You can add websites or you can just upload normal files like PDFs, docs, um even HTML. Like all of the file types here are accepted. So you can just add it here. I think we’re going to be adding MD files as well. Or you can you can use just a website to get to learn your business if it’s simpler. Uh yeah, we do offer that. Uh under the behavior of the agent, you can we added some new um agent um agent types which initially we only had like sales support and lead engagement but now we have appointment setter, receptionist, lead qualification agent, customer success agent, survey agents, recruiter for uh HR, uh billing, payment reminder, a medical clinic, real estate agent, and uh service dispatcher. Now, we added this because we’ve learned a lot during the uh time that we’ve served so many businesses, right? So, we knew exactly what are the most used tones, types, goals, templates, everything. And we’re going to be keep adding to this uh platform. Okay? We’ve we’ve added for the past years and we’re going to be keep growing it um uh even with your own suggestions. So if you have good suggestions that you want it implemented and if we can we will just you know send them to my support and I’ll get uh get them reviewed. Uh who says anyone uh this is from TA we will guide you on this. Uh yeah just send a send an email to my support and we’re going to be answer them.

    Uh JC asks what’s the difference with gohigh level AI agents? Well, ours is better. Everybody knows that ours is uh faster, better, lower latency and plus we already have like integrations with a gohigh level calendar. So, if you want to use go high level for booking appointments, you can do so. There’s nothing, you know, stopping you from actually, you know, do it right. I already tested couple of them. Uh but yeah, if you want, you can just integrate with go high level as well. Uh but ours is faster. That’s the difference. Uh, can I add link for receiving calls to my company LinkedIn profile? Uh, I see no reason why you could not do that because we do give you a pop-up link which is a click to call, right? So, you can basically do some. Now, I wouldn’t expose this too much. And one more thing, somebody asked about security and how it can be preventing unwanted calls. I’m glad that was asked because in the advanced se settings se settings we have anti- fraud protection which blocks outgoing calls to the following number types like if you don’t want your agent to call landlines mobile fixed VIP non-fixed VIP personal ones toll-free premium shared cost UA voice emails pagers unknown types and even none you can just go ahead and set this uh level off and you can just select mo multiple if you want like just add as many as you If you don’t want it, you just can, you know, deselect it. Um, we’re going to be adding some uh new open AI models uh as soon as by the end of the week. We’re adding the 55 nano uh for all the members who just joined. Now, these are some advanced um options where you can set the answer creativity of the agent. Uh you can set the maximum number of tokens that agent can uh use for each answer. uh speech stops sensitivity which tells the agent uh how many words should stop him from talking whether it’s two one or four right so you know uh the caller can basically interrupt the agent uh we got the answer length how many words should the agent respond in one response silence message delay utterance detection silence end of the call so if not nobody says anything for let’s say uh 15 seconds well it’s going to be automatically closing the call you can transcribe filter afterwards or you can just reset to the defaults. Okay, so these are like more advanced but uh useful uh settings that you can uh play around with. Uh yeah, and also you get to see the whole uh call history. Uh by the way, this is the exact call that one of our um uh members from the audience actually had and this is exact thing. Look at this. Hey David, this is Morgan from Sunshine Estate. want to follow up and you got the transcript over here so you can review everything and see exactly what happened during the conversation, who said what and if a deal has been closed or not. Uh, also you can play like I’m hearing it now in my headphones. So, you can hear the the whole conversation here in the menu. Uh, and you can even download the recording uh, MP3 file or the transcript uh, text from uh, from that. Okay. And you can even send a text message to the caller afterwards. Or you can even re-engage another call by just by pressing one. Uh, cool. So, I wanted to show you this extra cool stuff that I wasn’t able to do uh, during the live uh, presentation and during the live uh, during the recorded demo. So guys, if you have like any more questions, now is the time. I think I’m past. I mean, seven more minutes and I’m going to close down this. Um, keep calling the intent for user minutes. Uh, yeah, that’s where the auntie fraud gets in. But I like your suggestions, Ben. And probably we can add a blacklist for numbers as well. That would be interesting. Thank you. Uh, how much will it cost in tokens? We’re not charging in tokens. We’re just charging per minute. So depending on how many minutes you’re using, it’s per minute. Uh we have our own API. So you don’t have to put your own APIs. Uh unless Twilio like if you have if you want this is the only required one for having phones numbers connected with the system. Uh but the other ones are um optional, right? So you can you can add your 11 labs integration. If you want to have your own voice, clone your voice and bring it to a Cofflent AI, you can put your own uh API key over here. Now if you want the more advanced um models that we are not providing by default, you can add your Chad GPT and you can just use your own desired models inside. We wanted to give you this optional as well. It’s not required. We already use ours, but if you want, you can use yours as well. Um yeah, Google calendar. Obviously this is just one click connect. Uh same goes with go high level. So yeah I just want to make sure that I’m you know clearing upon these options as well. Uh Michael I I think I already stated that it’s going to be 0.7 per minute but you already have like minutes included into your account. Let me just go to my account detail. If you go to billing you’ll see that um obviously I’m the owner so I have like as many minutes as I need. Uh but you’re going to see your under the billing details. You’re going to see your, you know, your license and the minutes that are already, you know, um uh set on your account and how many minutes has been already spent, how many workspace you created, how many invited members you had, how many agents you created. And you can actually top up your accounts and just recharge um by 100 minutes every time you need or you can just like buy like 10 and then you get 1,000 minutes or you can buy 100 and then you get like 10,000 minutes added to your account. I hope that I I we wanted to make it easy for rechargeable as well. Uh cool. Let me just go back to my presentation because this is the last five minutes of this uh webinar and I wanted to take the chance to thank everybody for uh showing up. Um you know it was great spending uh this time with you. Uh hope the feeling is reciprocal right. Uh does okay Eddie asked does the rechargeable minutes ex have expirations? No. None of the minutes that you get extra expires. Not even the ones that you’re getting over here. So, we’re not rushing you to consume it. You use it when you want, when you feel ready, and then you can just add more and they’re never going to expire unless they are actually consumed. Okay. Hopefully that, you know, make it easy for everyone to just feel um easy. Uh Tom says, “Is there a link to purchase and is there a replay?” Tom, where have you been? You’ve just connected right now. Uh somebody please share the uh the special deal link with um uh with Tom. Uh and yes, also share him the coupon. I don’t know if if it’s still available, but if it is, Tom, you’re going to get like 100 extra uh discount. Uh Stanley says, “I got on late lifetime updates.” Yes, already mentioned. Uh like again, guys, do you need me to I know some people got in late, some people. Um so here’s what we’re going to do. We’re going to be running a uh anchor session probably tomorrow and the next days. So if you you know if you missed out, you can still catch those ones. But uh it is important that you grab your copy right now while the coupon is still active. I can’t promise it’s going to be tomorrow. It’s going to be the same deal. But if you show up, you know, at least you’re going to catch up whatever it’s uh whatever you lost. And if you’re watching the webinar replay, I’m I’m just talking I’m just saying this for the future people that are watching the webinar replay. If you’re watching the webinar replay and you still see the deal uh on the page, make sure you grab it before it goes to yearly because trust me, this deal is going to switch from um it’s going to first of all the price is going to increase uh every day and after that at the end of the launch special we’re going to be shifting back to uh monthly and yearly as we have been until this point. Okay, cool. So, I just want to make sure that I point this out clearly. How do I sign up as an affiliate for Collint? Also, Eddie, just open a ticket. I’ll help you out. I have multiple clients. Are they using minutes one of the same package? Um, actually, Johnson says, “If I have multiple clients, are they using minutes out of the same package? How do I change clients when it comes to minutes use?” Um, yeah, we did cover those in the bonuses, but however, I think it’s uh appropriate for me to just go ahead and show you something uh that might make it easier to understand. Hold on, let me just go to where was it? Just give me one sec.

    Uh yes. So the way you can do it is set up workspaces for each individual client and then in that workspace you basically control how many minutes does the workspace have but at the end of the day you’re going to control all the minutes all the credits all the minutes are going to be in your main agency account and the workspace uh can have like max agents max members uh and how many monthly minutes. Let’s say I want to limit this um workspace for one client to 1,000 minutes per month. Okay. So, what I’m going to do is just go ahead and save changes over here. And I’ve just um uh added like 1,000 minutes uh dedicated for this workspace. When this is uh ending, you need to just uh add more, but it’s going to be taken out for your main account. So, I hope this makes sense. Anyway, if you still have questions about it, just open a support. Uh we’re going to be covering you that. Uh Kevin, I just got here. Sorry, very late. I really know I I really need to know the per minute cost. I will be expecting a ton of things very quickly. Um look, first of all, if you get the bundle, you get uh 3,600 minutes right off the gate, right? Right credited to your account. Okay. Um but still, if you need more as part of the white label license user, you’re going to get like special um overage rates at 0.07 07 cents per minute. Okay, this is only for white label. We only offer this uh rate for uh white label uh users. Okay, sorry I missed a lot. What are the limits for customers? Where can I reach out to learn more about cost uh ongoing and by minutes? We’re still here. We’re answering all the questions. Uh if you’re getting the bundle, which is why you’re here, you you’re going to have like no limits on customers. Uh you can reach out about costs and ongoing per minute to our support at help at uh help uh calls.com. Uh but still if you need more minutes that what we already offer in the bundle package, it’s just 0.07 cents per um per minute. Okay. So we we’re giving it very cheap. Uh Kevin, yes, bundle includes uh access plus all the upgrades, white label, extra minutes, all the bonuses, everything. Okay, the bundle is the best deal. It’s one time. I hope the coupon is still available. There’s 100 uh coupon flying around. So, if you can get that, uh just go ahead and try use it. I hope it’s still um it’s still available. Uh can you have Adrian explain about the web widget where no phone number is needed? I hate using never have. Uh actually, this is a great question. I already showed this in the um in the demo, haven’t I? Where have you been? Uh, Scott. Cool. So, again, if you don’t want to use phone numbers, uh, and only do inbound, let’s say you want to put the phone agent somewhere on your, uh, on your website and, uh, just have web calls with it, you can do so by creating, hold on, I’m on the wrong screen. Uh you can do so by setting an inbound agent and just put it in um this is doesn’t require to have a phone number, right? You can just use no number. If you do set a number, it’s going to use a number. If not, we’re just going to use the new uh engine to have it talk. Like if I would if I would uh have to use this right now, all I have to do is just go to API forms and just copy this code, put it anywhere on my website, and this is going to show up uh on my website on the right bottom like the chat uh agents are and just click it and it’s going to ask you for allowing access to the microphone. Actually, let me just go ahead and ask my team to put this somewhere on a page so in the next session I can also demonstrate uh to you guys. Um, okay. You guys may want to have a chat with this one. So, let’s just uh Alex, are you are you still here? Just do me a solid. Uh,

    just give me one sec. Just give me one. I’m putting look uh there is links to buy uh uh Ken Ali. There we go. There we go. I previous version of call fluent. Do I need to buy the new version? If you want all these new awesome features that we have pushed uh and the new low latency and voices and extra extra agent types and everything that Kofland 2.0 comes with uh then yes, it is actually the deal for um founding members only. But I extended for um everyone during a short launch period time. Uh plus a this is the best way to upgrade your call um call operations.

    Uh, someone from my team, please go in the chat and ask uh, Alex if he can make a page where we can put a we can put Skyler this widget. I shared the link and also I want to put uh, an inbound agent which you guys can actually call and talk with. Okay, so give me one second. I’m not sure this is the one, but what uh just give me one. This is Kyler. Hold on.

    Okay. Uh one sec. I’m going to give you some. So guys, if you want, I’m going to give you a number where you can call in and have a natural conversation about CFluent with Nick, which is our agent, which actually booked thousands of of um of uh businesses that signed up with us on yearly packages, enterprise packages, and so on so forth. So, what I’m going to do is check some settings before we actually uh give you Okay, we have the phone number. I’m just going to go ahead and copy this. I’m going to change this. And I want to use the same voice I used in my example. And that’s all I’m going to do right now. Just going to be save settings. And now, just give me one second. I need to note this number down. Uh it’s plus one six uh five uh 92 2773 5 05. I hope I pron I put this correctly. Okay. So here’s what I’m going to do. I already saved this. If you guys want to test the, you know, the service and everything, I urge you to go ahead and just call this number. I’m going to put it on the screen. Just uh how I’m going to put it on the screen. Hold on. Just uh you know something. I’m just going to ask Claude to quickly like uh

    above this slide please. Uh just take this above this uh

    There we go. Just going to ask him to just make me one more slide. I should have have this done uh eventually.

    Uh and um again like if you want to just give it a call right now. The number is + 1659227735

    uh 055. Okay. and you can just go ahead and experience um a call with our system yourself. Now, bear in mind that Nick has been trained to talk about Coluent and convince you to buy. So, he’s he’s a he’s a sales agent. He books. Look at this. He has a lot of uh action set like uh email coupon codes, forwards to me, uh Google calendar, uh you know, everything. Data collection, send call details to uh to admin. We’ve been using this. It has like quite some uh calls already made. Okay. So, go ahead and call that number. Let me just put the number. You know something? I’m going to put the number in the chat room so you guys can just dial it in. Call Nick here. This this would have been simpler, but I am an AI geek and I did ask cloud codes to put this in my presentation. Apologize for that, but uh you know, we’re still having fun over here, right? Let’s see if anybody’s calling. We’re going to just check real time who’s talking with Nick. And after you talk with Nick, let me know what you think. And if Nick is not able to convince you to join in, then I might have to just close the webinar and call it a day. Okay? Plus, I mean, I already overextended with 20 minutes. So, we’re going to be call we’re going to be calling this uh off in a bit. So, now is your last chance to put your questions. If you’re still on the fence, haven’t joined in, now is the time to say what’s on your uh what’s holding you back. Too many numbers. Oh, I I I did something wrong. Uh, hold on. There’s something. Okay, let me just let me just retype that. I’m I might have gone. It’s plus one 65. I’m sorry. I’m a bit tired after this live session. 77 35 0 five.

    Oh, yeah. Yeah, someone was right. Okay, guys. If you want, you can just talk with Nick by calling that number. He’s going to answer immediately, instantly, and he’s going to be um giving you answers about Colluent AI. Now, this is an old agent. Haven’t been updating it, but still, you can make a good impression about what’s going on. Uh cool. Meanwhile, I’m going to just check the chat room for the last questions. Um I don’t know what what did I what have I done? If not, just if you want to call, just shoot us an email at support and we can just give you a number where you can basically test out the agent.

    Okay, cool. Now, uh let’s see if this actually finished uh my stuff over here. It’s just Yeah, well, the number is wrong, so I have to re redo all this. Okay, anyway, it’s late. I just need to go back to uh handling the ongoing launch. So I I might have to redo this. But actually this is not that bad. Um so without a two it’s just plus one 6592773505 I believe. Right. It still doesn’t work. Can you can my team guys can you just test the number please?

    something that I, you know, I I missed out on.

    Oh my god. Uh I am I’m a bit tired. Apologize for that. Uh let me just uh reverify that. Let me just drag this a bit over here. Um, so it’s + one 65 65 92 65 92 73 350.

    Okay, I I might not have this agent active. That’s that’s probably that’s why. Okay. So, yeah, the number should be.

    Oh, why? Well, it depends from what country you are calling because it might be restricted to USA only. So, I I need to check this restrictions. I wasn’t ready for it. This is a live session. So, uh what I’m going to do is now prepare one and share it with you over email. Just open that support ticket and I’ll, you know, I’ll handle that. Cool. That cool.

    Okay. Cool. Beautiful. Beautiful. Now, uh we really need to call it a day and close down the webinar. Look at that. Chris Powell, I’m in. Nick worked fine. Look at that. Chris waited. So, remember Chris when he said like uh like David is a fraud. David is not real. Well, he called it. Chris, let me know in the chat room if you actually called it. Okay. Let me know in the Actually, you said it worked fine because you talked with him. Uh so, what I’m going to do uh if we’re outside, can you dial the number? You basic. Okay. Somebody is playing games and they want to talk with me. So, it asked the agent to redirect the call from me. So, I’m going to answer. Let’s see what’s up. Yeah. Who’s that? Hello. Hello. It’s definitely me. It’s Godfrey. Who’s this? Yeah, it’s Godfrey. It’s Godfrey. So, you are in my webinar right now and you ask my agent to redirect it to me. Yes, I did ask with your boss and then it took me straight to you. So, what do you think? Did the call forwarding worked? It’s the best thing that I’ve ever seen. This one. What? This is the best thing I’ve ever experienced. Look at that, guys. This is amazing. At the end of the webinar, someone asked my agent to get redirected directed to me and I am actually doing the webinar where I’m actually talking with one one of the members from this. How insane is that? Okay. Uh, thank you so much for testing this feature. Thank you so much for asking to get redirected to the owner. Uh, definitely this explained it worked and it not only explained but it also proved. Okay, look at that. People saw that and they’re like, Stanley, I’m in. Chris, I’m in. I asked it for discount code. Um, again, this is an outdated Nick agent. I have to uh improve it. But nevertheless, I’m still live. I have to I have to close. Um I’m sorry, but I have to close your phone call because I still need to close this webinar as well. But thank you so much for for testing it. Thank you. Thank you so much. Thank you. Bye. All right. So, this was insane, ladies and gentlemen. This was insane. There’s still hundreds of people on this call and somebody decided to ask uh uh Nick to to redirect me forward the call to me and I got called and I got answered during this live call. How insane is that? If this doesn’t prove that this system is actually working and it’s doing more uh it’s doing more than we actually promise. I don’t know what is. Okay. Shirley says, “I can’t get the link to work. Uh I’m in Sam or some need a VPN.” Uh you don’t need a VPN. Uh we do have affiliate program. I just shoot us an email. We’ll help you out. Um uh by the way guys if you want to you know join in as an affiliate you surely can um during this launch uh how many lines uh look at that how many lines agent handles in uh simultaneously as many as you want that’s the beauty of it we do not have uh we do not have uh limitations on that Lee Godfrey the the the guy who actually called me during this live webinar says amazing system I love it big time he said I mean he said during the call like this is the most amazing amazing thing I’ve ever seen in my life. Thank you so much for doing that. Thank you so much for proving the point. Uh Paul says the call worked with Nick. He only promoted monthly payment options. Yes, because we only sold monthly, but because you’re here um uh in the webinar, you get better deals. Now, I want to go ahead and just do one one last thing. I want to go ahead and uh check the call that actually forwarded the call to me. Let me just see. I don’t know. So many calls happening right now. Uh these are actually many of you guys testing it. Okay. Uh I I know for a fact because you know just minutes ago all of this for prospecting. You can ask Nick anything. He’s well trained to answer all your calls. Uh, cool, cool, cool. Recruitment call. Anyway, I wanted to find out the one that actually got forwarded to my my personal phone, which was insane. Uh, but it was actually an unprogrammed unprogrammed live action that I I loved. Thank you so much for, you know, for having this idea. Um, okay guys, so I I think I I think I covered it all. Right. At this point, it’s either you get in or you don’t. Okay? If you still are skeptical, let me know what’s holding you back. If you’re still not in, let me know what it is that we can do for you. We do not have payment plans. This is the best deal we have. It’s the best deal on the table. Um, and this deal is actually closing once the launch ends. So, if you’re not in, you’re not, okay? You’re going to be paying monthly. As you talk with Nick, you saw that we only sold monthly up until this point. Uh, beautiful. Still hundreds of people. It’s hard for me to close this webinar. It’s hundreds of people still connecting. Um, uh, Bronson, this is actually the next level. 2.0 is the big upgrade that we’ve been, you know, working for years. So, if you are a 1.0 member, this is the logical upgrade that you must have. Plus, you’re going to get like all the extra minutes added to your account. you’re going to get all the extra features, lower latency, and everything that we’re going to be adding. Um, cool. So, guys, I really need to close the call. It’s been two over two hours since I’ve been talking here non-stop. Unfortunately, I do have a I do have to put an end uh to it. Again, the the phone number is on the screen. You can test it out. It’s the correct one. We we got that out of our way right now. So, it’s, you know, it’s the correct one. And you can test our uh our service before making a decision. But speaking of decision, the decision is now or never because now is the best time, the best deal, the best discount. Uh later you might end up paying a bit more which I want to save you from. Nevertheless, I want to thank everybody who already joined in. Congratulations for making a smart decision. I can’t wait to start working with you and help you build your uh AI powered phone calling automations agency or even implement in your own business. Uh and nevertheless, thank you for showing up. Okay. Now, go build something that actually answers every call. You know, if you got a questions after this webinar, my team and I are just one message away. Just send us an email at [email protected] and my full team is going to be there waiting to help you out. Yes, call transcripts are also exportable. Yes, Kevin says, “Already bought this great deal.” Thank you. So many people joined during this training. Hope everybody got the chance to get the extra extra coupon. And I just want to say from the bottom of my heart, thank you so much for being such an amazing audience. I planned for 60 to 90 minutes and we are closing in on 180 minutes and this is been crazy. Ben says what a learning curve. Kevin says awesome. Thank you. Thank you. So guys, one last thing just let me know how did you find the webinar? Just put it one word over there in the chat room. I just want to make sure that I delivered on my promise and you guys uh been having a good time on this live call with me and hopefully you’re going to be joining next session. If you joined late, we’re going to do it again tomorrow in an anchor session. It’s going to be great uh session again so you can catch up whatever you missed out on the beginning. Look at that. Uh Zavali says great webinar. Fatty says awesome. Kevin, awesome. Ben says, “What’s a learn what a learning curve?” Uh, and this is incredible session. Thank you. Thank you guys for the awesome words as well. I appreciate each and every one of you. Uh, superb. Thank you says Rolf. Uh, Dennis says, “Amazing. I’ve learned so much. Uh, will you start a training webinar for um for those of us who bought?” Yes, you will get emails from me. Um, why not uh why would you not have a number to call foreign agents to answer all questions? Uh, uh, you know, launch uh rush. That’s why uh some Franks asked, “Why wouldn’t you have a number to call the agents, answer all the questions?” This is this is what this is all about. Yeah, you can call Nick. I already had the number placed. Uh but I’m going to update Nick tonight and he’s going to be answering all the questions. Okay, cool. Awesome, guys. Thank you so much for showing up. Um you’ve been an amazing audience. I enjoyed doing this live session. It’s been way more than I uh expected to be here on the live call. Uh and yeah, thank you everybody for showing up. Hopefully you got your access. Hopefully you are in. Uh if not, just shoot us an email at [email protected]. We’ll help you out and I look forward in seeing you inside the members area shortly. Thank you and bye-bye.

  • 06/09/2026 – Bluevine Q2 Product Release – Payments, Controls & Earnings

    This session is designed for small business owners like all of you. So whether you’re an existing Blue Vine user uh or just interested in what we have to offer. We have a ton to go over today. Um and we’ll get into the agenda in just a bit. But before we do, I will just reintroduce myself. Uh my name is Lena Kurudis. I lead enablement for our sales and business development teams here at Blue Vine. And if you’ve attended any of our past webinars, it’s really great to be with you all again. I am joined here by my colleague Harini Buenapelli. She’s our senior product manager dedicated to all things accounts receivable. Uh and she’s probably another familiar face for all of you. Uh if you’ve attended our last webinar, you know she kind of guided us through all things uh payment links and invoicing like a pro and she’s ready to dive in again today. Um and not on the screen but will be chatting with us soon. Uh we’re also joined by another special guest from our product team. Dorene is going to take us through a couple of other exciting account features uh not related to payment links and invoicing uh that have either recently launched or are coming very soon. So I’m excited to hear from Darene as well. And then agenda wise uh a little overview of what we’re going to cover today. It’s a bit of a mix. So we’ve been super busy on the product side over here and have some new features to chat through. Um, all of these, like I said, are either newly launched or coming very soon. We’ll start with Dorine kind of taking us through updates on our APY benefit for Premier customers, budgeting and account management controls, something I know a lot of customers have been asking for. Uh, and then we will pass it over to Harini for a walkthrough of new invoicing, payment links, and tap to pay features. Uh, and of course we will end with a Q&A. We’ll also kind of uh sprinkle in a Q&A after Darin’s section. So, keep the questions coming in the chat. will cover as many as possible and we will follow up with you after if we don’t get to yours. So, um that’s it for me from now. I’m going to pass it over to Darene and we’ll take it from there. Amazing. Thanks, Lena. Hi, everyone. I’m Dorene from the product team and I’m really excited to be here today to walk you through a few updates. So, the first update that we have is that we’ve recently removed the $3 million limit for Premier customers, which means if you’re on the Premier plan, you can now earn 3% APY interest on all of your balances. So, every dollar is working for you. We also recently launched the ability to issue individual debit cards tied to specific sub accounts, so spending from sub accounts can happen instantly via card, and it’s easier than ever. In the past, we only offered through AC or wire, but now this will give you more flexibility to control your spend.

    And on that note, coming very soon for our premier customers, we are increasing the sub account limit from 20 to 50. So that’ll give you even more flexibility to organize, manage your money, set up any types of accounts you need for special projects and budgeting.

    Lastly, I would love to share my screen and walk you through something we’re really excited about, which is our selective account access feature. So, this feature lets you control exactly which accounts users from your team can see and interact with. So, I would love to walk you through just a really quick demo of how this works in practice. Here I am. Hopefully, you guys can all see my screen right now. Um, but I’m logged in to the BlueVine dashboard and I’ll start by inviting a brand new user. I’ll head over to settings, user management, invite user, and let’s invite a member of my team.

    I [clears throat] can select which role they can have. In this case, let’s go with a clerk. This is someone on my team who helps manage my bills and payments. And voila. From here, this is the new set account access screen. So, let’s say I’m inviting them just to help with special project bills. I can choose specifically just these two sub accounts I want them to have access to. And then from there, I can choose whether they should have any debit cards from one of these new accounts. And that is the invitation process. This also works if you want to edit an existing user. So, let’s say I invited someone to my account already, but I want to edit their permissions after the fact. I’ve invited Harry Potter. He’s an authorized user, but I forgot to give him access to one account. So, from this point, I can either give him additional access, I can take away access, and just save and that will instantly update his permissions. So, with this feature, hopefully, we’re giving you the control and flexibility you need to provision just the right amount of access to members of your team. And we’re currently in beta with this feature, but we plan to roll out to everyone within the coming weeks. So, stay tuned here. And that’s it for me. Amazing. That was a great walkthrough. I think it just shows how easy it’s going to be for customers to add some new controls. I know I personally hear this from our our sales team all the time and I’ve heard it from customers as well. So, I think it’s going to be a huge help. I’m excited for it to roll out uh more broadly. And let’s see if there’s any questions for Darene. Um yeah, feel free to throw them in the chat. We’re going to switch gears a little bit now. Go maybe go to a quick poll before we get into her section. But um yeah, keep them coming if you think of anything and we will definitely follow up at the end of the the session.

    All right, cool. Um so before I hand it over to Harini, let’s do a quick poll. Um we’re going to be talking a lot about payment links and invoicing features. So uh everyone should see something popping up on their screen, but we want to know a little bit more. And this is multiple uh select. So if you have uh options, feel free to select multiple. Uh but we want to know a little bit more about how you usually manage getting paid uh for repeat items or services, whether that’s invoices, using online payment links, if this happens in person. Uh and yeah, we’ll get some info from you before we pass it to Greenie.

    And I guess while we’re waiting on that, Lena, um, for those, you know, for the customers that you talk to every single day and they’re handling in-person payments, what are you hearing is the biggest pain point there? Good question. Um, I think the biggest thing, the theme that we hear over and over again is like fragmentation. So owners who are juggling a lot of different tools to get paid whether you know it’s invoicing for one uh banking for another payroll for something else the systems don’t really talk to each other in the right way and so lots of like manual reconciliation and and workarounds and things like that. So I think people really crave that allin-one uh aspect. So

    all right so I think we can take a look at the results. Um, let’s see. All right. So, invoices for sure up there. Small amount of payments in person and then payment links. Yeah. Cool. It’s cool to see how many people are focused on invoices. I think that’s obviously very relevant for today. So, um, you want to take it away, Harini?

    Yep. Happy to. Thanks, Lena. Um, so there are a few things on my side that I wanted to cover today. Um, we’ll start off by covering our newest and latest big invoicing release, which is autopay on recurring invoices. Hopefully some of the the folks in the chat have already gotten a chance to check it out. This literally just came out a few weeks ago. Um, and we’re really excited about it. So, we’ll cover that first and then we’ll walk into um some newer features that are coming up both on the payment link side and on the tap to pay side. uh which is pretty cool because actually the last time we had this webinar we had a bunch of users asking for these features and so it’s cool to be in the next one um and then actually talk about them now. So I am actually going to share my screen now so I can walk through a demo of autopay.

    I’m just going to share my window actually. Let me know when you can see it. We can see it. Okay, perfect. Um, so the problem that we’re trying to solve here with autopay is pretty simple, right? So right now, um, your customers receive recurring invoices, but they actually have to manually go in and pay each time. Um, and so we released recurring invoices quite a few months ago at this point. And so autopay was just like a very natural and organic next step of that. um when they have to go in every month or whatever frequency you’ve set it to, it obviously creates friction, right? And it delays your cash flow. Um and we know that it’s actually been a reason that some of you haven’t fully leaned into our invoicing solution. So that’s exactly what autopay addresses at this point. Now, so we have here um our invoicing dashboard. As you can see, I’ve actually already created a couple of recurring invoices here and some that are actually on autopay. We can definitely walk through um some of these in a bit, but just to start at the the beginning here. Um Lena will actually create a recurring invoice for you and set that on auto so we can see what that looks like. But when you’re creating an invoice, you’ll, you know, want to start off at the top, select your customer. I’ll set Lena here. Um and you’ll notice that frequency field here. You can set it to whatever frequency you want this invoice to go out, right? So the most common one that we see is monthly. So I’ll just go ahead and set that. We’ll kick that off today. We set the due date as net 30 and we’ll cap it at let’s say five invoices. Um I can add in a note to Lena here if I wanted to. Um and then then I can also add up to two custom fields on this invoice. Um this is available for users that are on a plus or premier plan. Um, so and I believe this account is on Premiere, so that’s definitely something that I can do. And then you have your pretty basic invoicing features down here as well. So there are a bunch of items that I want to be able to add um to charge Lina. So we’ve got two items here. I can add service charges or discounts down here. Um, but the interesting part here, which is what we’re here to talk about, is this enable autopay toggle. Um, so I can toggle that on. Um, you can view all of the different processing fees here. So, we’ve talked a little bit about the fees last time as well, and I’m sure you guys have questions about these. So, our regular um, online cards and wallets transactions are at 2.960. Um, and then your a direct debit are 1 um 0%. your in-persons have to pay standard 2.7% plus 30 cents and then the card on file which is like your autopay transactions are marked at 3.4% plus 60 cents. Um though of course like we get this question a lot. So if you are a business that’s processing um a high volume of payments annually definitely reach out to us for custom pricing um and we can work together and see what we can do here. So, we have enabled auto uh autopay here. At this point, you’ll see that email reminders is kind of like toggled off. So, you can’t set like custom email reminders on top of autopay. But what we will be doing is the day before your customer is automatically debited, which will be on the date of the due date every single frequency. Um we’ll actually just send them an autopay reminder email just the day before. So, it’ll say, “Hey, reminder. Um, we’ll be charging your card on file um tomorrow.” So, that’s what we’ll do there. We can And that gives the customer, the Blue Vine customer, an opportunity to change it if they need to and and make adjustments, right? That’s the the way the customer, their end customer would communicate with them. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Exactly. And thanks for calling that out. So, um, they can always cancel their autopay if they want to for whatever reason, um, just by going to the emails that they’re getting and doing that. And then, as Lena said, they can always update their payment method as well. Um, so we’ll have some pretty clear CTAs in the email reminders that get sent to them if they want to change. Um I will say though if we fail to debit um the customer for that card on file or for that bank account on file um we don’t have a retry mechanism right now. So they will actually have to manually try and pay that. So here’s what that preview looks like. Let’s go ahead and create an invoice link here.

    Okay. And I will go ahead and open this in a new tab. And this is what Lena would see. Um, so here’s the the invoice. Here’s our name. Here’s my logo, the due date, which I’ve set to net30, the frequency, and then I did mention, as you saw, that I want this to end after five invoices. Um, looks like I did have tax on one of these flowers, so that shows up here, too. And then here’s just their authorization um copy, right? So by paying this invoice, Una is authorizing uh Ring and Co, which is my business to debit her bank account or charge her card. Um and for that first um payment for the customer, is it does it go by that uh that autopay pricing or is the first payment on the other pricing? That’s a great question, Ashley. So, because the the first payment is on session where they’re actually putting in their details, it is just by your regular 2.9, right? Um, pricing, but then going forward, because we’re actually charging the card on file, that’ll go by 3.4 pricing. Um, but of course, if it’s an AC, it’ll always be that standard 1%. Mhm. Um and I do see a question here around um why use Blueb Wine for invoicing instead of just invoicing in Stripe. Like our invoicing solution or our payment gateway here is actually backed by Stripe. So you still get all of the benefits that come with Stripe’s payments, all of the security and the infrastructure and you can use Stripe’s link checkout, right? Um and really just like the benefit of using it through BlueVine, however, is just like as Lena had talked about. Um you just really have everything in one central location, right? So we saw it in our dashboard, but um you can manage your checking account directly, you can manage your bill pay, you can manage your invoices. And so that’s really like what we hear is just the main benefit of using it through through Bluebine, but it is still backed by Strip. Mhm. Um so there are a couple different ways that um Lena can pay here. Of course, through card um through bank account. Um and then link is also another option here um that Stripe offers. And basically if you have an account with link, you can bypass putting in your card number or your bank details again. Um, so it’ll just be assigned to your account and then you can just pay uh after MFA.

    So that’s what that looks like on the customer side. Um, once you start saying your invoice is being paid, um, or actually once you’ve even just sent them out, you can kind of manage all of them here. Um, I have a couple of tests here that are overdue that are on daily autopay. Um, but once you actually have, let’s see, so you can see the difference here between like recurring invoices versus like recurring that are on autopay. And we’ll mark that as such. As the merchant, you’ll also be able to cancel um, autopay yourself as well. On the transaction side, you’ll be able to see all of these transactions come in here. Um, so we have a couple of like paid um invoices here. Let me see if I have a paid transaction generally. Okay, here’s one. Um, so here’s one I paid the other day. You can see this one was uh through autopay. And so all of your transactions, whether those are coming from payment links or invoices or taps to pay, um they’ll all land right here, which is pretty neat. Um so that’s kind of what I had on autopay. Um I’m happy to go into some of the changes that we have here on the payment link side, but anything else, Lena, that you would want to add here first? Yeah, I think um all exciting. I I know we we discussed a little bit about benefits of using it through BlueVine versus Stripe, but I think you know I’ve heard it from a lot of customers and typically what I remind them of is uh just to check your pricing with Stripe if you’ve been using them. Uh typically they will add an extra percentage on top of the processing fees which we’re not doing. So that’s why we kind of advertise our invoicing as free and then you pay for the processing fees. So you get all those those benefits of using uh it within BlueVine uh without any you know extra costs on top of the processing. Yeah, that’s a great note. Thanks for adding that. Um okay, moving on to some of the changes that we have here on the payment link side. Um so we’re about to walk through open-ended payment links. Um so this is actually dropping tomorrow. So if you don’t see it yet, make sure to check back. Um but the use case here is actually quite simple as well. So today when you create a payment link you have to enter in a fixed amount right here right so but a lot of businesses don’t actually operate that way. So like if you are a business um that requires like donations or tips or you have um pay what you want services or things like that. This is another thing that we had gotten feedback on and we’re trying to address here. Right. So, the really big thing here that I want to call out is like this pretty much just unlocks an entirely new category of businesses that can use Bluebine to get paid. So, again, like if you’re a nonprofit collecting donations or if you’re a freelancer that lets clients tip, um service provider with variable pricing, um it maybe wasn’t the easiest to use payment links for this before, but now you can. So the change here is actually quite like minimal. Um it’s the exact same payment link screen that you have always seen except the amount field here is now optional. Right? So you put in your title, amount, description, and then you just generate the link. Um I have a bunch of uh ones that are already created here. So here’s an open-ended payment link that I had created um a while ago. So I can just copy that. Of course, you can see all of the details here and um the gross sales that I’ve made through this payment link. And I can deactivate it if I would like. But to show you what that looks like on the other side, here’s what that is. Right? So, instead of um showing a fixed amount here, it just says zero to let your customer put in that amount. So, um I can set this to whatever amount I want to put in. um

    type that in and then it’s the same gateway actually you just saw before. So I have a card that’s already assigned to my link which is why you can see that there. Um but alternatively I can always just um choose to pay with card or bank account and that’s what we have for open-ended payment links there. So, this will be live on web um and or mobile app on both iOS and Android. So, it’ll work wherever you know you’re doing your business. We know we have a lot of users that are um like pretty much mobile only and they love using the mobile app for things like this. So, we’ll we’ll make sure it’s available for you as well. Um and these will work the same as the rest of our payment links. They can use them over and over again. Um, you know, there’s no different pricing or anything like that. Just now the option to to keep it open-ended. Yeah, exactly. Um, I see there’s a question that came in around like is there a memo spot? Not sure if you mean memo for like the merchant or for the customer, but like if you’re the one that’s creating the payment link, uh, you can use the description as kind of that memo. If you’re talking about the actual customer, we don’t have like a memo field on top of the the payment form. Um, but definitely uh would be great if you can clarify so we can add that in as a feature request if you are looking for it on here.

    Um, okay. So, I guess that’s what I had on adding um or payment links with without predetermined amounts. And there’s really just like one last thing that I want to cover for you guys today and that is going to be adding items to tap to pay. So this is actually on our mobile app. So I think I’ll just walk through some slides here. I think that’ll probably be easiest. This one I’m actually really personally excited about. When we launched Tap to Pay, I want to say in mid Decemberish, uh the feedback that we got back almost immediately was like, “This is great, but I want to be able to select my actual items instead of just typing in a number.” Um, and totally get that like doing all of that mental math at the point of sale and hoping you get the number right, um, probably isn’t a great experience for you or your customer. So this was literally like our hands down our most requested feature since uh Tap to pay launched. So we had prioritized it for Q2. Um and another nice thing that this feature does is that it gives your customers more flexibility into what they were actually charged for. Um but we can definitely get um to that in a bit. So, I want to maybe like instead of only talking through um the the changes, I thought that this would be a good opportunity to just like walk through what Tap to pay uh setup actually looks like since we get a couple of questions on that as well. So, if you already have Stripe connected, um you’ll kind of see this view here with the balance and transactions. If you don’t already have Stripe connected, we’ll actually prompt you to do that first. Um, if you’re on uh Android and your device does not support Tap to pay, we’ll make sure to let you know here and you can check out all of the different compatible devices in the link that we share. So, um, as mentioned, you’ll have to have Stripe connected first. Uh, if you already do, you’ll jump straight to this third screen here. If you don’t, um, we’ll have a get started CTA here. Um, and it’ll prompt you to sign in or sign up and it’ll take you through the Stripe connection flow. And I think Lena, we, you know, do often get feedback that like the the Stripe connection flow is like very very straightforward, so it shouldn’t take you very long. Yeah. Um,

    Yep. And then um you can also watch a quick demo on how that actually works if you’re interested. Um, so it’ll just walk you through like a native Apple experience on how Tact Pay looks. Beyond that, um, we’ll actually ask you to set your location here. Um, and this is the location that will actually show up on your receipts. And so you’ll have to set a location for each device that you enable Tap to Pay on. Um, so if it’s just one device, you don’t have to worry about it too much. It’s just one location. If you have multiple devices, um you’ll have to set a location for each one of those. And it can be the same location as well. So once you’ve set that, um pretty straightforward. I’m sure many of you uh have seen this screen before, but you just have to sign the Apple terms of service. And once you do that, you are all good to go. Um, so setup is complete and we land you directly in the tap to pay charge screen. So today if you click on tap to pay, it takes you straight into the custom amount screen. So what we’ve actually changed here is we added in a new tab for add items. So if you are already like using our invoicing solution today and you’ve already added all of your items, you can actually um select those here as well. So, there’s a list of all of your items. Um, you can check as many as you want. Um, and they’ll show up under review sale. So, I guess this screen really just has one, but you can select multiple. We’ll show you the subtotal, tax, total. You can add a description. You can also optionally add a customer if this is a customer that you’ve um that you already have in the system or if you want to create a customer to be able to track them going forward, you can add them here.

    Um, alternatively, if you instead click into this custom amount tab here, it’ll just drop you into this screen where you can put in whatever amount you want to add in a quick description. Um, review it and then once you hit tap to pay on iPhone, sorry, this is just the the Apple experience, but the Android experience is pretty much the same thing. Um, and this is what that charge successful screen looks like. Um, and a couple different options here to send receipt as well, which we can go through in a second. And these are the unsuccessful screen. So if you have a connection issue or something like that, um we’ll show that failure screen, but you can always actually still send it as a payment link as kind of a a fallback mechanism.

    Moving over to receipts. So this is the screen that we have here if you choose to not send a receipt. Um, and this is what you’ll see if you want to send it through SMS. And then this is what the customer view will look like. So, your customer will get a text that just says, “Hey, you have um a receipt for your payment of X amount um to this merchant. Click the link below to view.” And then this is what they’ll see here. So, you’ll see the total amount paid at the top, who it was paid to, um the for if you put in a description there, and all of the different items that they were charged for. This is so this is what I meant earlier by like it just provides a little bit more visibility to your customers on what they were actually charged for. And then of course you’ll see the subtotal tax total here some of your contact information their receipt number um payment method date all of the the normal things that you expect to see on a receipt and then the address I had mentioned earlier will show up um depending on what device they that you had used and then if they select email here it’s pretty similar screen you just put in their email address instead of their phone number. Um, and then this is the email that they would get here. So, you’ll see some of like the repeat information here. Um, and then they’ll also have a link to view the digital receipt which will open up that same URL that has like all of the out uh the items outlined.

    And those are pretty much all of the slides that I had here to walk through this. Um, anything else you would add, Lena? No, I think it was great overview. It’s been a little bit since we went over tap to pay and um I agree. I think customers have been asking for this items feature for so long. So, you know, there’s some questions in the chat right now, too. But usually the next question we get whether you choose to use an open-ended payment link, an invoice with autopay, uh tap to pay, like how what does the payout uh cycle kind of look like? When can customers expect to see their first payout? And yeah, just kind of reviewing some of the tools we have around that would be helpful. Yeah. Yeah, totally makes sense. And I’m glad you brought that up. We do get um questions around payouts a ton. So, you can see I’ve um we have a payouts uh dashboard right under sales as well. So, this is going to be a really important um dashboard for our users to manage their their payouts. to your point around like payout timing. So when you process your very first payment, um Stripe, which I mentioned is kind of the the engine behind all of this, they do a lot of due diligence behind the scenes, including things like verifying your bank account, your business info, and your account overall really. So that initial payout can take 7 to 14 days, though we see that typically it is more around the 7-day mark. Um, but that’s really just for your first first payment, right? Um, so the good news is that this really just is a one-time thing, and I really want to make sure I emphasize that after that first payout, all of your subsequent payouts follow your normal payout schedule. So, if you have it set to automatic payouts on a daily schedule, you will pretty much see all of your payouts um on a normal AC schedule, so like a day or so. Um, so that’s that’s something that does come up a lot. Um, we are actually also working on um initiating payouts directly in BlueVine. So in a couple weeks here, you’ll actually also see a CTA. Oops, it’s logged me out here. You’ll actually see a CTA on the the payouts dashboard um to start transferring funds. And so we’ll have something up top here and you can initiate initiate normal payouts or you can also if you are eligible initiate instant payouts and so that’s another feature that we see is really popular amongst our user base. So that comes at a 1.5% fee. Um but we do see that it is pretty heavily utilized. So you’ll see um the status here right now. All of these are paid, but this dashboard will show you all of your payouts regardless of the status that they’re in. Right? So paid is kind of the the final status here, but whether you have payouts that are in transit or pending, maybe payouts that were like cancelled or failed will all still show up here as well. Uh so keep an eye out on this dashboard, too. In a few weeks, we’ll we’ll have a couple changes um to the screen. Amazing. I mean, I love that we’ve been slowly but surely, not even slowly, actually, very quickly, adding features to our payment links and invoicing, tap to pay that customers asked for. So, it’s really cool to see just how much more and more we’re able to bring into Blue Vine. Um yeah, we’ve covered a ton of ground today, I think, from account controls with Dream Payment tools. before we jump into Q&A because there’s quite a few questions to go over um for the businesses kind of watching interested in using these features today. What’s like the best way for them to get started or you know maybe view some resources to get set up? Yeah, good question. Um honestly like I’d say the easiest thing to do is just to log into your Blue Vine dashboard and start poking around. Like a lot of these features are already live or like rolling out very soon. So some of these you might already see in there, right? So that’s one thing. We also send out emails and dashboard notifications when new features drop. So definitely keep an eye out for those as well if you haven’t already. Um if you want stepbystep guidance, our help center is also a really good place to go. Maybe we can drop that link in here too. Um but you can find articles on all of these features here, right? So, um, that’s definitely a very helpful guide for something like that. And then, of course, if you run into, um, any issues or have any questions, our support team is is always here to help. Um, but we have a lot of features coming up. So, um, you know, I mentioned like the the payouts changes, like we have payment schedule coming up, we have payment and invoice settings coming up next quarter. So, a lot that’s going on here. And honestly, like I would always just say like poker on yourself. Like there’s so many cool things here. Um and it’s always like exciting to to see merchants discover new features that way. Amazing. Well, we have plenty of questions. I’m I’m ready to get into Q&A if you are. Um for anything again that we don’t cover in the next uh few minutes, we will definitely follow up with you through email. And of course, you’ll get a a recording of this webinar as well. So, we have the demos here. Her shown us how to get all set up. So, um we can access that as well. But let’s see here. Uh kind of going up a little bit. I don’t know. Herini, do you have anything on hand quickly that will show kind of with the payer? Uh we’ll see once they complete a payment link uh or invoice payment. It’s kind of like a success screen or anything like that. Somebody asked about, but if you don’t have it handy, we could just skip over that and and follow up. We have we definitely have screenshots of it on our help center as well. Yeah, I’m going to try and see if I can actually just um make a transaction right now. Great.

    And then we had um while you’re doing that, we had a followup on that memo question if uh the actual customer paying can add a memo or a note when submitting the payment. Um was the on that. So nice. Um appreciate the clarification there. So not right now. Um but that’s definitely something we can take into consideration. So you can see here actually um about to make a transaction. This is using a card that’s already assigned to my link. Um, let’s select that. Pay. And this is what that success screen will look like. Um, so that payment is on its way. And then I’ll receive an email confirmation. Perfect. Easy and familiar for sure. [laughter] Um, so we kind of covered this, but uh, yeah, we already covered the the stuff about how student funds are available when accepting payment uh, by payment links. I would just say again that that first payout from Stripe takes a little longer and then after that it’s set on a schedule that you can control. Um, and it’s yeah, super predictable over time. So, uh, no issues there. Somebody else also asked uh can I use Bluebine for solely taking payments and still integrate with our with other traditional banks or should we maintain all account activity at Blue Vine? So I think [laughter] we have opinions on that ourselves. Of course I think we’d want everything to be in Blue Vine, but we have customers that are set up in like so many different ways. So I don’t know if there’s anything that you want to say on that, Harini. Yeah, I mean I think ultimately it just depends on how you want to set up your business. Um I I could be biased, but one of our really, you know, big value props is the ability to keep everything in one place, right? And if you feel like there’s something that Blue Vine as a platform is missing that’s like preventing you from moving all um of your operations over, like definitely let us know, right? So that’s what we’re here for. Um and you know, Lena and I love hearing feedback and product and feature requests. So um I’m happy to to chat. Yeah. I’m going to jump around a little bit because I do love this question. I feel like we talk about it sometimes, but we don’t talk about it enough maybe, but um for the in-person payments, does BlueVine generate a QR code for businesses to list on their advertising marketing uh like you know most used payment platforms such as PayPal, Cash App, Venmo um and you can generate a quote through those. So, anything you want to say or show there, Harie? Yeah, you definitely can. Um, so if I click on share here, you have a QR code that’s generated. Um, so you can download this and paste it anywhere you want or anywhere that you do business. Um, and you also actually also, sorry, you also have this available on the mobile app. Um, so if you are in person with a customer and you want to generate a QR code on the fly, you can definitely just pull this up directly on the app and show them your QR code on your phone. Yeah, I think this is especially the open-ended payment links to a lot of the the companies and businesses that have been asking about like donations, things like that. Um, fundraising events, having that QR code on a flyer, super helpful. So, I’m excited about that. Um, cool. Let’s see. Uh, another interesting one. Will you be offering an MCP connection in the future so we can hook up our Blue Vine account to Claude or any other AI? I don’t know if you know anything about that, Harini, but I thought it was interesting. Um, no, that is an interesting question. Obviously, the AI landscape is changing so frequently and we’re trying to evaluate all of the different things that we can do here. Um, I’m not sure that we have anything on the road map immediately that addresses that. Um, but if there’s like anything specific um that you want to do with that, I’m be so curious to hear what kind of use cases you’re trying to address there. Yeah, for sure. Um, a little bit back to the the payment links. I think something we hear fairly often is an option um on the link or the invoice to charge that feedback to the customer. Um anything you want to say there on service fees or just you know anything we might be working on? Yeah, we get a lot of questions around sir charges which is what um our guest here seems to be alluding to. There are a lot of like rules and laws and just regulations around businesses that can searchcharge and it’s typically state by state, right? So there’s some states that outright ban search charging. There are some um that have like a cap on the percentage or the dollar amount even. So we don’t today offer searchcharging um out of the box in in a way that’s like oh pass off your credit card fees to your customers, right? But if you have like other general fees that you want to pass off, for example, like shipping costs or like other admin costs or anything like that, when you’re creating an invoice, you can always add a service charge um directly to the invoice. It’s not exactly search charging um since we don’t have that, but for any other fees um you’re you’re welcome to use this. Nice. And that’s available to all plans. Um, right. Yeah, it is available to all plans. Cool. We’ll keep moving through. I think we have time for like one or two more, but I thought this one was interesting because I have heard it in the past, too. Just got some kind of questions around uh teleaalth platforms. It says, “Stripe is among uh the current partners that offer this. We are launching a teleahalth online pharmacy and could consider bluevine for transactions a physician approved RX shipped to patients homes. Um and I think it might have been something we were exploring. I don’t know if you have anything to say about that harini. Yeah, it depends on like I’d say the business need here. If you are looking for a HIPPA compliant invoicing solution um unfortunately that is not Blue Vine today. So I I mean we’re happy to maybe like suggest other platforms um for you if you want to reach out after but at least the solution that we have today is not HIPA compliant. Okay. Um and then like a minute 30 left here. So question about um accepting payments from Canada, Mexico, just internationally in general. Are there any restrictions um I guess from the stripe side and then we could also talk about our ability to accept just international wires in general. Yeah, it’s a good question. Um you definitely can um accept payments from your customers that are in Canada or Mexico. I believe Stripe enables payments across like I want to say like 200 countries. Um so if you would like the full list, Stripe definitely has that on their website. But um because again like Stripe is the the backend engine behind all of this. It’s really just whatever they enable that’ll be passed off to you. But specifically like Canada and and Mexico for sure. And then we always have like a a solution, you know, through Blue Vine outside of Stripe and and payment links and invoicing uh to send and receive international wires. So, we have all the country details and the pricing on our website and we’ll we’ll share that with you. But, um, we could make it work either way. Yeah. I also kind of on this note see a question come in that I thought was really interesting. Can we send invoices without using Stripe for payment? So, the answer is yes. If you want to use our invoicing solution today without connecting Stripe, you are absolutely welcome to do that. Yeah, that was a good catch. I saw that one before, but we got so many that it kind of got lost. So, Um exciting about that. Um we could probably do a few more minutes, right? I guess if we wanted to. Yeah, happy to. Sorry, one more. I’m just [laughter] looking through the questions here. Um let’s see. I think we are good to go. So, anything that we haven’t answered, um, we will follow up through email. And just want to say thanks to everyone who attended for being super engaged. You’ll get a recording of this webinar to your email. And, um, we’ll see you next time. Amazing. Thanks, Lena. Bye, guys.

  • 05/19/2026 – VideoClawBot

    Settle in. We are about to get started with something phenomenal. Quite honestly, I have never seen anything like this. Nor do you, I reckon. I’m going to show you exactly why it’s so powerful, how it works, and trust me, this will blow your mind, just like it did for me. The beta testers, the case studies, the success stories. I can’t believe it can get any easier than this. If you want to make money online and have a good service or just grow your business in general using video, this is as easy as it possibly gets. And I can’t wait to show it to you. Let me know if you’re excited as well. Let me know if you can hear me loud and clear. Let me know if you can see the screen. The sooner you do those things, the faster we can get started. Uh, I see Randall’s here. I see Kurt already coming in with some good questions. Uh, this works from anywhere. You can command it from your phone, from your desktop, from your laptop. I’m going to show you all about it. It is phenomenal. I see Shane is here as well. Amazing. Good to have you. Awesome. More people joining in as we speak. Well, you’re right on time. So, without further ado, let’s go ahead and dive right in because these new AI video agents sell local businesses anywhere from $500 to $1,500 video packages on complete autopilot and automation. And if you wish, you can simply command them from your phone. They create and sell and grow your business on autopilot. This is the power of what you’re about to get access to. Now, before we get into it, I want to do a quick pop quiz to see if you understand where we’re at right now in 2026. The question is as follows. What is right now? Do you reckon the most effective type of content to get attention in 2026? Is it a text post, B video content, or C image post? Give me an A, B or C in the chat to see if you know right now in the day and age in the world we live in what is the most important and most powerful way to generate attention. There we go. I see video. I see B. B video. Exactly. Lots of B’s coming in. And it is indeed without a doubt Richard Randall. Uh Richard says V. I guess you mean B right there. Lots of V’s coming in. It is in fact B right video content. And that’s why you’re here today because if you’re not leveraging video in the way you should right now, you will fall behind regardless. Video is the number one way to get attention. It’s the fastest way to get attention. And it’s not just us saying it. I’m going to prove it to you. Video has officially become the number one most consumed content worldwide. You can see it right here. Video has established itself as the number one consumed content type online, dominating digital consumption habits as well as social media engagement as well as marketing strategies. If your video game is not on top, not consistent, not at volume, not on skill, then you can forget about it. And this is the hard reality. You can see right here, video content is dominating digital marketing and the world by storm. Up to 90% of consumers are convinced to buy a product or service after watching a video, making it a critical tool for influencing purchasing decisions. Right now, everybody left, right, and center at any given time, every single day watches video. Now, here’s the truth, and you might have already noticed this as well. In 2026, businesses need to post more videos than ever. Just having one or two a week or one every other day is not enough anymore. With all these social platforms, with the amount of volume, the audience, and the consumption rate, you need to be putting videos out there like a train. Let me know if you’ve noticed this as well. And again, everything we share here today is actually confirmed, right? Social platforms have confirmed they want you to post more. It increases your follower growth rate. You can see how often should you post, you know, on Instagram. Study says every day, multiple times a day. Now, I’m about to show you because of this, because of this very reason and you know, businesses can’t keep up with that demand and realizing you know videos is the way to tap into their audience to get in front of the people. I’m going to show you how you will land video clients in any industry even if you’re a complete beginner. Let me know if you want to learn how to do this and better yet, how it will be done for you because right now you can bank big on video as well as grow your own business, your own offers, your own services leveraging video left, right, and center. However, if you’re here, you probably, you know, have uploaded videos before. Maybe this is not your first rodeo. Let me know in the chat box if you agree if this sounds familiar. If you’ve tried, you know, starting and posting videos online consistently, you might have tried, you know, a million different AI video tools already, right? I have personally, you might have a ton of video generating tools already. Let me know in the chat box if you have. And all these come with, as you know, tons of manual login. And all of them have their own, you know, interface and learning stage, and all of them have their own technicalities. And worst of all, even though we’re stuck with a million different tools and a million different login, we’re left with little to no views and engagement. And I’m going to explain to you why this is. But let me know first of all if this sounds familiar, if this sounds relatable at all, because if that’s the case, then I’m so glad that you’re here because we’re going to fix that. As a matter of fact, it’s going to be fixed for you. And that’s the beauty of what you’re about to witness firsthand here today. I see yeses coming in. Jessica, Randall, there you have it. Wendy’s here as well. Now, I want you to know first and foremost, it’s not your fault, right? You came to the right place. The problem is, however, most AI video tools still need you to direct every step. Let me know if this makes sense. Every single tool you’ve had until now relies on you. If you don’t log in, if you don’t type, if you don’t tell it what to do, if you don’t direct it, if you don’t upload, if you do nothing, nothing happens. And that is exactly why you’re not getting results. No matter what tool you have right now, it’s all dependent on you. And that’s why Ponos and Deepanker have solved this in a way you’ve never seen before. Something that literally, you know, sends pitches for you, creates the videos for you, makes the demos. It is phenomenal. Now answer the following question. If you had video agents get thousands of people consume your content every single hour. It can be on YouTube, Instagram, Facebook, Tik Tok, nonstop. No matter where they’re out there getting in front of people, putting up more videos in front of the right eyeballs nonstop with insanely high cinematic production value. If you have that, do you see yourself finally getting more consistent clients and sales, getting more people to know about you and your offer, getting more views, getting more clicks, getting more traffic? Let me know in the chat box if you can see that. Because if you can, then you came to the right place because what I’m going to show you here today, we already had multiple beta testing rounds. We’ve amazing case studies we’re going to show you. You know, Daniel’s crushing it here, doing anywhere from 28 to 32K a month. Now, he’s just selling $497 packages. I’m going to show you exactly how it’s done. Better yet, it is once again done for him. There you go. I see lots of yeses coming in. Now, what if I told you that after this training is going to be a really fun one, you will have video agents working for you, literally going out there, typing, chatting, and creating nonstop. And they’ll, you know, create videos for you 24/7. They’ll find businesses that actually need videos. You will able to run them from your phone on a command or you can do it from your desktop or laptop. Wherever you want to command them, you can. It runs on complete autopilot and you get businesses happily paying you because for the first time they can relieve themselves of the stress of having to keep up with video demand. Now, who do you think makes money online easier and faster? Is it the person that spends hundreds of dollars a month trying to use different credit based video tools? Or is it the person that runs an AI video system that works 247 around the clock bringing in clients and sales automatically? Now, depending on what you answer right here, we’ll make sure if you came to the right place because without a doubt, there you go. It’s B. Without a doubt, Brian says absolutely. Richard says yes. Frank says yes. Randall, Wendy, true amazing Jessica. It is in fact B. Right? We right now see so many people operate like this. They have, you know, credit based video tools. They post inconsistently when they’re not feeling like it or they don’t have time for that day. Nothing’s happening in the business. No videos going out. No content’s happening. Whereas the person that’s here runs a video system that works for him or her 24/7. It’s getting in front of clients. It’s sending them messages. It’s putting out more videos. It’s growing their channel. anything you want to do, whether it’s selling a affiliate product, your own product, is doing it around the clock. And it’s time you make that transition because this is where the growth is. And that means if you take action today, and we’re going to demo it obviously and show you everything, but just know that you will own an AI video agent, the multiple video agents, as a matter of fact, that generate clients on demand for you. And I’ll prove it to you, right? We have beginners right now using our exact agents and our landing paying clients as we speak. Right now, Jennifer is at five clients. That’s 7,500 a month, but goals 20 by the end of the year. And I send maybe five texts a week to bot. And that’s the whole job. It is literally as simple as that. Now, we have Alicia, we have Marcus. We’re going to go over all of them. I think Marcus even with us here in the chat live today. If so, maybe I can bring him on in a bit. But just know that it will be so darn easy because they’ll be doing everything for you. You will have AI autonomously landing video clients for you 24/7 as well as creating videos for your business and your channels around the clock. And the best part, that’s my favorite part indeed, is you don’t need sales skills. They’ll do the selling for you. You don’t need marketing skills. They’ll do the marketing for you. You don’t need tech or video skills. And they’ll create the most beautiful cinematic videos for you. And you don’t need leads. They’ll go out there, find, fetch, and get in front of leads. Now, can it get any better than this? Who’s staying until the end? Let me know in the chat box if you’re excited. If you’re staying until the end, just give me a quick attendance bonus. If you do, just give me or give me a quick yes if you do, and then you’ll get an attendance bonus. There you have it. That’s how you know we’re live here today. So, give me a yes in the chat if you’re staying or a thumbs up. just make sure you’re live and interactive because if we notice you’re here and you know there’s absolutely no interaction coming from your end. Obviously if the team is putting a lot of time and effort in showcasing this live um then chances are you won’t even know be able to stay. You’ll get booted off and somebody else comes in and take your place and we’re a lot of people that want to see this. I see Frank. I see Candace. I see Wendy. I see uh Brent. Amazing. Yeah. Even if you haven’t said a word so far, show up. There you go. Dab says yes. Don Joe. Amazing. Wolfie, uh, Martin staying until the end. Neil, phenomenal, Lily, amazing. All right, Chris, there we go. The names keep going. Oscar, keep it coming. With that being said, let’s dive right into the magic that we’re about to tap into. The three secrets that we’ll be covering today. Number one is profitable video agents. Every single one of you here will walk away today with a profitable video agent by your side that is now responsible to grow your business, fill it with more leads, and get you clients, get you views and eyeballs nonstop for any offer. As we’re going to show you the world’s most powerful video agents that are working autonomously together to serve you and make you money without fill. Once you’ve seen this, I’m actually going to show you how you’ll generate a daily video income. not weekly, not monthly, but literally every single day as you become the most sought after with the current hottest in demand offer 2026. Every time you demo this or show this to a client, they can’t believe their eyes. Nobody has done this yet, where you can litally have a video agent, creates videos, runs your channels, and just manages it 24/7 like nobody else can with the most beautiful cinematics that come with it. I can’t wait to show that to you. And on top of that, direct special access because you are so smart to show up live. And I always, you know, I applaud that. Showing up live is the smartest thing to do. Why? Because you’re going to get the biggest bang for your buck. I already know we have some insane bonuses which are only a limited amount of which will only be releasing on this webinar as well as a massive discount which will only be available on this very live webinar. So great that you’re here. super excited to show you this and I hope you’re excited as well. Without further ado, let’s dive right into secret number one because for all businesses or marketers and people that want to make money online in 2026, if you’re here, you understand and know that videos is by far an absolute must to grow your business, right? Forbes already mentioned this. Video must be your goto marketing strategy. Create eye-catching video content that hooks attention. This right here, this little sentence, I want to zoom in on it. If all you do, if you drop everything else and all you do is focus on this, creating eye-catching videos, content, that will grow your business more than anything else ever can because everybody is hooked in on videos. Now the fastest way therefore to get attention online and if you want to get seen by a lot of people found by a lot of people is just creating highquality videos in bulk then publish and let the algorithm place it in front of the right viewer and land send them or redirect them to a landing or sales page that then capture and convert the leads. This is the most straightforward effective marketing strategy for most if not all businesses right now. Right? Have you ever had it where you’re online and you know you just can’t get around a particular persona or individual or you know an influencer or what kind every time you go on any given platform you’ll find at least one two or three videos of them when you’re scrolling when you’re going to the stories they’re everywhere right and businesses that replicate that businesses that do that that are on the ball dropping video after video after video they’re literally forcing the algorithm to say okay you know what we can’t keep all these videos in the dark one or two or just a handful of them need to go out at mass skill and just show them to the people and this is the most powerful and effective way to scale the business. However, in order to do this, we see a lot of people spending money on things like AI copyrightiting tools to write proper scripts, content creation tools, image generation tools, video creation tools, the whole nine yards. And this is the absolute worst way right now, something I’ve mentioned before as well to build a business in 2026. Why? Because these tools require you to do all the work. You’re just overloading yourself with more tools, more loginins, more complexity, and more work. And again, if you don’t log into any of these tools, nothing is happening. And on top of that, what most people are not aware of, a lot of those tools are mediocre or, you know, some of them are actually really good, but quite complex. But video platforms have raised the standards of production value. You can see right here, highv value video production is statistically now linked to increased conversion. They want, especially now that AI is accessible to everyone. They’re looking for quality videos. If the algorithm scan your video and it’s not of the quality, your reach is going to get diminished. You see here, even websites featuring lowquality videos convert at 2.6%. Whereas website featuring high quality videos convert at nearly 300% more. Now, the old way to try and get this done, the way that used to work, the way that everybody, you know, was jumping on and tried to do it, even me again, I’m not I’m no different, is just owning a dozen of manually operated tools, right? I have my set credit based tools and you know it required work logging into each tool understanding each tool leveraging each tool and then posting and it speeds things up a little bit but it’s still all dependent on you. Fortunately now AI is smarter and faster than ever and those that realize it the sooner the better than those that realize it will see the biggest result the fastest. You see, Pankosh and Deepanker have trained an autonomous video agent system to do everything for them to keep up with the video demand, keep up with the quality that is expected, making sure the verality kicks in, making sure you get in front of the right people, making sure the algorithm spreads your videos accordingly, as well as making sure you can fulfill video inquiries for businesses and making sure all the fulfillment side is done, as well as the client acquisition side. Literally everything you should be doing from day to night on your laptop is done by one autonomous agent. Creates the video, finds the client, delivers the videos on repeat. It doesn’t sleep. Now their goal was to have these to run their own and their clients businesses because they have their own business where they sell products and services that need a lot of videos as well as clients that rely on them. And this one agent now, and it’s actually right now a couple of agents, can do it all for them, even better than they would do it themselves because they built a dedicated agents that finds clients, delivers for them, all while you watch them do it from your phone or from your laptop, whichever you wish. Now, everything you need is already pre-installed, so you literally don’t have to lift a finger. just give it a URL or a command and just watch it guarantee you views. Just give, hey, here’s the website of the client. Go crazy um 30 days straight. Create the most videos, get them the best views, half added. And it’s so well trained that it doesn’t need any more instruction from you. It goes out there and actually gets the job done. Client’s happy. You’re getting paid. The results are coming in. It’s a winwinwin. Now, let’s say the client comes in and says, “Hey, we have this new product. We need some videos on that.” You literally just give the video or the image of the product to a WhatsApp message, a Telegram message, or just on your desktop and boom, it’s now fully updated and can go out there and get the job done. Now, let me ask you a question. What if we equipped you with your very own video claw AI that grows your business overnight? And exactly right here, you say, “Hey, can you create a 30 secondond product video of this of this uh product?” And boom, your clawbot immediately transforms it in multiple beautiful videos that relate exactly to that particular product. Now, what if you had access to the AI that generates these highly attractive online videos that get you paid consistently? having a dedicated team of AI agents accomplish everything you want. If you have that, do you see yourself growing your business faster with tons of views? Let me know in the chat box or the question box, wherever you can type. Do you see yourself getting more virality, more shares, hitting more people, you know, getting more views in left, right, and center, reaching more accounts, and overall just making more commissions. Let me know in the chat box if you can imagine that if you have an agent that goes out there and does it for you. Now, we’re about to get into the demo in a moment. I see lots of yeses. James, definitely. Frank, absolutely. Brand says yes. Um Wendy says, “I sell digital products. It’s perfect for digital products.” Wendy, I sell digital products myself as well. And my video claw is out there selling them as we speak, creating content on it, value based content, educational content, sales content, people responding to it, going to the site and buying the products. So yes, it works for that. It works for both online and offline businesses. Now I want you to pay very close attention because the way Deepanker and Pash build this is to make sure it is beginner friendly. You can literally technicality. There’s no, you know, being a coding wizard or an AI automation wizard, but as simple as talking to a friend and it goes out there and does the work. Vocaw AI will manage all of your marketing in 2026 to get daily results. Now, like I said, we’re about to get into a demo, but before we do a full demo, who would just like to see a quick teaser of what it’s capable of? actually wasn’t planning on it, but who knows? Let me know who wants to see a quick teaser on what it’s capable of. And after that, we’re gonna go into a full demo. There you go. I think that’s always nice to see. I see Wendy says, “Me.” Randall says, “Yes.” Awesome. You know what? Without further ado, let’s go ahead and have a quick teaser of what it’s capable of, and then we’re going to come back and actually do a full demo.

    This espresso coffee is incredible. So smooth and refreshing. Perfect for a chill moment.

    Welcome to a world of flavor.

    Heat

    up

    here.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat

    up.

    Wow. Wow. Wow. Wow. Can I get an applause? Who here absolutely loved what they just saw? It was just a quick sneak peek of what it’s capable of. And if you paid attention, you saw it found a restaurant. It messaged them a demo. It created a clip for the restaurant. Show them here’s what we can do. Would love to create this for your restaurant. Talks with it, creates it, delivers it, pitches, finds, goes on to the next, and it does all of that around the clock. You’re bound to get clients. you’re bound to get sales. And that’s what video claw does. It grows your own business for your own digital products or affiliate products or coaching products or offline business you have as well as you can provide this as a service. I see lots of you know hearts well done. Wow. Totally insane. And you know the crazy part is it’s being done for you. you know that that’s at the end of the day the most phenomenal thing because you know you can try and learn this yourself and master Adobe Photoshop and uh you know after effects and the fin and great color grading and all those complex things and it will take you so much time to become at least a decent editor but now you have a claw that is specialized expertise in all those skills and can do cinematic robots for you whenever any time of day non-stop and even find some clients for you. So, with that being said, that was just a teaser. Let’s now go ahead and have an inside look. If you want to see an inside look, comment I want this. If you’re excited about this, just drop a quick I want this in the chat and then we’re going to go ahead and have a real good inside look right now where we actually take you through, you know, the user interface and how it works and have a good, you know, product look. And again, this is an absolute must have. Like I said in the beginning, you know, video right now, it consumes the world. Everything online is video. All the platforms, the social media platforms are 90% video. And if you’re not able to cut through the noise, you’re not able to show up with video non-stop, then you’ll fall behind. So, this is a musthave and it makes it so much easier for you. With that being said, let’s go ahead and have an inside look. I see everybody commenting, “I want this.” Here we go. Hi everyone. Welcome to the official demonstration of video clawbot. Before we dive into the interface, I want to clarify what video clawbot actually is from the inside. This is not just another basic AI video generator where you type a simple text prompt and pray for a decent output. Video clawbot is designed as a fully automated enterprisegrade AI video agency right inside your phone and desktop dashboard. It operates via natural language instructions. You can upload photos, send a voice note, or drop a message over WhatsApp and Telegram. From a single input, the ecosystem instantly generates highfidelity videos, images, scripts, email leads, and localized campaign assets. What you are looking at right now is our main dashboard. Over here, the agent creation and community feed displays what our global users are actively building in real time. Notice the visual consistency and absolute clarity. Look at this specific 3D character asset. The structural continuity across frames is seamless. Breaking down and the bills just keep piling up. I decided to change our future with video clawbot. I learned everything. Look at this second clip. A hyperrealistic shot of a girl on a beach.

    Remarkably, this entire asset was initiated straight from a smartphone via Telegram. I will show you exactly how to replicate that process in a few minutes. Let’s explore system agents. These are proprietary, deeply trained AI models optimized for distinct business verticals. Out of the box, you have access to a real estate closer, an insurance evaluator, a financial strategist, and a paid media manager. But the real power lies in your ability to build tailored entities which we call custom agents. Let’s create one together. We click on create agent. Let’s name this one real estate video creator. For the description, we will define its scope. This agent generates architectural walkthroughs, promotional property reels, manages lead outreach, and acts as an automated marketing manager. Next, we choose the business niche real estate. For the personality profile, we have options ranging from friendly to aggressive. Let’s select professional. Now we assign its modular skills. We will grant this agent lead generation, deal closing, commercial video production, copywriting, and email sequence authoring. A quick tip, avoid over complicating a single agent. You can create an unlimited number of agents. So, it’s always best practice to partition specific tasks to dedicated hyperfocused digital teams. Next, we inject our native brand assets so the AI maintains perfect visual continuity. We can upload corporate logos and character reference models. Let’s upload this professional male model profile. This image functions as an exact reference anchor. Whether the AI generates an office scene or a property walkthrough, it will port this exact face and character silhouette across every single video frame to ensure true identity preservation. Finally, we add our custom instructions to ground the agents behavior. You are an expert real estate marketing agent. Your core metric is to identify property prospects, analyze their digital presence, and deploy high converting video proposals, emails, and WhatsApp sequences. We click create agent. Within seconds, the back-end engine initializes the model and automatically deploys a tailored profile thumbnail using our built-in image engine. Now, let’s move to the skills management section. Our pre-built framework categorizes skills across marketing, sales, and content generation. We continuously scale this directory based on enterprise demands. If you want to construct an elite, highly proprietary skill, you can map your own framework. For instance, you can take a highly optimized structural prompt layout from chat GPT defining video concepts, psychological hooks, hook story offer models, and scene by scene cinematography matrices and paste it directly into the skill console. Let’s name this real estate video framework, categorize it under marketing, and drop our operational script template here. But what if you don’t want to deal with prompt engineering? You don’t have to. Simply drop any external destination link, a corporate website, a competitor’s landing page, or a targeted YouTube video URL directly into our source field. Video Clawbot’s parsing engine will scrape, analyze, extract the core messaging strategy, and completely train the new skill on that data instantly. We click create skill, and it’s ready for deployment. With our agent and skills initialized, we enter the core workspace, the super agent. This is an all-in-one conversational execution platform. It handles copywriting, lead scraping, digital mockups, logo designs, cinematic imagery, and broadcast ready videos simultaneously. If you are wondering how to execute your first campaign, simply type hey to bring up our preconfigured workflow templates. We currently feature over 65 highly optimized enterprise workflows. These span end to end automations across dozens of B2B niches. Let’s launch the real estate video workflow. This eliminates raw prompting errors by collecting precise data variables. We select our newly created real estate agent. We specify the property name DYB housing and location New York. For key features, we’ll input luxurious contemporary living. Target demographic, high- netw worth buyers. Call to action. Call our brokerage today. Now, we select our voice over profile. Video clawbot does not use generic robotic text to speech. Our advanced auditory engine synthesizes voices with real human emotional variance, adjusting inflection, pacing, and breath matching based entirely on the visual energy of the video scene. Next, we choose our aspect ratio. Wide for YouTube and web, vertical for reals and Tik Tok, or square for social feeds. Let’s select wide. Because our super agent is active, it automatically pulls our pre-saved brand assets, logos, and character models into the project timeline. We click submit to launch the back-end render engines. While the desktop engine processes our video assets in the background, let me show you how to execute this exact same workflow natively from your mobile phone using Telegram or WhatsApp. In the mobile settings tab, the platform generates a secure unique QR code and synchronization link. I am scanning this QR code with my smartphone right now. The app provides a secure linking code. We paste it directly into our messaging app and the mobile integration is instantly authenticated. Once connected, you can command your entire agency via chat. Type slash agents to view your team or slash projects to monitor rendering statuses on the fly. Imagine the real world application. You walk into a client’s location, pull out your phone, and snap a realtime photo of their product or property. You upload that raw photo to the bot with a simple instruction like, “Place this product on a sunlit premium beach setting.” The system instantly locks onto the product geometry and executes a commercial render. You can pitch, create, and close deals directly from your messaging app while standing right in front of a prospect.

    Let’s jump back to our desktop project timeline. The production cycle is complete. Video Clawon has structured the script, generated visual assets with pixel perfect character and color consistency, overlaid the emotional voice synthesis, blended the cinematic background score, and stitched everything into a cohesive commercial. Let’s play the final master copy. Notice the depth of field, the camera pans, and how the model matches our exact brand identity parameters. Experience the height of luxury living. Every detail crafted for sophisticated comfort. Find your sanctuary in our elegant suites. Where modern design meets timeless style. A kitchen built for the finest culinary arts. The heart of your new luxury lifestyle. Exclusive amenities tailored to your needs. Indulge in spaces designed for relaxation. Breathtaking views of the iconic city skyline. Your future begins at DYB Housing. To wrap up our loop, let’s look at how we acquire clients for these video assets. We go to our lead engine and instruct it. Find 10 gym and fitness center prospects in New York City. The system doesn’t just scrape public data. It runs a realtime digital footprint audit on each business. It extracts verified websites, active social profiles, phone numbers, and evaluates their marketing weak points. For example, this business has a very basic portfolio site with zero video content. We can shortlist this prospect with one click. Select create campaign and VideoC Clawbot will autogenerate an audited pitch, an outreach email, and a personalized video link tailored precisely to their business. That is the sheer power of video clawbot. It is an end to-end production, marketing, and client acquisition agency right in the palm of your hand. Beyond video and lead generation, you can also build complete websites directly within the super agent. To do this, simply select your custom agent to keep the context specific and paste your layout prompt. You can generate a structural prompt using chat GPT or just ask the super agent to draft a tailored website prompt for you. Once you provide a solid description of your concept and hit enter, the engine maps out the theme, page structure, and design assets within just a few seconds, your website is completely built. This generated website can be deployed for your clients or used as your own personal portfolio site. Because your custom agent already understands your business niche, it seamlessly utilizes highly relevant content and imagery. Looking at the generated layout, you can see how it elegantly integrates your pre-saved brand assets, your agents profile, a portfolio showcase, and a functional contact us lead form. Everything is fully operational right out of the box. Customizing the site is incredibly intuitive. You can upload your company logo, adjust its scaling, and choose a left or center alignment. Let’s update the headline in the hero section to read real estate video marketing company. We can also swap out the background hero image to match our branding and save changes. The live preview updates instantly. From here, you can view the clean native HTML and CSS code. Thank you so much for watching our demo, and we look forward to helping you scale your business.

    There we have it. Let me know if you absolutely loved what you just saw right there. The one and only Video Claw, the world’s first autonomous video agent, your competitive and unfair advantage. And this is just the start. What I’m about to show you next will make this an absolutely no-brainer. But let me know in the chat box who here absolutely love what they just saw, how easy it is to use. You can set up your agents in a matter of minutes. Have them run the show for you while you go to sleep, have dinner, watch TV, your favorite shows. You know, your agent in the background is doing what needs to get done. putting out more videos, researching hooks, researching the next viral type of video that aligns with your product and services, publishes them on the right platforms, make sure new businesses find you, click on your links, everything is getting taken care of for you. Let me know if you love that. And guys, I don’t know if you understand, but this requires so much skill from the developers, right? So I just want to give a quick thank you and a huge shout out to the team that have even made this possible. Right? There’s nobody else that have gone to these lengths to train AI to get it to operate in this particular way where it’s so easy for anyone to step in and from their phone just say you know what go and find me five clients create them the best videos you can create learn everything you can about their business and make them happy and you just press send and it goes out and makes it happen. This is such an unfair advantage. It makes your life easier, but more importantly, it gets you stunning results. So, a huge applause to Ponos, Deepacker, and the entire development team because I know what it takes to get something working so perfect to the point anyone can step in and start seeing results with it. And that’s why my last question today says, “Do you see yourself growing your business fast? Like Marcus, who’s now doing 13.5K from one niche, like Sheila is doing 8 to 12K a week with priceless videos. She’s right now hitting one breakout clip almost every week. Her commissions on average are 2,000 a pop. Some weeks even 8 grand because she has a bulk load of videos all directing. In her case, she has a faceless videos go out there to sell different digital products and services. Right here, Jennifer doing 7.5K and she uses it to recruit people. So, her videos are like, “Hey, if you’re interested in this particular thing, then you know, comment below. We’ll get back to you.” And she’s getting comments and engagement left, right, and center. And simply because of the sheer volume, cinematics, and quality that these videos put out around the clock, not just once, but every single day. And if you do something every single day, you have the rule of, you know, 10,000 hours. If you spend enough time on something, it is bound to work out. And that’s what this is. These AIs are relentless in creating so much videos in the most perfect and valid way possible with the perfect research attached to it. You’re bound to see results. It is impossible to film. So, let me know if you can see that happening for yourself. I see. Love it. Very cool, says Bren. Wendy says, “Amazing.” Super says Richard. Frank loves it. Lily puts a heart up. Wendy says, “Very fast. Strong world gentleman.” But Brian, thank you so much. Amazing. Now, with that being said, I see Frank asking, “Can you post to social media from within the app?” And the answer is yes. Better yet, it posts for you. I’m going to get to that in a moment as well. For now, we’ve just covered the profitable video agents. You’ve seen it firsthand. You’ve seen the quality. You’ve seen the power. And trust me, when you have this, it’s like Christmas came early. People will be jealous of you asking how are you able to grow your social account so fast to deliver so many clients. And it’s all because you are smart enough to show up live here today and attach yourself to some video agents that will do all the work for you. And that being said, I want to quickly dive into daily video income. Because if you haven’t realized already, the people that grab video claw, the ones that are smart enough to do, you will get guaranteed clients. There is no maybe there’s not hopefully you will get clients or let’s say you don’t want to necessarily do it for clients but just sell your own products and services that will happen as well. As a matter of fact, video the reason I know for a fact we’ve seen this with our students as well. Video is the highest in demand marketing service right now. The highest. As a matter of fact, I want to prove this to you since we’re live. That’s the beauty about being live. That means you can do anything. So, I’m going to put up Google. Let me know if you can see Google. I’ll just put it on the on the screen here. And I’m going to type in uh demand for video uh marketing. Right? This is live. It can prove me wrong or right. Right? I’m putting myself on the spot here. I’m just going to press enter. And let’s see what it says. The demand for video marketing is at an all-time high. It’s no longer optional, but essential with over 90% of businesses using it primarily market as a marketing tool. Consumers increasingly prefer video over text to digest anything. And a large majority reports that brand videos directly persuade the purchasing decisions. This is a live Google search on the spot. This is something we cannot deny. The numbers don’t lie. If you’re looking to tap into a market, if you’re looking to provide a service, if you’re looking to make money in the fastest and easiest way possible, the proof is in the pudding right here. The demand for video marketing is at an all-time high. The demand for it. And I can actually prove it even more. I can go to Facebook right now and I’ll just type in the little Facebook search box. Video editor needed, right? This is a live search. So again, it might prove me right or wrong. Post from anyone. And let’s see what it says uh right here. Hi Facebook friends. I’m looking for a video editor for quick turnaround. This is someone we can help and make money with right away. I need a video editor for faceless YouTube channel. I need a video editor urgently. Uh video editor needed urgently. Uh AI video editor needed manly. We are hiring. Looking for video editor. Professional video editor needed. Video editor work from home full-time. Uh AI promotional video editor needed urgently. Someone who can create modern rules. I can go on and on. Let me know in the chat box. Do you see how huge or big the demand is for this? Now imagine you come in and say, “You know what? I have an agent that can take care of all of your video worries for the rest of your online career.” They will fall in love with you on the spot. Let me know if you can see this. Let me know in the chat box as I just literally live Googled the overall demand for video marketing and it clearly showed up and showed once again. It is at an all-time high, meaning people are looking for video marketing services non-stop. And then imagine you come in, blown away any other competition, something they’ve never seen before. You step in the door, say, “I have an autonomous agent, learns your brand, learns your business, and all your videos are taken care of. Thank me later.” You give them a little demo, show them what it can do, and before you know it, they’re paying you every single month for you to lend them your agent. That is what you’re about to get access to. And here’s why businesses will happily pay you. The majority doesn’t know how to make these videos. No, they’re great at what they do, but they’re not great necessarily at video editing. And nor am I. I let the agent do it. Now, they don’t have time to edit these videos themselves, nor they have no time to consistently put out highly valuable videos. Now, video call finds clients for you. We already know it’s the highest in demand service. It finds the clients that are looking for video. It pitches them for you. It shows what it can do. Three simple steps. It finds local listings. It scrapes business sites. It finds their pain points. It personalizes it outreach. It takes the URL, make sure it completely understands, creates a sample video that fits their website, sends the pitch, understands the prospect profile, drafts up the email, has all the details in there, and you’re set. And this can happen while you sleep. We even have a super easy to get clients list, beauty clinics for skincare, makeup routines, yoga studios for meditation sessions, gym owners for personal training bookings, car dealers for car showings, pet stores for dog trainings, realtors for house stores, you name it. You’re tapping into a gold line because nobody has ever come to that prospect showing an agent doing what it does best. It’s like you’re living in the future. This is the exact response we see every single time. It’s the same reason why our clients or students are crushing it as we speak because they have this market edge. Now, like I said, maybe you don’t want to work with clients right off the bat. Maybe you do see the income potential of that, but you’re like, you know what? I want to sell my own products or someone else’s products first. And it works the same way. You can let video claw sell affiliate offers and make commissions from your phone. You literally give an affiliate link of a product you want to promote. The agent you select you want to go and have at it. It will scan the website, scan the offer and start deploying videos and you start seeing affiliate offers and sales coming in. So you can use it for clients, you can use it for yourself. You can even, and this is a third option, use it to strictly get paid from social media platforms. Because in case you didn’t know, social media actually pays you if you hit certain thresholds of views. This is not really hard to do, especially if you let Video Claw AI upload videos for you daily. You can see here, I got paid from Tik Tok today, right? It’s time to go bigger. you know, afterward Facebook paid me. I’m ready to work even more. Facebook paid us today, right? I just got monetized on YouTube, right? Social media actually pays you if you can generate views on their platform. And with VideoClaw, you’ll be able to do that nonstop. You can do this even if you have zero followers, right? You can see right here, don’t sleep on Facebook money. Imagine being paid just by uploading videos on Facebook reels. You can do this on YouTube shorts. You can do this on Tik Tok and it will be so much easier to get monetized because you have video call doing it for you. So my question is do you see whether you want to do it for clients whether you want to do it for yourself or affiliate offers or you just want to monetize your videos and create you know amazing videos on social media on YouTube whether it’s little sitcoms or you know fantasy stories historical stories whatever it is do you see how this is one of the easiest AI revenue streams where literally video claw can be operated from your phone or your desktop whichever you prefer and will do all the work for you. Let me know if you can see why and how that is. Awesome. There you go, Wendy. And you know, it depends on on the niche, right? If if you go into the kids niche, I think, you know, the payout is a lot less. If you create like financial videos, the RPM as they call it, the payout is a lot more per view. So, it also depends for niche. We can even guide you with that. We have some monetized channels uh that can definitely, you know, help you get that going. It’s very passive because the agent does it for you. So, it’s almost making a free side income. Um, love to do a quick training with you on that once you’re on the inside. Awesome. Uh, Wendy, this is perfect for you. So, Wendy says, “I’m not posting consistently right now. I don’t have many followers.” And that’s exactly who, you know, video calls for as well. It’s to make sure you don’t have to always be on the ball, but the AI every time you come back to your accounts, you see more views, more followers, more content being published that is all in line with your brand, your product, and your service. So, this is perfect for you. There you go. I see lots of yeses coming in. Now, if you can see, and if you haven’t said there yet, comment yes. If you can see how having access to video claw AI opens up an instant income stream of at least 400 to 500 a day. I mean I went to Facebook just now and in what a millisecond I found dozens of people begging urgently for someone with AI that can you know take care of their videos that took me a second to find all those potential clients and we have obviously a lot of training on that in the inside. I’d love to you know do a live session with you on the inside once you’re in and actually show you you know how easy it is to land these clients. also what to charge them. We have a full sheet on that. I’ll show that maybe later as well. Now, this takes us speaking about, you know, being on the inside where all the results happen because you’re here live. You’re about to get direct special access. This will only be available to you and nobody else. And it will only be available to you at a massive discount where anyone else won’t be able to grab it in that way. So, it is such a great thing that you’re here because you’ve just seen what’s possible. Now, who here actually wants access? Who here wants to wake up tomorrow with AI video agents already generating you views and clients? Imagine going to sleep tonight and you wake up to tomorrow and your agents have already done more work than you maybe have done in the last week or heck, maybe even month. That’s what you’re about to experience. I see lots of yeses coming in. So without further ado, let’s dive right in. Now again, you’re about to get access to a video club premium account. This means you’ll have a full agent team that has the pre-built core video agent that creates your logo reveals, your product promos, all the types of videos you can imagine. It will do that for you. On top of that, you can chat to it through WhatsApp and Telegram. It has native access. Obviously, you can also just access it from its, you know, dashboard online. But if you’re on the go, if you’re outside, you can do it from anywhere at any time all day long. On top of that, you have the cloud dashboard control center. This is where, once again, you can chat to it as well as you’re on the desktop. Now, you can chat to it from anywhere. You don’t have to have to see your laptop with you all the time. You can log in from anywhere in the world. You have 20 plus pre-trained AI agents, 25 preloaded skills such as, you know, create a promo video, real estate video, script, social. It already understands those industries, what people want to see, what triggers people psychologically, what makes them watch, what makes them click. They’re already pre-trained. The most viral video IDs, you have them preloaded. Now, on top of that, it has self-learning brand memory. And this means it can keep understanding and going out there and understanding more about what’s working in that industry today. And that’s normally the work you should be doing, you know, but it’s a lot going out there doing competitor research, looking at videos, what’s what are people posting, what’s going viral, what are people not, you know, posting, what’s not working, and distilling that. And it will do that for you around the clock, making sure it always puts out the best videos. It’s like having a well- paid executive and video team working for you around the clock. Now you can do 50 active projects at once. And this is where you can scale at volume and make up for so much loss time because your results will go 50x more. On top of that multiformat, whether you want horizontal, square, landscape, vertical, you can export in any type of uh format. And this allows you overall to have your entire AI agent video team ready to serve you instantly. Right now, you can do this for local businesses, you can do this for uh um international businesses, you can do this for online businesses, offline businesses. Either way, you’ll have agents doing all the work for you. And it doesn’t stop there. On top of the full agent team, you’re also getting all the video creation skills built in. This is really interesting because you have the instant video ad maker, the cinematic promo builder. This is my favorite. The cinematics looks so good, the product video creator, the real estate walkthrough maker, the local business ad creator, the UGC story video maker, and this one is a top seller, right? Local businesses go crazy for this. Everyone loves to see their business in a really good and beautiful cinematic video, right? One that’s top-notch, one that’s, you know, studio and agency grade level. And whenever you send that as a demo to a business, they are loving it. Now, on top of that, like I said, you have the UGC and faceless video creator as well as the explainer video builder, which is really good to share value if you have, you know, a digital product, a course or a service. You want to create these explainer videos to create a lot of authority and grow your channel as well. Logo animation maker, which is really good for your brand aesthetics, the branding creator, and image to video engine. Let’s say you have an image of your own that you want to turn into a video or use in a video. Just upload it to the agent again through text, WhatsApp, uh or or Telegram or just inside the the control center dashboard on your desktop and boom, it will use that image and start creating videos with it as well. This allows you to create every video that you know clients already want. Whether it’s you yourself, like I said, or you’re doing it for others, you can turn any or create any video from your phone. Meaning, you just text an image from your phone and say, “Hey, create this or turn this in a video. Give me six promo videos for this. Give me five explainer videos. Promote my new course. Promote my new surface, my new coaching program. Go and have at it. Go crazy on YouTube, Tik Tok, Instagram, Facebook. I want the word to go out. And if there’s anything you know, it’s that right now video is the fastest way to do that. And you’ll have that skill and advantage. Remember, you can have 50 active projects at once. And it’s all because of the power of video claw. There’s nothing like it. Now, this is where it becomes real because besides creating a video, a video would be, but it also creates all the scripts and the campaigns, right? where it’s even you know a real estate drill strategy um lead generation gym owners any type of script and campaign it can create for you the hook writer the video script writer the voice over script writer the campaign ID generator and this is where it doesn’t just does it at random it researches the business it understands the business whether it’s yours or someone else’s it goes and does competitor research it also understands what people are clicking on why they want it how bad they wanted and then make sure to incorporate that in creating the best videos possible that it already knows it’s going to work really well. Now, this means you’re literally one message away at any time to generate more leads, more sales, and more attention. Literally one message away. Just like I said before, create a 30 second promo video of this product here. Boom. And I’ll I’ll send it to the business owner. Or business says, “Hey, I need this quickly.” All right, give me a second. I text it’s getting done. Done. You immediately get a message. Hey, your video is ready. Here it is. And then I can say, all right, now go ahead and post it. You have full control. And again, you can do this from your phone if you want. You can do this just from your laptop or you can just set it up once, sit back and come in and check every now and then, and you’ll see everything is operating and growing non-stop. Now on top of the script and campaign writer, you also get the social skills. I already saw some questions about you know the posting side. You can see Instagram, Tik Tok, YouTube, LinkedIn, even Facebook. You have a full-on content planner. It can plan the content for you. It writes the social post as well as the caption writer, right? And if you have any questions, let’s say you don’t know what to post, let’s say you’re like, “Hey, well, you know, I want to promote my product, but I don’t even know what video to create.” It will guide you based on its research, based on based on its understanding, based on its market research. It will guide you on what you need to do to grow your accounts and your channels. Maybe you’re like, “Well, I have an Instagram right now, but I barely have any followers.” It will guide you on what videos to post, what videos to create. It will use proven growth mechanisms and tactics and strategies related to social media that are bound to grow accounts and implement it for you. Now, that’s valuable having that guidance and having it done for you. Now, you have the caption writer as well as the testimonial style video creator. This is really awesome. And the YouTube URL analysis is one of my favorite where you can literally give it a YouTube URL. It will analyze it from top to bottom and then absolutely crush it for you. Create the right videos for it. Does everything it needs to do to make sure that account grows. Now you have website scraping where again you just give it a URL of the website can be a local business or an online business or an offline business. You give it the URL and it will know everything it needs to know to create a brand voice and the right videos for it. And again it is autonomous. So it goes to work while you go to sleep. This means every skill you get paid for is already built in. I’m talking local promo video packages where you can charge anywhere from 500 to 1,500 monthly content packages 750 a month. real estate video walkthroughs 497 per video. These do really well. You just see product promo video. You just need by the way with the real estate just the realtor just sends you pictures of the house. Usually the pictures are already online on the listing. You just take the pictures uh send them to your agent which is your video agent and boom, it creates the most beautiful real estate listing video which you know helps for the realtor to get those listings, get those bookings. Now UGC product promo videos, faceless affiliate video ads. These do really well as well. All of these can bring in consistent monthly income while you’re not even working. Now, before I continue, let me know in the chat box who here is loving everything they’re getting so far. All the capabilities, the power, the access, and the ease of use of having these amazing little fellas just work relentlessly for you around the clock. Let me know in the chat box who here is loving everything they’re getting so far. I see yes is coming in. Wendy, Neil, Marion, Matthew, Dom, Lily, uh, Oi, Lisa, uh, I help mreneurs. That’s a great niche and they can actually use this, right? But you can get the word out and reach your target audience so much faster if you, you know, bold video upload web. So, that’s going to be good. I see lots of yeses coming in. Um, amazing. Now, with that being said, because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to unlock what we call the webinar only bundle. And this is a bundle that you only are able to get on the webinar. You won’t find it anywhere else. You won’t be able to get it anywhere else other than right here, right now. And this means you’re going to get features that some people won’t get access to for months or maybe not even at all. you’re going to get certain privileges that other people will never get. And that’s only because you’re on the webinar. Now, let me show you everything you’re getting in the special webinar only bundle deal. If you want it, right? If if you don’t want the special webinar only bundle deal, then by all means. But trust me when I say you won’t find this anywhere else ever again, and you’re going to get it at a massive steal. So, I’m going to break down everything you’re getting. I’m going to put it on the screen here and this phenomenal because this means you’re going to get first of all the commercial. This is what I just described. The 20 plus agents, you know, the self-learning band memory, the cinematic promo builder. This is everything I just shared with you. The script and campaign, the social skills. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to get access to the pro version. Now, this is insane because this means you’re going to get unlimited agent commands. And this is unheard of, right? Normally, you know, you can’t talk to the even if you talk to chat GPT. After a while, it says, “Oh, you have to take a break.” Right? Even if you’re on the paid version or claude, if you ever use some AI, you keep talking to it. After a while, it says, “All right, that’s enough. Come back in a couple of hours.” Right? Now, you’ll have unlimited agent commands. You’ll have unlimited video projects, unlimited image generations, unlimited renders and exports, unlimited media uploads, no daily generation limit. Now, that is powerful. On top of that, you have long form videos. You have 4K Ultra HD render engine, priority render cube where you render your videos three to five times faster. You have a Hollywood grade cinematic FX engine, which is insane. Dynamic camera movements. And this is, you know, if you know what a dolly crane is or drone or a gimbal, this is where it’s almost like you’re watching a movie. You’re it’s not a static video just on one-dimensional but angles of the same image coming from different angles from the back from the front from the side or panning from left to right beautifully done creating a real immersive video making your content stand out your cinematic lighting and again the agents will do all of this for you applying this in their videos multiariation generator where it creates 5 to 20 videos per command imagine creating community videos with one commit. Do you know how fast your socials will grow because of that? Now you even have a custom build power so you can create a custom agent where you can train an agent specifically with you know your style of video or your particular business. A custom skill builder uh 50 plus pre-trained agents. So instead of 20 which you have before you now have 50 which is the expanded library. This is one of those things we can only do on the webinar. So only on this render you’re going to get the expanded version smart memory trainer so you have unlimited memory bandwidth so it doesn’t forget anything ever one command campaign builder full campaign from one text and you can even add up to five team members or you know give a team account to your friend relative or somebody you want to you know surprise or gift because they’re going to absolutely love you for this three brand memory profiles and commercial use license right all of these will be included inside your special bundle deal. And if that’s not enough, you’re also going to get the prospector agent. Now, this is where you’re really going to have a wildly profitable video claw agency, right? Trust me when I say when you video claw, you have a full figure agency in a matter of weeks, if not the first week already. And that’s simply because the AI will find the leads. It will demo whatever the business needs, whether it’s a custom video, it needs a sample. It will actually send the business, hey, we’re a video company that love to, you know, take your video efforts to a whole new level. We see you’re already uploading some videos. Most of them have little to no engagement. Here’s a sample of what we can create. Now, all the time, the reply you get from the business is, “How much do you charge?” That’s their number one reply. They’re only sold on what you can do. They just want to know what what you’re going to charge. And from there, you can literally just make a good price. Now, we’ve seen ranging 500 to,500 is a really good package. We see 750 in the real estate niche. We do 497 per video, which does well. You’ll see all those things on the inside. But trust me when I say you’ll have businesses coming back to you every time after you send them the demo asset. They’re, hey, how much do you charge for video? Because remember, video is the number one most in demand service. I’ve literally proven that live on a Google search. Now, AI personalized pitch generator, built-in cold outreach, email engine, autof follow-up sequence agent. So, it follows up with all the leads. It reaches out them and it doesn’t do a one-sizefits-all. It personalizes each pitch according to the business, whether it’s a restaurant, local business. Now, it even has these skills built in where, you know, finds the leads. It scans their website for opportunity. Maybe there needs to be a header video on the website, right? And it will tell them, “Hey, I scanned your website and did you know 82% of purchase decisions are made from video. We’d love to place an amazing hero video above the fold on your website. Here’s a sample.” And the business sees that they’re like, “This is, you know, something nobody ever offered me. This is phenomenal. How much do you charge?” Uh, you have a prospect research assistant, cold email writer, and a trend finder that actually finds what is hot right now to make sure it always creates the best and most viral videos. We have intelligence engines that have a competitor monitoring engine, YouTube URL, channel analysis, business website, and the prospect painoint detection, finding the weak spot of the prospect where it can improve. And then we’ve obviously made it so much easier for you by giving you done for you packs for real estate prospecting, ecom, restaurants, fitness and wellness. You’re going to get land clients whether you like it or not. Coaching and course creators, clinical and dental prospector, whatever type of entrepreneur you’re going after, whether it’s, you know, a mreneur, whether it’s an local business owner, you already have the template for it. So yeah, let me know who is loving everything they’re getting so far in the special, you know, webinar only bundle deal. This is something we’ve put together just for you guys. We’ve gone above and beyond, you know, blood, sweat, and tears to giving you the best of the best. And I hope it shows. I hope it shows because this is not just your average, you know, little product. This is the real deal. This is something that can change and speed up your results inevitably. Right there you guys. See lots of hearts coming in. Loving it. Sounds good. Love it so much. Amazing. Amazing. Amazing. That you know, that is great to hear. I love reading that. And you know, you might be surprised when I tell you, and I will. Um, I see Denel saying, “I’m so intimidated by the price now.” Well, you’ll be surprised. As you came to the live webinar show, you’re going to get, you know, an amazing deal. I’ll review it shortly. But let me tell you one thing, it gets even better because if you thought these, the commercial, the pro, the closer were phenomenal. Let me introduce you to the creator edition. The creator edition is where you can actually create real product photo shoots. have real, you know, you can hold a product right now, anything on your desk and make a photo of it and it will represent it accurately in the video. Now, that requires certain video engines that we have installed for you and that is the creator edition. You have the AI model photo shoot where I can wear things, accessories or garments or clothing. You have the fashion product visualizer, social graphic maker for posts and posters, thumbnail creator for your YouTube videos, branding mockup creators for logos, products, websites, background remover, multi-angle image so you can have one image and have it from multiple angles. Photo enhancement, image cleanup, carousel and multi-image builder, lifestyle product image generator, ecom product visual pack creator. So the e-commerce business loves this as well as you know premium image rendering other than the normal people they have the regular image render you have the premium version extended image library memory and unlimited image style variations. The creator allows you to turn things in your everyday life that you want to take a photo of or even photos you find online and you want to incorporate in your videos you will have it incorporated in a realistic fashion inside the video. I can take a picture of my, you know, uh, laptop or screen or TV right now and tell it use this image in the video and it will. And that’s the power of the creator edition. And this works really well with um, what’s it called? E-commerce businesses. But also, if you have like a mockup of a digital product, you want to represent it in a video. There you have it. Now, next is the Empire Edition. And this is crazy because this is co-ownership license. What this means is you’ll be able to resell video club accounts. Now, I can already tell you, “This thing sells like hotcakes.” And every time you show it to a business, they’re going to ask you, “How much will you charge me to use this? I want my own agents. I want my own account. How much?” Now, you’ll be able to keep a 100% revenue Brazil. You can price as much as you want. Done for you sales page. So, whenever somebody shows any type of interest, just showing the sales page, they’re like, “I’m sold. I’m ready. How much do you charge? It has pre-written emails that can do the outreach and sell accounts for you. We have promo videos. We have complete sales graphics. We have an affiliate recruiting kit if you want affiliates to promote it for you. Launch and traffic guide if you want more traffic to this. We handle the product support, the hosting, the product updates. You know, the software we still manage, but you get to sell this and keep 100% of the profits. We give you priority support honestly because we’ll be reselling it and regular updates. And this is crazy, right? This normally alone is 197 annual. This one right here, by the way, is 67 annual. As you’ve seen those prices, you know, this one right here is another 67 annual. This one is 97 annual. We’re looking at close to $500 annual uh just on these couple of things alone. And the reseller is crazy because every time we work with a client, we know we can also sell video call to them and have them pay us to use it for themselves, right? And they pay monthly to keep using it. And this takes us to last but not least, the cinematic edition. If there’s one type of video that does really well on social media or just on any website in general on YouTube or just on your own homepage, it is cinematic videos. The ones where it feels like you’re being pulled into a movie. The ones that are agency grade studio level access where it feels like you’re sitting in theaters watching a beautiful video or film. You can see here you get the air powered cinematic video creation. So instead of regular videos, it will create cinematic ones, the ones that really, you know, captivate you. It has a text to video engine, image to video engine, you can create faceless viral clips, Hollywood grade visuals, AI director mode, smart AI scene writer, intelligent video workflow, smart image scanner, the AI res and short film generator because short form content does really well, timeline to video synthesizer, animated text and motion graphics, integrated audio studio. Basically, long story short, you’ll have everything you need to let the AI agent, because it will do all the work for you to go out there and create the most beautiful cinematic videos, and that will be included in your bundle. They’ll be share ready for Instagram, Tik Tok, YouTube, and Facebook. You can even put logos and watermarks over it if you’re doing it for a client and you don’t want them, you know, to steal the video. storyboard preview before it renders so you can see what it looks like before it completes the video. Professional training suite, exceptional support, and 30-day money back guarantee on everything. So, you’re getting the whole nine yards, right? This is absolutely phenomenal. You have everything from top to bottom. As mentioned, this is by far u the absolute best thing you can have in 2026 and beyond. as the world now, as you’ve already noticed, revolves around video. At least the online world revolves around video. So to sum it up, you’re getting the video club premium account, the video club pro unlimited, the video club closer edition that actually goes out there and closes deals for you, the creator edition where you can have real life objects in your videos, the empire edition where you’re allowed to resell it, the cinematic edition to create insane cinematic videos that look so good. And a webinar only bonus which I’ll review shortly. Now I hope you understand that video claw by essence because of the value of the products the support that we provide the quality of the engine this is a annual or monthly right you can see all these things are 97 monthly this one’s 127 yearly 197 yearly and it’s simply because there’s so much ongoing support and on a one time that won’t be able to be sustained and therefore it dies down and we’re here for the long run we create products that we support longterm and that’s why it is recurring. However, I want you to know because you’re on the webinar, you will get a steal of a deal regardless. And it’s especially a steal of a deal because with Vimeo Claw, you can easily make 5K per month. I’m being conservative here. You can see right here, I’m looking for video editor for YouTube videos. You’re willing to pay a,000. Here’s your YouTube channel, right? I’m looking for uh explainer videos. I’m willing to pay $3,000. You can look these up right now. I’m looking for a video editor. I’m willing to pay $2,000. These are real people that are ready to pay. I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again. It is the most in demand service online. That’s why every one of our students and clients are earning as we speak. And it’s also the reason why outside of this webinar, we’ll be charging a minimum of 4997 annual. It’s not just the number we throw out there. It’s simply because, and I hope you realize this as well, the power of what you’re about to get access to. I mean, there’s nothing out there like it. We barely, if not, have any competition at all. This is an AI video agent that creates cinematic videos, that has support on the inside, that has a team that’s ready for you, and that goes out there and even makes money for you. It is the best you can ever find. Even if you took 50% off, it’s still more than worth it because it will go out there and make more money than that hand over fist. It is designed to earn you an income from day one. It’s literally hardwired to do so. And that’s why we’re able to charge those amounts. Now, we figured on the webinar we’d do something special such as 1997 annual, which is still, you know, maybe on the higher end, but definitely more than worth it and a heavy discount, but even that we’re not going to do. We decided, and that’s why it’s so brilliant that you decided to show up to drop it down from 1997 all the way to as low as 497. Now, before I continue, I just want to ask real quick, who here understands that this is already a phenomenal discount compared to the value, the competitive edge, the unfair advantage, the income potential that you’re immediately stepping into where it goes out there, finds client, delivers for you, grows your channels, grows your social, sells your products around the clock while you’re sleeping, while you’re having fun, while you’re talking to friends. You know, you can just check your phone or open up your laptop real quick and you see your video call at work regardless getting you more views, more clicks. Now, 497 annual is a small investment to make to have that access to have that privilege. But even that we’re not going to do. You see, if you comment the word live to prove that you’re here live, to prove that you’ve shown up, that you’re here and that you’re in it to win it. If you want a live discount, comment the word live. And this is only if you comment live. That’s only if you actually do it. If you’re just here sitting by and watching and like hoping for the best, you won’t see what’s about to come next. So, make sure you comment the word live right here. Awesome. I see everybody commenting live. Amazing. So, here’s what’s going to happen. Because you commented the word live, remember 4997 annual is what this will be. We decided to even take the 497 away and drop it down even lower to just 397. Just 397 bucks to grab this. And this is just the power that you’re about to get access. Your first client will pay you more than this. Your first videos will generate you more than this. Heck, you even get a 30-day money back guarantee to prove it and then decide if you want to keep it. So, this is a steal of a deal, as you can imagine. But here’s the beauty. To make a deal to a deal, you’re going to get 50 live coupons. First come, first serve. Take it or leave it. It’s because you were smart enough to show up live. We’re dropping it down to just 297 annual. If you want it at this low price that you’ll only find here and only once, comment live in the chat if you haven’t done so already. And the team will drop the link to you right now. And then make sure you run, don’t walk, don’t crawl, but trust me, run to the order form and snatch this up for just 2.97 because this type of software, this type of power should be nowhere near this low of a price, right? the quality that you’re getting access to, the privilege, the ability, the fact that it will go out there and find and make you money regardless 297 for a whole year and then even if you wish to renew after a year, it will still just be 297 for you. That is just a steal. It’s Christmas came early, but you have to grab it only right now on this webinar while we’re live. So, the team will drop the link right now. It will take you to the order form.

    There you go. I see live. Yeah. For a full on year. I see people saying, “Are you serious?” Yes. So, it’s annually after a year. I mean, there’s no you’re not there’s no contract. You can cancel anytime obviously, but after a year, if you wish to renew, it’s still just 297. Trust me when I say outside of this webinar, you’ll never be able to get it at this price. All right? It’s impossible. It wouldn’t be sustainable for us. That’s why you’re in the best position to snatch this up. Use it for 12 months. Heck, I reckon after the first week of using this, you’ve already made more money than what you’ve invested in. And that will allow you to keep this for a full on year. Imagine if you have agents running for you around the clock, growing your Instagram, growing your Tik Tok, growing your YouTube, growing your Facebook, growing everything for you for a full 12 months. Then look back, see how much it made you, and then decide if you want to keep it. But for now, grab it at the lowest price possible because it won’t get any lower than this. The team is dropping the link right now. There you go. The team just dropped the link.

    There you go. Awesome. You can find it right there. I’m just making sure everybody can see it. There’s a coupon which again we only have 50 of, right? So the moment you use the coupon, it’s gone. So we only have 50 coupons. I’ll actually show you how to use it. You go to the link in the chat, it will take you to this website right here. Now you can see we’re literally, you know, broadcasting. We’re live as we speak. You’ll be able to create beautiful cinematic videos. As a matter of fact, the AI will do that for you non-stop. You can copy the coupon code here. It says instant. Just copy it. Click on buy now. You can enter your details, your name, your uh first name, last name, and email. And then here where it says coupon code, enter this coupon. Now you notice here first it says 397. And because you were smart enough to show up live, if you click on apply, this coupon will only work for you right now. You’ll see it drop down to just 297, which is insane. It’s it’s a steal to have this. Imagine how many people wish they had a video agent that would create beautiful videos for them, run their social media channels, upload videos, find clients, pitch clients, demo clients, then close them and does it around the clock. It’s just I I can’t I’m speechless, right? Every time I show it to someone, their jaw drops to the floor. And quite frankly, mine still does to this day because the power that you’re about to get access to is unheard of. Yet, it’s true. Now, some of you might see this little box right here where it says, um, I want to add the mega bundle. Now, this is optional. Some of you might not even see this. We have very limited spots on this, but this will allow you to get 50 additional niche agent templates for, you know, the niches such as real estate, ecom, restaurant, fitness. These are basically predefined templates where, you know, it taps into the industry, finds the clients, delivers the work that we’ve already done. You want easy clients with that. We have 12 done for you surface package frameworks. If you don’t know how much to charge, what to offer, um, you know, how many videos per price point, we’ve already, you know, defined all of that. have a full package with the AI agent trained on that. So you get 12 of them in different niches. We have a 100 plus cold email templates added and a 30 minute first 10K with video club private training. So 30 minutes straight we’re going to get you from zero to your first 10K by letting your agent do all the work for you. Now this is you know on a very limited basis. If you want to add this, this is a one time. Just check this box and it’ll be added to your account. Other than that, just make sure you get the steal of a deal of video club because that will only be available on this webinar right now. So, the link is being dropped in the chat box several times. I’ll ask the team to drop it a few more times over in case you missed it. But trust me when I say when the coupons are out, you won’t be able to get it at 297 anymore. So, make sure you grab this while we are live and while the coupons are available because trust me, you won’t find this anywhere else. And you know it. You probably haven’t seen anything like it. And it’s because this is stateofthe-art. It’s something that requires so much development and training that Deepanker the team and Pankos have spent behind the scenes. I think early 2025 developing this and making this perfect and as new advancements of AI came out it made it better and stronger and better and better and it wasn’t ready to be released until it was fully agentic autonomous and understanding and most importantly userfriendly and now 2026 we’re here where it’s finally public you can grab it have your sidekick your video claw agents run the show for you. Video is only becoming more important in the online world. It’s the number one thing that grabs attention. It’s the number one thing that people consume and the data shows. It’s also the number one surface that people demand as the data shows again. So all the odds are in your favor. Making this quite frankly factually the smartest investment you can make. That’s not just bias or opinion based. Based on all the data of video being the number one in demand service, video consumption being on the highest right now, this makes you right now making the smartest possible investment, the best use case of 297 you could ever do.

    Grab it now for the lowest price possible. And if you have the opportunity, get the mega bundle where you get the 30-minute training on how to go from 0 to 10K as well. But trust me when I say when the coupons are gone, you will have missed out and I would hate for you to regret that. So make sure you grab it before it’s too late. The team has dropped the link, but once you’re in, let us know in the chat box if you’re in so we can congratulate you. We can welcome you. we can, you know, welcome you to the video call family and just know now if you are familiar with uh short form content, if you’ve used short form content, consume short form content, it is going crazy right now, right? Everybody’s scrolling and consuming short form real, short form real, short form reals. If you just let your video karma do that, create short form content on YouTube, on Instagram, you’re going to get so much eyeballs, it is unheard of. This is the fastest way to get people to recognize you, your products, and everything that comes with it. And the best thing is you don’t have to be glued to your laptop or your computer. Your business is not only growing when you’re doing something. It’s growing inevitable. It’s growing passively and it’s growing rapidly. But it’s only if you grab this right now. And if you’re smart enough, you’re grabbing it at the lowest price possible, which is 297 because you were smart enough to show up live to this webinar. So again, the link is in the chat box. I want to congratulate people that are in already. I see Ken is in. Congratulations, Emma. Congratulations. Super excited for you. Um, man, people are picking this up. I think we’re running out of coupons quickly as well. And let me tell you, you won’t want to miss this at 297 because the price will go to 397 after that you’ve seen it at 1997. I mean, why have to pay over $2,000 where you can grab it right now at only 297. Use it for a full 12 months and then decide if you want to renew. On top of that, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. So, you can even use it to your, you know, full extent and then still decide if you want to keep it. But you’ll have to grab it right now. This is your only chance before you won’t ever see it again. There you go. Awesome. Congratulations. Congratulations.

    Amazing. Now, with that being said, uh if you have any questions, drop them in the chat as well. There you go. Phenomenal. Um, I’m going to have a quick chat with the team.

    Perfect. Congratulations. I see I see more people jumping in.

    Awesome. So, the theme is calculating the amount of coupons left right now, meaning we must get close to, you know, having only a few left. I think just over a dozen right now. Make sure you grab this before it’s too late. If you have any questions, please feel free to ask them. Uh because I would hate for you to miss out because you know something was unanswered or remain unanswered. What I will say is right now you can get it at 297 and you can instantly quite frankly the moment you log in right you you go to the order form you grab it. The moment you log in, you stand to make just from the local promo video package 2 to 6K monthly. From your monthly content package, two to 2.5 on your real estate walk through videos 2.9K. This is a real income potential that you can expect the moment you are in. The reason I’m showing you this because I don’t want you to let 297 get in the way of grabbing this, especially since you have a 30-day money back guarantee to try this out. We have people crushing it, right, Daniel saying, I close about one out of every five places I walk into. I charge $497 per video. Some days I close two, some days not, but I’m averaging close to 30 grand a month. I’ll say that one more time. 30 grand a month. Don’t let 297 hold you back from stepping into the hottest in demand service. Daniel says, “I’m done by lunch and the whole thing just runs from my phone.” That is what these video agents do. Right. Marcus right here saying, “I got three builders around 13 and a half grand a month. I’m working on number four right now. Once one builder sees the video, the others basically refer themselves. Easiest sales conversation I ever had. Marcus from Tampa, Florida. Anyone can do this. You don’t have to be a genius because here’s the thing. The AI agent is the genius. The video agent, the video club does the work for you. It goes out there and runs the show.

    There you go. Uh Wendy, congratulations. I expected nothing less. I’m looking forward actually, Wendy, to see you on the inside. I know you work with momreneurs. I know you have, you know, a small Instagram channel. this is going to be perfect for you. You made such a smart decision and we’re going to make sure you’re going to scale up. So, Wendy, congratulations. You made a very wise and profitable decision. Uh Frank asking, “Is there a 30-day satisfaction money back guarantee?” Yes, there is. All right. I’ll make that 100% clear. Um I’ll actually show it on screen as well. You can grab this. And that’s why I say just grab it. Just grab it. Right? Because there is a 30-day money. You can see right here, 100% risk-f free, 30-day, no questions asked. You can even use it, abuse it, get all the views, make a ton of money, and then still decide if you want to keep it. So, you got nothing to lose and everything to gain. So, make sure you grab this while we are still live. Everything you see right here, you have access to agents that will do all of this for you. Now you have the custom agent builder, the custom skill builder, pre-built nent library, multi- aent workforce, natural language video commands, smart context understanding, WhatsApp and Telegram integration, AI cinematic videos. I mean, look at how good this looks. You have the long form video generation, image to video engine, universal video creator, AI graphics and visual generator, AI model photo shoot generator, AI script and copyrightiting theme as well as the auto portfolio pages. Your agent builds onepage portfolio with embedded videos on there. That is powerful self-learning brand memory as it educates itself. You don’t have to babysit it. It keeps learning and growing. AI lead finder and prospect engine, so it finds leads to close for you. The auto outreach and cold pitch engine, the AI trend and research and competitor monitoring. Look at how much it does for you. At just 297, it does all of this on top of that. Social and auto posting, cloud asset library, multiformat exports, zero install, and you can run it from your mobile. You’re about to step into something that will allow you to grow without it all relying on your shoulders, without you having to do all the work. Better yet, you put your money to smart and good use by investing 297 to let smart agents run the show for you for a whole year, growing your accounts, growing your businesses, landing you clients, delivering demos, selling your products and services, or using this to do it for others. and even that it will do for you. This is quite frankly a business in a box and to make sure you have premium support included. We are there every step in the way the moment you get in on the inside. We even have full training as well as full support. We’re going to do an amazing call and especially if you get the mega model that’s where you even get a 30inut dedicated call to take you from 0 to 10k a month. Are you going to let 297 stand in the way from having that?

    The numbers don’t lie. Video marketing is the most in demand service right now. We can look it up again. Demand for video marketing. It will show right here. Video marketing has skyrocketed to near universal adoption which opened 92% of businesses actively using it as a core strategy. It is the number one most indemand service, right? Businesses are spending explosively on it, especially on short form and vertical form, right? This this is right now the hottest type of video, right? These shorter videos that are 30 to 60 seconds for YouTube and Tik Tok and Instagram, those are, you know, the hottest videos that businesses want. You have access to have that created nonstop for yourself and for others. This data alone should allow you to make a smart decision of grabbing this, trying it out for 30 days, and then deciding if you want to keep it just based on this data alone. Now, all of this will be available to you on the inside. Now, like I said, I’m going to reveal some special bonuses only for those of you that grab it right now that are here live. Um, if the team can drop the link a few more times in case people missed it, I’m going to go ahead and prepare the bonuses for you. And while I do that, I’m going to play a teaser. And this teaser is phenomenal just so you see what you’re about to get access to on the inside. And if you’re in, comment, I’m in so I can make sure you’re going to get all those bonuses. I’ll reveal them shortly as we’re preparing them right now as we speak. And in the meanwhile, watch this teaser. And once you’ve watched this, you know that you need to go ahead and grab this right now.

    Heat. Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Wow. There you have it. There you have it. I’m going to go back to the slides here. And again, if you love what you just saw, you’ll be able to create that left, right, and center. Better yet, the AI agents, the video agents will be creating that for you around the clock while you sleep, while you eat, while you shop, while you’re doing whatever you love to do most. Your accounts are growing. You’re literally printing money, followers, growth, and engagement on demand, left, right, and center. Now, here are the exclusive bonus upgrades um that you’ll be getting access to for grabbing this right now. So, make sure you go to the order form before it’s too late. Frank, congratulations. I see you just got in as well. Um, Wendy says, “I better watch the bonuses.” So, here you go. First of all, you’re going to get access to Pro Designer. These are 2,000 plus readyto use design templates for all platforms for your social media. Drag and drop images perfectly sized for YouTube banners, Facebook content, Instagram images. You can export in, you know, JPEG and PNG, any type of image you need, any type of background, gradient, whatever you want to design. Normally, this is 397. You’re going to get it for free. It is a professional graphic design platform that is easy to use for all your graphic design needs. Very helpful to make your stuff look extremely good. On top of that, you’re going to get Web Framer. This allows you to create websites in minutes. Going handinhand with the all-in-one design platform. You can now take those designs and actually create websites with ease of use. Now you can design and customize and launch stunning websites. It’s simply drag and drop. It gives you complete creative freedom. It’s pre-built layouts, professional design tools. You can just drag anything you want to do. You can have the websites hosted fully up and running in minutes. and it looks beautiful. Now, all of this will be for free, whereas normally it is valid at 247. On top of that, you’re also going to get access to, as you know on this webinar, 30 days of money back guarantee, meaning your investment is 100% risk- free, but only if you grab this right now. You know, others will only get 14 days. You, as a matter of fact, since you’re getting it on the webinar, are getting a full 30 days. So, that alone is a reason to grab this while we are live to get the biggest bang for your buck. Make sure you go to the order form. I’ll ask the team to drop the link on the order form one more time so you can lock it in and take advantage of your 30-day money back guarantee as well. You get instant access to the video claw which means you get you know the commercial the video claw pro which breaks every limit removes all the caps know 4K quality increase speed by five times uh on top of that the closer edition which is basically your automated sales team. This alone will make you 297 back over and over again as it will find leads, studies their business, sends personalized pictures for you, turn cold contacts into paying clients without ever lifting a finger. Not only that, the creator edition, the complete design studio, create professional product, photo shoots, and social graphics instantly. It’s built for owners who need total brand package and not just a few video clips. You also get the Empire edition and this is phenomenal. It’s literally a business in a box. to sell unlimited work under your own brand and resell 100% profits in your account. Now, we even give you all the funnels, all the marketing, and this thing sells itself. And better yet, you can let the agents sell it for you. If that’s not enough, the holy cinematic edition. This is where the magic really happens. This is the Hollywood upgrade that adds high-end camera work and big budget visuals to every video, making you stand out, making you more attractive in the marketplace, and quite frankly, making others jealous of what you’re able to create. Now, all of this is available to you, plus the bumble only bonuses, which are the Pro Designer, the web framer, the Flowotion. The bundle bonuses alone are worth more than everything you’re investing today. Just 297 is a steal for what you’re getting right here from top to bottom. And it’s only because you’re getting a special coupon code which copy right here. It’s instant 100. Click on buy now. And instead of the 397, all you have to do is put in your details right here and then put in your coupon code. Click on apply. You’ll watch the discount take effect. There we have it. and then it is down to 297. Now, if you’re on the fence for any reason, all right, because this is your last chance, I would hate for you uh to miss out on this. If you’re on the fence for any reason, I want to do something that will make you at least try this out because you’ll thank yourself. You’ll literally look back at this very moment, at this very day, and wonder, why did I even hesitate? When you see the amount of views it has gotten you, when you see the clients have brought home for you. When you see the results that it keeps generating for you even while you’re sleeping, you’ll look back and say, “I can’t believe I almost did not grab this.” Trust me when I say this 297 right here, because I know you might be like, “Ah, 297. I’m not sure if I want to, you know, invest that right now.” Video club. First of all, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. All right, so the 297, it’s actually just parked. It’s not gone. It’s just parked because you can get it back anytime within 30 days. But better yet, Video Clawot is designed to make you so much more than that in record time. You’ve had people within the first 3 days of using that already signed a client retainer for 1,500 a month. And that’s a very common thing. That’s not a flu. That’s not just one person that was lucky enough. That is because of video marketing is the number one in demand service online as we speak. And the clients have never seen something like video claw. So whenever we showcase it or let the agent showcase it on its own, they are sold on the spot making you an easy 1,500 a month. Not only that, if you’re selling your own products, services, digital products, or whatever you have to offer to the marketplace, it will sell it for you. Now, I see Emma just joined in. Emma, good to have you here. Emma is actually um I’ll just give a little bit of an introduction. Emma is one of our users. She’s crushing it. She is phenomenal. Um you know, using video left, right, and center. Emma, I’ll let you take it on from here, but now you get it from a real person. Then Emma, take it away. Thanks room. Oh, I am just an I’m just like their biggest fan. Every piece of their software is just getting better and better every time. I just I can’t believe it. I’ve been I I’ve not even scratched the surface with this um with Clawbot. I’ I’ve been using it for about 3 days and I’m like, it does this. It does this. It does this as well. And I’m just I’m so excited. I can’t believe it. Um amazing. It’s It’s You’ve got to You can’t believe it’s going to be able to do it. So you you you kind of just go, “I’ll try this.” Yeah. Oh my god. It does it. It’s mindblowing. Absolutely mindblowing. I’ve um I’ve I’ve actually got well I got um shortlisted for uh a $10,000 video job. Wow. Wow. Congrats. You can’t get a congratulations. Congrats. Wow. I’m in the I’m in the top three out of 20 odd that applied. Wow. And I’ I’ve sent him a little snippet and he said, “Oh, your work’s good.” Great.

    Wow. $10,000. Yeah. Is a big musical that he wants doing into um uh into cartoon. So, um I I I sort of said to the guys, “Can you do Cartoon?” And they’re like, “Yeah.” Oh, didn’t you do that? He’s like, “Oh, wow.” Yeah. So this this this man is really happy and he’s like can’t wait to see more. Can’t wait to see more. And I I think by the way he’s talking I think I might have got it. Love it. I It sounds like it too. I mean being in the top three amongst everyone else and then on top of that already getting such amazing compliments on what you’re able to do. I’m pretty I got an email from him. I got an email from him and he he actually bowled it. I don’t know how he did it actually. He sent an email and it said, “Wow.” Like in massive like how do you do that in an email? But he was obviously so impressed that he took the time to make that big wow. So wow. I I I think you got it. I think you got it. Amazing. Amazing. Keep me posted on that. And everyone here, you’re hearing it from Emily herself about to land a $10,000 deal for video. I mean, that is the power of what you’re about to step into. Emma, I’m so proud of you. You’re phenomenal. I love your energy. You’re great. I can’t wait to see your progress.

    All right, talk to you soon. And with that being said, guys, we’re about to close the webinar. So, if you want to be like Emma, if you want to make a smart decision, stepping into Video Club is the best thing you can do right now. I mean, I’m I’m since you’re still here. Emma, is there anything you would say for the people that are on the fence right now? Oh, you have to get it. Like, it’s the only one you’re going to need it. It not just does your video. I mean, it it gets you the business of video. So, Exactly. You’ve got a business in a box and in your pocket cuz it does it on the phone. Yep. You you’ve literally got a business that you can take in your pocket anywhere you go and gets you clients and makes you money. I mean, you’re going to get you’ve only got to get one client and you’ve got all your money back and then some. Exactly. Exactly. Really? Indeed. That’s what I’ve been trying to say for a full hour, but you managed to summarize it perfectly in a matter of seconds. I couldn’t have said it better. It is a nobrainer. You have in your pocket. Exactly. Emma, I want to thank you for taking the time to jump on live. I appreciate you. We all do. I can’t wait to see your progress even further. Thank you. Love you. Appreciate you. All right, with that being said, um guys, again, this is truly your last chance. Um I I didn’t even know Emma was here. I’m so glad she was able to show up. And that just proves, you know, first of all, that proves that we’re live, but it also proves that it’s not just us saying this, right? We have real people that are using this, they’re experiencing this. And I know if you’ve tried other products, other tools, other systems, um, other opportunities that, you know, maybe seemed a little bit too good to be true. I want you to know that this is not anything like that. This is actually something where we have real users that are landing real deals, a system that actually delivers, and you can see it with your own eyes and have a full 30-day money back guarantee. So, if you want to snatch up one of the last three coupons, team, can we get the link in the chat one last and final time, drop the link in the chat, and then uh this will be your last chance. And I’ll leave it at that. I’m going to, you know, see if there are any final questions in the chat. I think Olami said, “I thought you’ll take questions.” Oly, let me know what your questions were. I’ll let I’ll make sure the team answers them. I see the link has just been dropped in the chat as well, taking you once again to the order form. And like I said, once you’re here, after you’ve put in your name and the coupon code. Um, and if I haven’t mentioned already, you can, you know, use credit card or PayPal. Just use one or the other. Uh, if it’s PayPal, you’ll find the PayPal button here. But like I said, if you have the opportunity to get the mega bundle, I highly recommend you to, especially because you get so many done for you assets. So all the work’s done for you plus a 30inut first 10K with Vito Claw private training uh which is phenomenal. So make sure you grab this if you have a chance, if you see it. If not, just make sure to get the best deal possible of video club butt bundle. It’s a tool that does everything for you. The quality is phenomenal and insane. I mean, anything you need, whether it’s, you know, your heard ammo, if you want to create cartoons, if you want to create, you know, realistic videos, if you want to create anything in between, promos, affiliate promos, ad explainer videos, no matter what it is, you can create the content for it. Short form, a long form, a drop it online, make businesses happy, as well as grow your own business. And it’s all commandable from your mobile phone if you wish to. And all you have to do is grab it right now as the team just dropped the link in the chat. So that being said, I only have one final question left for you and that is did you enjoy today’s webinar? Let me know in the chat box if you did. Just leave a few words to know if you enjoyed it. All we do is show you what works, how it works, and why it works so well. And if you saw that, if you enjoyed it, then you know what you need to do. Go to the URL in the chat. I see Emma putting up a heart. Appreciate you, Emma. And thank you again for, you know, taking the time and showing up live real quick and, you know, sharing a number one reason why you would recommend others to grab it. And long story short, it’s a nobrainer. It’s a business in a pocket. It goes out there and gets business for you as well as grows your own. And that’s all you need. If I haven’t said it enough times already, I’ll actually go back to the slide here on the screen. And that is the mere fact that right now video is the number one officially most consumed content. And you grabbing this puts you in the perfect position to leverage that. Social platforms have confirmed that you need to post more. Now you’ll be able to land video clients from every single industry. You don’t have to deal with a million different tools or a million different bloggings or little to no views or just operate all these AI tools yourself. You can literally if you have any subscriptions going, you can cancel those because you have everything you need because of these two gentlemen right here. Now, you’re going to be able to get more consistent clients and sales because you’ll have a video agent working for you. You can operate it from your phone. You can give it an image. It will create videos. It will post. It will run the show for you and do all the work. If you were to pay a virtual video assistant for that or specialized video videographer, editor for you, they would have a huge payroll monthly. Now, you’ll be able for just 297 right now have all of that in one system ready to go. Videos 24/7. They find businesses that need you. Runs from your phone, runs on complete autopilot, and gets businesses happily paying. Now, if you know that the person that runs an AI video system and works, you know, 24/7 bringing clients and sales automatically for you is the better option, then you know what you need to do right now. You will own an AI video agent that generates clients on demand. Now, the old ways owning dozens of manually operated tool and if you know these tools require you to do all the work and that is the worst way to build a business. Now, because of these two gentlemen right here, their goal was to let an agent do all the work for you, they built dedicated agents that finds clients and delivers while you watch from your phone. Everything you need is already pre-installed. You give it a URL or a command and watch should guarantee you views. And it can happen just like that. People are crushing it left, front, and center. We literally had Emma on just now who was about to do a $10,000 deal. It is pretty much almost set in stone and it’s all with the power of video and I can’t wait to see that involve Emma rooting for you and I believe you deserve it because you made the smart decision of you know grabbing video claw as well as all the other people here that are driving this. you’re going to be in such a great position landing deals just like Emma getting clients as well as just growing your own business whether you’re selling products or services or affiliate offers because remember with video claw bot if you haven’t forgotten not only is it the hottest in demand service so you’re about to get clients because it goes out there and pitches them for you. We even have an easy to get client list. This is as easy as it gets. You can sell affiliate offers. Let video claw do it all for you. or you can even get paid by platforms to just upload content. There’s plenty of revenue streams and all it takes is grabbing it at 297 right now while we’re live. My name is Raheem. I hope you enjoyed today’s webinar. With that being said, I will see you on the inside.

  • 05/19/2026 – Arrived Webinar

    team. Thanks so much for prepared remarks. Jake, you probably saw we have folks from all over the country today. West Coasters in here. Love to see it. Jake and I are in the greater Seattle area as well. So for folks that are new, feel free to drop any and all questions in the chat. Uh if some are like kind, I will group them together. Um and then keep me honest as we get to the top of the hour if I’ve missed any. So we’ll jump right in here. Some good ones. David asked, “Does Arrive have an appreciation target for properties? For example, when the property rates uh reaches appreciation, would arrive put it for sale?” Good question. It’s a good question. Um, we don’t usually have a specific number in mind. We’re mostly looking for kind of that 5 to sevenyear holding period. And then within that holding period, when we get to the point where it may make sense to sell property, we do take a look at, hey, how much appreciation has there been and do we think there’s going to be more appreciation over the next, you know, year or two? Is it worth holding a little bit longer or not? The US long-term national average, you know, appreciation rate for single family homes is 4% per year. So, that’s kind of generally, you know, what you could call the broad target. You know, of course, it’s going to differ a lot depending on what specific market you’re in, you know, and even with that market, it’s going to depend a lot on which specific zip codes you’re in. Um, and we’ve got some of that information available on each individual properties page. There’s a little calculator that has the, you know, the historical, you know, any 10 and 20 year average appreciation rate for that particular zip code. So, the US long-term national average is about 4%, you know, that you can kind of use to ballpark. Okay, well, what does the appreciation look like? Uh, for the last 10-15 years in most of the areas we’ve been buying, it’s been well above that, you know, closer to 6 to 8% per year. But, you know, obviously, you know, we we may not repeat see a repeat of the uh the home appreciation that the 2010 saw. So, um, got to think about it a little bit that way, but we’re mostly looking for the length of time that we hold the properties rather than a set appreciation number. You know, we’re not buying a property at $250,000 and saying, “Hey, we’ll sell it as soon as we think we can hit 300.” It’s more of a let’s operate the property as a rental property and when it kind of makes sense to do so, we can evaluate a sale. And sometimes that does come early. You know, we sold uh one property early after three years and it was largely because we had the same tenants in the property for all three years. So this property had zero vacancy for the first three years and had awesome, you know, cash flow on it. And when it came time, the tenants told us they were going to leave, we kind of said, hey, well, there’s been a lot of appreciation and we haven’t had any vacancy expense. Maybe we take the bird in the hand here and just sell this one. So opportunities like that come up, but mostly it’s us kind of holding for that kind of 5 to sevenyear duration rather than waiting for a fixed appreciation number to come. Fantastic. Thanks for walking through it, Jake. and I shared a uh blog post to the Centennial which we sold a few years ago if folks want to take a peek there as well. All right, moving back over here. Amy had asked, “Would investing in Arrive negate the ability to get first-time home buyer benefits? I’m not yet a home homeowner, but I do want don’t want to lose my benefits.” And so I I can take this one quickly, Jake. Um but essentially, when you’re investing on Arrive, you’re investing in a security. So, it’s in no way no way related to uh purchasing a new home. So, you would not lose out on that at any degree. Jake, I’d share that in chat, but if you have any other color there as well, you know that there’s no no implication. It’s uh it’s legally not the same as buying a property in title in your your own name. So, you’re you shouldn’t lose anything. Absolutely. Yeah, always a good question to ask. All right, another couple here from Michael and we’ll jump into taxes. I have a C corp and I’m trying to decide whether to set up an individual or form business account. U Jake, they’re looking for pros and cons and then if there’s any tax implications. There’s literally going to be Oh, did my video drop? Uh yeah. Uh I don’t know. As long as you can still hear me, I’ll keep going. Um there’s literally no difference. So when you’re investing in any of the arrived investments, you’re really investing into an LLC that owns, you know, a particular property or owns the pool of loans. if you’re, you know, investing in the credit fund. So, you already have the liability protection that that provides. Um, there’s really no benefit to a a investment from a business account versus a personal account. The only real difference is if you know, sometimes people have a uh an LLC that they make all their investments out of and they prefer to just make it out of that. Um, but there’s no real benefit. you know, the the the other way to answer this is certainly don’t go open a new, you know, LLC in order to make investments in arrived um because you’re just going to add extra cost for zero benefit. Um for your situation with the CC Corp, you know, it’s just depends on if you want the investments to be held in the CC Corp or not. And so it depends on the other, you know, business operations you have in there and if you want that CC corp to own, you know, shares in investments that may be held for a while. Um, and if you expect that CC corp to be around for a while, you know, if you invest in one of the arrived properties and we’re holding it for seven years, but in two years you’re ready to shut down your business, well, you still have this these shares that are owned in the business’s name. And so you may need to keep the business open longer until, you know, everything’s fully liquidated. So, um, there’s no real pros and cons. You know, it if the business had extra cash, you could use the extra cash to invest, but um there’s no real difference at all between investing in a personal or a uh business. Absolutely. Yeah. And uh for folks that are curious, if you do decide to sign up, you can choose personal entity or retirement account type. Uh and then we’ll get to this a little later on IAS, but just to mention there, and then to Jake’s point, if you were to go on the invest page, you’re not going to be able to see certain offerings because you have a certain account type. We do have folks that also have multiple accounts with different account types. The only call out there is you’ll have to use a different email. So, we have some folks with different structures. Um Michael had followed up with this. Are there any tax implications? No, just as a matter of do you want the CC corp to pay the taxes or do you want to pay the taxes individually? So, you know, with a with a pass through entity, you know, obviously that doesn’t make a difference, but for a C corp, you know, which pays its own taxes, it’s just a matter of if you want that added on to the CC Corp situation or yours personally. Absolutely. And we distribute uh consolidated 1099 DIV on an annual basis usually by the end of January each year. Uh so you’re not getting multiple tax like multiple tax forms for different investments. The only thing would be if you are selling shares on secondary market um then we have an additional tax form for that. All right moving back over. Is there David asks is there a way to participate within a retirement account IRA Roth using uh cash in one of those account types to buy shares in individual or funds on the arrive platform? Not really. Um, we do allow checkbook IRA investments, but those are a very, very, very niche subset of um, IAS. Um, but we are hoping to launch an IRA option for investing later either this year or early next year. So, definitely stay tuned, but not something that we have available right this second unless you happen to have this this very specific account type. Fantastic. I think we cruised through all the questions here. U, folks, keep me honest in the chat or if you have any other questions, we’re happy to answer. this is your time. So, we want to be sure we’re making the most of it. Uh, I did see one earlier from David that we can just clarify on. How do you realize appreciation for a property with it being sold or without it being sold? So, the only time you’re realizing that appreciation is when a property is sold. Until then, you’re making money essentially on the dividends for that property. Jake, I’m sure you have more to add there, too. Yeah, I’ll take it in a slightly different direction of um uh liquidity. So there there is you can you can get some appreciation even if the property isn’t sold if you end up selling your shares early and that generally comes in two flavors. There’s the redemption program which is for the funds. So if you own shares in the you know the the single family fund the private credit fund you know mostly the single family fund because the private you know loans don’t appreciate but each quarter we kind of remark up the value of the fund based on you know what our estimate is for the value of all of the holdings that the fund owns. And so in two or three years if you go and you say hey I’m going to redeem my shares which basically is selling them back to the fund you know you’ll redeem those shares at the current value of the fund. So in two or three years you know assuming the value of the fund goes up because the value of the holdings have gone up you’d be able to capture the appreciation that’s happened over the two or three years that you held those shares even while arrive still owns the properties within that fund. Um the other way to do so is in the secondary market. So for the individual properties, we have a kind of peer-to-peer marketplace where investors can buy and sell shares amongst each other. So the other way to kind of capture appreciation, you know, without arrive selling the property is if you’ve invested in one of the individual properties, say you wait, you know, 2 3 years and you say, “Hey, I’m going to go sell my shares.” You can go and sell your shares and the price at which you’ll get just depends on what other buyers on the market are willing to pay. But that is a way in which you know again the the market value of the shares you know should increase as the value of the underlying properties increases. So you know selling your shares whether it’s on the secondary market or through the redemption program is a way to actually capture appreciation you know independent of arrive selling property. Fantastic Jake I’m glad you took it the secondary market and redemption route. I dropped a link to liquidity if folks are interested in taking a look there. And I’m seeing lots more questions come through the chat, which is great. David asked, “What is the frequency of paying dividends to an investor?” Um, and then we’ll we’ll move on from there. Cool. Yeah, dividends are paid out monthly for all of our investments. It may take 60 to 90 days to get your first dividend just as you know, based on the timing of do we have a tenant in the property? um making sure that everything’s all kind of set up and ready to roll before we kind of start making the distributions. Um but once those start then it’s every every 30 days. So we pay dividends on the you know usually the 25th of each month. Um and so investments made now she get their first dividends around you know July or August and then monthly after that. Fantastic. All right, moving back over. David, I spelled individual wrong. I couldn’t correct it before I typed it in there, but I dropped um details for the fund investment. So if you invest by May 31st, your like Jake said, the first dividend would be around August 25th. That’s for Seattle City Fund and private credit fund and single family residential fund. And then to Jake’s point, a little more nuanced with the actual individual properties. So I dropped an FAQ um as there’s a myriad of details that go into producing a dividend for a property. For example, like let’s say you invest in the Jake today. Okay, this is a property that’s fully funded, not able to invest in, but as an example, you invest in the Jake today. Let’s say it starts a lease in the next week or so. You would obviously miss that 25th dividend, but then it can take another full month of revenue coming in and expenses before it would even pay a dividend for the next few months. So, just something to keep in mind um when you’re choosing what to invest in. If a property is leased, we communicate those details in the emails so you’re well aware as as well. All right. Um, I can take these next two. One from Michael. Do we have to set up automatic recurring funding? We do not currently have the option to auto invest or u on a certain cadence. So, it’s self-s serve whenever works for you. However, this is one of our biggest areas of feedback and product features. So, more to come here and love the idea. And then I think we had one that was similar to this around dividends from David. Is there an option to reinvest dividends versus pay out to investor? Good question. So, right now, dividends go directly to your arrived cash balance from there. You can let them build up over time. You can withdraw them or you can apply them towards a new investment. The only call out, David, is if you are applying dividends. Let’s say you have $50 worth of dividends. The other 50 would come from your u connected bank account. So, it just has to meet that minimum investment uh when you are reinvesting and then we’re hoping to have an option where auto investing comes in the future which would make it much easier. So, more to come here. Jake, any thoughts? Yeah, I was just going to throw out that um even with a future auto reinvest your dividends program that doesn’t do anything tax-wise. Sometimes people think that oh, if I just reinvest the dividends, it’s not taxed, but it’s still it still gets taxed and then it just gets reinvested. Just as an FYI. Yeah, very good call out. All right, moving back over here. I think we have a couple in here as an SEC regulated investment. Rar’s asking, is there uh prospect this for arrived? There are several. Um we have a number of different uh issuers that each have their own set of offerings, you know, which are each of the things that you can invest in. Um Colonel dropped the link that has all of our SEC filings on it. Um you’ll also find them if you go to any individual investments page. There’s a link to the broad offering I think under financials. Um so you and then that’ll get you right to that that specific offerings perspectus on the SEC site. Um on that page you’ll also see linked to all of the financial statements for the investments. We do a semianual non- audited set of financials that’s out in about September and covers the first half of the year. And then we have a set of financials that is fully audited for each investment that comes out um right about now. I think it came out maybe two weeks ago or so. Um so that’ll have you know all of the 2025 financials fully audited for all the different arrived investments. The u the prospectus is definitely the the best place to look. Uh it’s called the offering circular and that’s going to have all the information that we’re kind of going through in this presentation. You know so what is ARI’s investment thesis? What are they buying? What are the rules? what are the different regulations? Um that’s got a lot of great information and definitely encourage you know reading through there. Absolutely. Awesome. I dropped a link to um the filings like Jake had mentioned and then more details on financial reporting. It spells out what type of reports there are between the audited and non- audited and when they take place. And then I’m also going to drop a link to uh why and how arrived offerings are qualified with the securities and exchange commission just if folks are interested. It’s one of the things that we are most proud of um at arrived. Uh yes, Michael, we’ll be sure to send the recording out to all uh registrants. So it’ll be in your inbox later today. All right, a great one from Amy. As you know, Jake, myriad of different ways to invest, stocks, bonds, CDs, money market fund, different fractional investments, so on and so forth. What would you say are the main benefits of investing with arrived versus retirement or investment funds? They mentioned they have limited room for savings and trying to maximize returns. Yeah, it’s a great question and and you know the obvious answer is going to be well it obviously depends on your situation and what other assets you have and what other income you have and your time horizon and your risk tolerance. So, um I’m certainly not a financial adviser um but can definitely you know educate on on my perspective of things. Um, you know, we really like the single family asset class because there is a lot of people that want to be able to buy homes and there’s not a lot of homes being built across the country. Um, that leads to a lot of structural tailwinds for, you know, housing appreciation in the future. You know, single family homes, you know, have an inherent value. You know, even at the end of the day, there’s, you know, a structure with a roof that can kind of provide shelter for somebody. And that’s a lot different than other investments that you may have. you know, if you invest in a cryptocoin, you know, it may go fully to zero. If you invest in a company, you know, even in the S&P 500, it may go fully to zero, but investing in a a piece of land with a house, you know, still kind of always has an inherent value. Even if the house gets burned down, there’s still value in that piece of land that people can have. So single family is tends to be a a kind of more defensive piece of your portfolio, you know, where you can generate income and appreciation and have a really good inflation hedge. So the you know the value of housing, the value of land has been steadily appreciating for the last 70 years and there doesn’t seem to be any real reasons why that would stop in the coming years. So we like uh single family homes in particular for that reason. you know, real estate as a whole is going to offer a lot of tax benefits and this mix of cash flow and appreciation. So, what’s nice about real estate is you’re able to generate, you know, returns now and get those monthly dividends. Most of those dividends aren’t going to be taxed because there tends to be enough depreciation on the properties to, you know, limit or fully reduce any taxable uh income from the cash flow. Um, and then you still have this angle toward long-term appreciation and all these factors that push you toward, you know, kind of values being higher in the future. So, it’s a nice kind of piece of a portfolio where you’re able to generate income, not have it be taxed very much, and still have the opportunity for appreciation. Most kind of other investments you may see tend to skew one way or the other. And even our private credit fund is a good example. You know, the private credit fund is kind of all focused on income and there really isn’t any appreciation side of it. you know, investments in a crypto coin are going to be, you know, all appreciation and you’re hoping that it goes, you know, up 10,000x. Um, there’s not going to be any cash flow and it’s going to be, you know, high odds that it goes fully to zero. Even most stocks and even dividend stocks don’t have cash flow that is that high. Um, and stocks as a whole tend to be more growth oriented and we’ve seen that a lot of the last 10-15 years with the the tech stocks in particular driving bulk of the market returns. So there’s a lot of different reasons depending on, you know, what angle you approach it from. Um, at the end of the day, it comes down to you and your portfolio. And again, you know, there is absolutely place for your retirement savings, your, you know, stock savings, etc. I certainly wouldn’t tell anyone to go put all of their money into real estate. Um, but it does certainly have a place in your portfolio when it comes to inflation, um, volatility, hedging, um, you know, and being able to generate some income alongside the appreciation.

    You’re muted.

    Thanks, Jake. Always a good question to ask, especially when you’re choosing where to park your hard-earned funds. So, uh, definitely appreciate it, Tony. I can take this one really quickly from you. If I was to pass, what would happen to my account? Can I add beneficiary? So, folks can add multiple beneficiaries on your account. Very easy. I dropped a FAQ on how to do so. Upon death, uh the beneficiary would reach out to supported arrive.com. We would ask for uh the accompanying documents to verify all info and then the beneficiary would create a new account and then we would transfer shares over to that new account. The only thing I’ll mention is that uh that beneficiary will follow the same terms that you had agreed to um when investing. So, when it comes to liquidity, uh, just wanted to call that out so when you’re making notes about your investments, but very straightforward. All right. Oops. Package came, huh?

    Fantastic. Sorry about that. The CBOS’s, chief parking officers are on it this morning. Um, yes, absolutely, Michael. Everyone needs somewhere to lay their heads regardless of the direction the economy is heading. And I think one thing that Cameron Woo always mentions um typically on webinars that obviously we’re not registered adviserss. We’re not able to give any investment advice on here. We’re heavily regulated by SEC, Finner, etc. But uh I know personally we only recommend investing what you feel comfortable going to bed at night with. That’s just like a common practice. Um so we definitely appreciate it, Michael, when you’re thinking about where to invest and what to do, especially um with shifts in the economy. So, all right, Jake. Any um I think we cruised through all the questions here. Folks, keep me honest in the chat if I missed anything. I’m happy to jump back in, but Jake, we’re well in our way in Q2. Uh we’ve got some kind words in chat. Anything that you’re looking forward to? Um I’m looking forward to the continued growth of our of our private credit funds. There’s been a lot of interest in investing in the debt side of real estate where, you know, unlike our equity options where you can invest and actually own the property, the private credit fund is an opportunity where you can invest into a fund that owns real estate loans. And that’s been a really exciting um opportunity in the last couple years with interest rates high. Um that fund’s been generating really strong interest income returns by you know buying loans that are uh you know say a fix and flip uh developer or a new construction home or a bridge loan. So that fund has been really exciting to see that grow over the last couple years and I’m looking forward to seeing some of the new things riding into it soon. Absolutely. Well Jake, thanks so much for your time. Uh for all the folks that spent 47 minutes with us on your Tuesday afternoon and evening or morning, thank you so much. We very much appreciate it. The engagement chat was wonderful. Awesome diversity and all the questions asked. If any other questions come up, feel free to email supportive.com. You can also use our chat function in the bottom righthand corner of our platform. We’re typically releasing new properties on Thursday mornings and afternoons. So, feel free to jump in on those. Our fund investments are always open. And then, um, secondary market for folks that are interested to uh, take a look there. there’s a little bit of a lead time uh to be able to enter, but it’s one to pay attention to as it unlocks properties that have previously been full fully funded. So, very much uh very excited for that as well. But I hope you have a great rest of your day. So, appreciate the kind words in chat, Michael, Amy, David, uh and happy investing. We’ll chat with you all soon. Thanks for joining, folks. Don’t be a stranger. Feel free to shoot us a note. Bye all. Bye.